Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
AKGs remarkable microphones and headphones are a For over 65 years, Crown has pioneered the design and
synthesis of leading-edge industrial design, innovative manufacturing of world-class professional audio products,
electronics and world-class acoustics. AKG is also a including amplifiers and system control products for a
technological powerhouse with over 1,500 international wide range of markets including systems integration, tour
patent applications and the largest, best-equipped research sound, cinema and portable PA. Today, Crown products
and development facilities in the world. For over 60 years, are utilized by some of the largest and most respected
AKG has used its considerable expertise and know-how to sound companies in the world in live and fixed installation
develop products that serve markets as diverse as music, applications. Many of the biggest names in entertainment
recording and broadcast to permanent installation. For rely on Crown products to provide the highest quality sound
its many customers, it all comes back to the sound and on the biggest stages in music.
as long as good sound and long, useful product life are
important, they will keep coming back to AKG.
Table of Contents:
has proven to be extremely successful over the years. History Corporate Overview . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
was made when our Reverb line was introduced at the 1978
Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . 4
AES Convention. It was considered the first commercially
viable digital reverb system. Lexicons innovations havent
stopped since. We continue to forge strategic partnerships AKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Full Line Catalog
that will ensure that our systems are always compatible with
our customers needs. AMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Full Line Catalog
BSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Full Line Catalog
As a world leader in the creation of dynamic lighting
Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
solutions for the entertainment, architectural, and
Full Line Catalog
commercial sectors, Martin lighting and video systems
are renowned the world over. Martin also offers a range dbx . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
of advanced lighting controllers, as well as a complete Full Line Catalog
line of smoke machines as a complement to intelligent
JBL Professional . . . . . . . 225
lighting. Martin operates the industrys most complete and
JBL Professional Catalog . . . . . . . 225
capable distributor network with local partners in nearly 100 JBL Commercial Catalog . . . . . . . 313
countries. Founded in 1987 and based in Aarhus, Denmark,
Martin is the lighting division of global infotainment and Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Full Line Catalog
audio company HARMAN International Industries.
Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Full Line Catalog
Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . 369
Drawing from a heritage of 40 years in mixing console Full Line Catalog
design and manufacture, Soundcraft has developed a
unique insight into professional audio requirements. Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Full Line Catalog
From live sound to recording and broadcast, Soundcraft
mixing consoles are built to perform and are responsible Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
for delivering thousands of events day after day all around Complete Product Listing
the world. With professional features, intuitive operation
and uncompromised sound quality, Soundcraft has built AKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
a global reputation for delivering optimum performance AMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
every time. BSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
dbx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
JBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419-420
For 65 years, the Studer name has been synonymous in the Lexicon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
world of professional audio with innovation, elegant design Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
and unsurpassed excellence in engineering. Today, Studer Soundcraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
is acknowledged as the leader is Digital Mixer Technology Studer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
and offers the widest range of digital broadcast consoles
and system components available from any manufacturer.
Page 3
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
www.akg.com
AKG Acoustics
AKG Acoustics GmbH
Lembckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: sales@akg.com, Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, hotline@akg.com
AKG Acoustics, U.S.
8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: akgusa@harman.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com
www.amx.com
AMX
3000 Research Drive , Richardson, TX 75082, USA, Tel: (469) 624-8000, Fax (469) 624-7153
International Tel: +1 (469) 624-7400, International Fax +1 (469) 624-7155
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.amx.com
www.bssaudio.com
BSS Audio
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com
www.crownaudio.com
Crown Audio
1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000
For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com
www.dbxpro.com
dbx Professional Products
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662
International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: customer@dbxpro.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com
www.jblpro.com
JBL Professional
8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA
Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801,
Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com
JBL Commercial
8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850 or (574) 294-8000, www.jblcommercialproducts.com
For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.jblcommercialproducts.com
www.lexiconpro.com
Lexicon
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com
www.martin.com
Martin
Olof Palmes All 18, DK-8200, rhus N, Denmark Tel. +45 87 40 00 00 Fax. +45 87 40 00 10 web: www.martin.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.martin.com
www.soundcraft.com
Soundcraft
Cranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK
Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: info@soundcraft.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com
www.studer.ch
Studer Professional Audio GmbH
Riedthofstrasse 214, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: info@studer.ch
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch
Page 4
2015 FULL LINE CATALOG
A
B
C
D
F
G
H
I
K
M
P
R
S
V
W
Z
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A CK69 ULS 15 G PAE5 M 80
AB4000 67 CK77 SET 41 GN15 86 PAESP M 80
APS4 66 CK77 WR 100 GN15 (30, 50) E5 PIN 86 PCC130 94
ASU4000 67 CK80 85 GN15 (30, 50) M 79 PCC160 93
AUDIO ARCHITECT PLUGIN 69 CK91 33 GN15 E 86 PCC170 94
AUTOMATIC MICROPHONE MIXER 102 CK92 33 GN15 ESP 86 PERCEPTION WIRELESS 58
CK93 34 GN155 M SET 79 PERCEPTION WIRELESS SETS 60
B
CK94 34 GN155 SET 87 PR4500 ENG 42
B23 L 25
CK97 100 PR4500 ENG SETS 43
B48 L 25 H
CK98 34 PT40 MINI 63
BOUNDARY LAYER MICROPHONES 92 HC577 L 22, 98
CK99 L 100 PT420 51
C HC577 SET 41
CM311 23 PT45 59
C1000 S 16 HEAD-WORN MICROPHONES 98
COMPACT 99ER SERIES 88 PT4500 39
C111 LP 24, 99 HM1000 87
CS3 114 PT470 45
C12 VR 8 HM1000 M 80
CS3 BU 114 PZM10 97
C214 11 HSC15 77, 109, 117
CS3 CU 115 PZM11 97
C214 MATCHED PAIR 13 HSC171 77
CS3 DU 115 PZM11 LL WR 97
C3000 17 HSC271 76
CS3 TC 116 PZM185 94
C391 B 33 HSD171 77
CS321 116 PZM30 D 93
C411 30 HSD271 77
CS5 104 PZM6 D 93
C414 XLII 11 HT40 MINI 63
CS5 BU 104
HT420 51 R
C414 XLII MATCHED PAIR 13 CS5 DU 105
HT45 59 RA4000 B/W 67
C414 XLS 10 CS5 IU 106
HT4500 39 RA4000 W 67
C414 XLS MATCHED PAIR 12 CS5 MF FRAME 108
HT470 45 RHYTHM PACK 31
C417 100 CS5 VU 105
C430 30 CS521 116
HUB4000 Q 68 S
C451 B 9 CSX BIR10 110 I SE300 B 32
C451 B MATCHED PAIR 12 IP2 49 SOUND GRABBERII 96
CSX CU50 111
C480 B COMBO 15 IPHONE APP 69 SPR4500 IEM 49
CSX IRR10 111
C480 B ULS 14 IVM4500 IEM 48 SR40 MINI 62
CSX IRS10 110
C5 WL1 40 SR40 MINI DUAL 63
CSX IRT3 112 K
C516 ML 29 SR420 50
CSX IRT4 112 K121 STUDIO 74
C518 29 SR45 58
CU400 69 K141 MKII 74
C519 29 SR4500 38
CU4000 69 K15 74, 109, 113, 117
C520 23 SR470 44
D K171 MKII 73
SRA2 B/W 67
C535 EB 18 K240 MKII 73
D112 27 SRA2 W 67
C535 WL1 40 K271 MKII 73
D12 VR 26 SST4500 IEM 48
C544 L 24, 99 K44 PERCEPTION 75
D230 21 ST6 83
C547 BL 93 K553 PRO 72
D40 28 STS DAM+ 83
C555 L 24 K612 PRO 71
D5 (S) 19 STS DAM+ WL 82
C562 CM 97 K701 72
D5 WL1 40
C568 B 35
D58 E 101 K702 72 U
C747 V11 35 K712 PRO 71 UWA9 M 83
D7 (S) 19
CBL31 WLS 92
D7 SET 41 K77 PERCEPTION 75 V
CBL410 PCC 96 K812 70
D7 WL1 40 VM2 69
CBL99 96 K99 PERCEPTION 75
CC V3 108, 117
DAM SERIES 84 W
CGN321 STS 91
DAM+ SERIES 78 M W40 M 83
DGN99 101 MB3 95 WMS40 MINI 62
CGN331 E 87
DHT700 V2 37 MB4 95 WMS40 MINI SETS 64
CGN341 E DAM+ SET 81
DHTTETRAD D5 55 MF M 83 WMS420 50
CGN521 STS 90
DHTTETRAD P5 55 MPA V L 25 WMS420 SETS 52
CGN99 C 88
DMM12 103
CGN99 H 89 P WMS4500 38
DMM12 BC 102 WMS4500 SETS 41
CHM99 89 P120 17
DMM6 103 WMS470 44
CK31 85 P170 17
DMS700 V2 36 WMS470 SETS 46
CK32 85 P2 27
DMSTETRAD SETS 56
CK33 84 P220 17
DPT700 V2 37
CK41 79 P3 S 20
DPTTETRAD 55
CK43 79 P40 28
DRUM SET PREMIUM 31
CK47 85 P4 28
DRUM SET SESSION I 31
CK49 78 P420 17
DSR700 V2 36
CK61 ULS 15 P5 20
DSRTETRAD 54
CK62 ULS 15 P820 TUBE 17
DST99 S 101
CK63 ULS 15 PAE M 80
Page 7
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
REFERENCE
RECORDING
MICROPHONES
THE SOUND OF A LEGENDARY BRAND
recording microphones is the specific design of the Legendary tube sound for lead vocals, brass instruments and
SERIESNAME
These prized capsules are hand built in vienna and denser microphone with nine polar patterns selectable by
individually tested with the most modern precision a remote control. Among sound engineers, the AKG C12 is
considered the holy grail of microphones. This legendary mi-
measuring technology. AKG products are an essen- crophone, first built in the 1950s, is one of the most famous
tial investment in the perfect sound: they are ex- tube microphones in history, and its successor is todays C12
tremely reliable, have a proven industry track record VR.The C12 VR is an enhanced version of the original C12,
and continue to appreciate in post sale value. from the capsule sound to the original 6072A vacuum tube.
Page 1
Page 1
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
C451 B
REFERENCE SMALL-DIAPHRAGM CONDENSER MICROPHONE
Page 2 Page 9
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C414 XLS
REFERENCE MULTIPATTERN CONDENSER MICROPHONE
Page
Page 10 3
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The C414 XLII multi-pattern condenser microphone offers a The C214 large-diaphragm condenser microphone has been
choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic capture for designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end C414
every application. A peak hold LED displays even the shortest family. Like the C414, the C214 offers a supreme one-inch
overload peaks. For live-sound applications and permanent in- capsule on an integrated suspension to reduce mechanical
stallations, all controls can easily be disabled for trouble-free noise. A switchable 20dB attenuation pad allows recording of
use.The C414 XLII version differs from the C414 XLS version loud sources of up to 156dB SPL. A switchable bass-cut filter
in one major respect the capsule. The C414 XLII's slight allows close-up recording with almost no proximity effect.
presence boost and impressive spatial reproduction are both The C214 captures sound by combining one capsule of the
similar to the legendary AKG C12 microphone from 1953. legendary C414 dual-capsule system and the patented AKG
Back-Plate Technology, resulting in an outstanding perfor-
mance close to the famous C414 XLII.
Sonic character of the famous AKG C12 Sonic character of the C414 XLII
delivers astounding sound quality for lead vocals and solo instru- for beautifully detailed recording of lead vocals and solo instruments
ments
Outstanding dynamic range and ultralow noise
Nine selectable polar patterns for close-up recording of high-output sources of up to 156dB SPL
for the perfect setting for every application
Switchable 20dB attenuator and bass-cut filter
Three attenuation levels (-6/-12/-18dB) for close-up recording and reduction of proximity effect
for close-up recording or high-output sources of up to 158dB SPL
Integrated suspension
Three switchable different bass-cut filters to reduce mechanical noise and vibration from stage
to reduce wind noise, stage vibration or proximity effect
Roadworthy design
Overload warning with audio peak hold LED all-metal die-cast body with shock- and scratch-resistant finish
to detect shortest audio peaks
Included accessories: H85, Metal carrying case
Included accessories: H85, PF80, Metal carrying case
Item Number: 3185Z00010
Item Number: 3059Z00060
Page 4 Page 11
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The C451 B is a reference small-diaphragm condenser micro- The C414 XLS reference multipattern condenser microphone
phone. With its airy sound, high overload limit and improved offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic
engineering details, the C451 B continues the success story capture for every application. The C414 XLS maintains the
of its predecessor, the legendary C451 EB + CK1 capsule. sonic character of the legendary C414 B-ULS, the most
Roadworthy design around the handcrafted capsule and popular AKG C414 version since 1971. Engineered for highest
low-noise pre-amp electronics ensure impressive results. linearity and neutral sound, it has been the most versatile
Selected from thousands of individual microphones, both mi- large-diaphragm microphone for decades.
crophones of the matched pair show a maximum variance of
1 dB at the frequency response and have identical sensitivity.
The C451 B Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes: The C414 XLS Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:
2 x C451 2 x C414 XLS
2 x Stand adapter 2 x Elastic spider suspensions
2 x Windscreen 2 x Stand adapter
1 x Stereo mounting bar 2 x Windscreen
Aluminum carrying case 1 x Stereo mounting bar
Measurement documents Aluminum carrying case
Measurement documents
Page
Page 12 5
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The C414 XLII reference multi-pattern condenser microphone The C214 large-diaphragm condenser microphone has been
offers a choice of nine polar patterns for the perfect sonic designed as a cost-effective alternative to the high-end C414
capture for every application. The C414 XLIIs slight presence family. The C214 captures sound by combining one capsule
boost and impressive spatial reproduction are both similar to of the legendary C414 dual-capsule system and the patented
the legendary AKG C12 microphone from 1953. AKG Back-Plate Technology, resulting in an outstanding per-
formance close to the famous C414 XLII.
The C414 XLII Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes: The C214 Matched Pair Stereo Set Package includes:
2 x C414 XLII 2 x C214
2 x Elastic spider suspensions 2 x Elastic spider suspensions
2 x Stand adapter 2 x SA60 stand adapter
2 x Windscreen 2 x Windscreen
1 x Stereo mounting bar 1 x Aluminum carrying case
Aluminum carrying case Measurement documents
Measurement documents
Page 6 Page 13
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
MODULAR
RECORDING
MICROPHONES
(ULS SERIES)
MODULAR FLEXIBILITY FOR PINPOINT PRECISION
substantial reduction in structure borne noise, but circuitry coupled with a transformerless output stage assures
completely linear transfer characteristics across the entire
a high resistance to RF and electromagnetic inter-
frequency range, while achieving self-noise figures close to
ference ensures trouble-free operation even in the the theoretical minimum. A specially designed output stage
most challenging conditions. drives difficult loads like excessively long cables without
harming the signal quality. The C480 B offers a two-step
high-pass filter and two gain stages of either -10dB or +6dB.
Transformerless output
provides extremely low distortion, highest reliability and less weight
Page 7
Page 7
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
The C480 B Combo is a combination The CK61 ULS professional small condens- The CK62 ULS professional small con-
The CK63 ULS professional small con- The CK69 ULS professional shotgun
denser capsule is characterized by a capsule delivers perfect results for film/
ruler-flat frequency response. Above all TV outdoor applications or indoor front-of-
its consistent hypercardioid polar pattern stage recording. It has a unique two-shot-
provides unmatched channel separation. gun-capsules-in-one-microphone design.
Page 8 Page 15
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
PROJECT
STUDIO
MICROPHONES
STEPPING INTO THE WORLD OF THE
PROFESSIONAL STUDIO
a wide range of different tone colors can be com- and video production
bined into a perfect sound. In essence, micro-
phones from the AKG Project Studio Line bring The updated version of the C1000 S multipurpose small-
PROJECT
together a nuanced wealth of professional sound diaphragm condenser microphone is extremely popular for its
tools with the most up-to-date edge termination versatility. It is suitable for recording and live-sound applica-
technology. Project Studio Line welcome to the tions as well as for ENG/EFP and video productions. Its gold
sputtered capsule housing makes the microphone extremely
big time. rugged against humidity. If no phantom power is available,
the C1000 S can be powered by two standard AA batteries
for up to 120 hours.
Page 9
Page 9
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
The C3000 high-performance, large-dia- The P820 Tube high-performance mul- The P420 is a multi-pattern large dia-
phragm condenser microphone has been ti-pattern tube microphone is an excellent phragm true condenser microphone
Included accessories: H85 Included accessories: Metal carrying case, Included accessories: Metal carrying case,
Spider Shock Mount, Spider Shock Mount
Item Number: 2785X00230
Item Number: 3101H00440 Item Number: 3101H00430
The P220 is a large-diaphragm true con- The P170 is a small-diaphragm condenser The P120 is a 2/3-inch diaphragm true
denser microphone offering a warm and microphone for recording of overheads, condenser microphone that offers solidly
clear sound for lead vocals, acoustic guitar percussions, acoustic guitars and other built quality, outstanding performance and
and brass instruments. strings. It utilizes the experience of sound excellent value.
engineers from around the world.
Included accessories: Metal carrying case, Included accessories: Stand adapter
Spider Shock Mount Included accessories: Stand adapter
Item Number: 3101H00400
Item Number: 3101H00420 Item Number: 3101H00410
Page 10 Page 17
Harman Pro Group 2015
HANDHELD
VOCAL
MICROPHONES
BURSTING THROUGH THE MIX
AKG has a perfect microphone for every voice and The C535 EB reference handheld condenser vocal micro-
every style. For vocalists in a loud stage environ- phone is a classic, legendary microphone that we make our
way. It provides the ultimate combination of excellent, highly
HEAD-WORN
Page 11
Page 11
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
D7 (S) D5 (S)
REFERENCE DYNAMIC VOCAL REFERENCE DYNAMIC VOCAL
MICROPHONE MICROPHONE
Highest feedback suppression High feedback suppression with supercardiod polar pattern
laminate diaphragm material damps critical resonance peaks for trouble-free use with on stage monitoring
Included accessories: Microphone bag, SA61, Inner windscreen Included accessories: Microphone bag, SA61
Page 12 Page 19
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
P5 P3 S
HIGH-PERFORMANCE DYNAMIC HIGH-PERFORMANCE
VOCAL MICROPHONE DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
HANDHELD VOCAL MICROPHONES
The Perception P5 high-performance dynamic vocal micro- The C451 B is a small-diaphragm condenser microphone
phone delivers powerful sound for lead vocals. Its supercar- with the identical The Perception P3 S is a high-performance
dioid polar pattern ensures utmost gain before feedback and dynamic microphone ideal for backing vocals, guitar and
ambient noise suppression, even on the noisiest stage. wind instruments. Its cardioid polar pattern picks up sound
from in front of the microphone while reducing feedback and
The Perception P5 comes in a heavy-duty metal body to with- unwanted noise from behind.
stand tough stage performances. An integrated windscreen
efficiently eliminates pop and wind noise. The microphone is The Perception P3 S provides a sturdy metal case and wire-mesh
available with (P5 S) or without (P5) on/off switch. The pack- grille for exceptional ruggedness. The microphone offers a con-
age includes a stand adapter and a zip bag. venient on/off switch for noiseless muting.
High feedback suppression with supercardiod polar pattern Cardioid polar pattern
for trouble-free use with on-stage monitoring optimum feedback rejection for trouble-free use on small stages
24-carat gold-plated XLR connector Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal body
For optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion withstand tough day-to-day stage use
Rugged wire-mesh cap and full metal body 24-carat gold-plated XLR connector
withstand every live performance for optimum conductivity and resistance to corrosion
On/off switch
Included accessories: Microphone bag, SA45 Table stand
for noiseless muting
Item Number:
Included accessories: Microphone bag, SA45 Table stand
P5 3100H00110
P5 S 3100H00120 with switch
Item Number: 3100H00140
Page 20
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
D230
HIGH-PERFORMANCE DYNAMIC ENG MICROPHONE
FAR-REACHING
for ENG/EFP application
The D230 is a rugged dynamic ENG microphone that delivers exceptional sensi-
tivity and clarity. For decades it has been a standard in the demanding news-gath-
ering field. Because of its omnidirectional pickup, it is insensitive to varying speech
The D230 features an extended shaft for easy placement of station flags without
typical handling problems. The body is made of extremely rugged die-cast metal
with a nonreflective surface for low-profile on-camera operation.
Page 21
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
HEAD-WORN
VOCAL
MICROPHONES
MOVING TO THE GROOVE!
and a unique stage sound. The HC577 L is an extremely small reference head-worn mi-
crophone, designed for on-stage use. The microphone uses
a CK77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry
HEAD-WORN
In combination with all AKG wireless systems, an standard for lavalier capsules for years and ensures superior
ultra-light, humidity-resistant construction means audio performance. A patented body design protects the mi-
that AKG head-worn microphones not only guaran- crophone from moisture and perspiration. The capsule uses
tee first-class sound reproduction and exceptional the signal of two vertical diaphragms mounted back to back,
reliability, but are also perfect for the most energy mixed out of phase to cancel out mechanical and cable noise.
intense and high perspiratory of performances and
shows.
Dual-diaphragm transducer
for suppression of cable noise
Page 15
Page 15
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CM311 C520
REFERENCE HEAD-WORN CONDENSER PROFESSIONAL HEAD-WORN CONDENSER
The CM311 reference head-worn condenser microphone is The C520 professional head-worn condenser microphone
designed for touring and live-sound applications. It sounds with maximum dynamic range for perfect vocal sound. An
like the best handheld microphones full, clear and distor- ideal choice for frontmen, singing keyboardists, drummers,
tion-free, even with the loudest singers. Differoid stands for guitarists and dancing performers needing a hands-free
differential cardioid, which cancels ambient noise from floor microphone. The moisture shield prevents perspiration from
monitors, crowds and other sources. Controlled field tests penetrating into the transducer element, ensuring a high
show that the Differoid provides up to 12dB more gain before degree of humidity protection for the microphone. The C520
feedback than conventional cardioid microphones. Many us- provides a transducer shock mount to reduce body noise
ers of CM311 say that their house mix is better because the to a minimum. Its cardioid polar pattern effectively rejects
mics isolation is nearly complete. unwanted ambient noise.
Condenser capsule with internal shock mount Condenser capsule on flexible shock mount
for efficient rejection of mechanical and body noise for efficient rejection of mechanical, ambient and body noise
Page 16 Page 23
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Fully rugged sports headband Lightweight and adjustable headband Ultra lightweight construction
for secure fit in all situations for maximum comfort for maximum comfort
Cardioid polar pattern Left and right flexible boom mounting Stainless steel
for high ambient noise rejection for precise positioning to the sound source for reliable performances
Flexible shock mount Cardioid polar pattern Soft and flexible boom
for efficient suppression of mechanical and designed for individual adjustment and ease
Included accessories: W444
body noise of use
Page
Page 24 17
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 18 Page 25
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
INSTRUMENT
MICROPHONES
MADE FOR THE STAGE!
D12 VR
nent feature on the stages of the world, operating
inconspicuously and reliably, day after day, week
after week. In a sense, visually unremarkable REFERENCE LARGE-DIAPHRAGM DYNAMIC
acoustically amazing. MICROPHONE
them, specialist microphones like the D112 have for bass drum live and recording applications
established themselves as the industry standard. In
SERIESNAME
Page 19
Page 19
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
D112 P2
PROFESSIONAL DYNAMIC BASS MICROPHONE HIGH-PERFORMANCE DYNAMIC BASS
MICROPHONE
INSTRUMENT MICROPHONES
THE FABULOUS EGG GIMME SOME BASS
for bass drum and bass guitar on stage and in the studio for kick drum, deep brass and bass amp miking
The D112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide The Perception P2 high-performance dynamic bass micro-
as the best kick drum microphone ever made. Heavy-footed phone delivers a profound, high-energy low end for use on
drummers are thrilled with the D112s ability to handle up to kick drums, trombones and bass amps. Its cardioid polar
160dB SPL without any distortion. The diaphragm has a very pattern reduces feedback and crosstalk coming from other in-
low resonance frequency to maintain a solid and powerful struments behind the microphone.The Perception P2 comes
response below 100Hz. A narrow band presence boost at in a rugged, all-metal housing to withstand tough on-the-road
4kHz punches through dense mixes with forceful impact - no conditions. An integrated stand adapter makes the micro-
additional EQ needed!The D112 is also an excellent choice phone very easy to use. The package also includes a carrying
for use with bass cabinets and trombones. case for safe transport and storage.
Large diaphragm dynamic microphone Powerful sound with profound bass range
delivers accurate ultradeep frequencies especially tuned for low-pitched instruments
Integrated hum compensation coil Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal body
for the cleanest sound withstand tough day-to-day stage use
Page 20 Page 27
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
D40 P4
PROFESSIONAL DYNAMIC INSTRUMENT HIGH-PERFORMANCE DYNAMIC INSTRUMENT
MICROPHONE MICROPHONE
INSTRUMENT MICROPHONES
Rugged wire-mesh cap and sturdy die-cast metal body Flat and sweet frequency response
withstand tough day-by-day stage use for neutral reproduction of your instrument's sound
Integrated stand adapter and external bracket Integrated stand adapter and external bracket
for easy mounting on drums and mic stands for easy mounting on drums and mic stands
Included accessories: Microphone bag, H440 Included accessories: Microphone bag, H440
Page
Page 28 21
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSTRUMENT MICROPHONES
HORN SECTION SLAVE TO THE RHYTHM MIGHTY MICROMIC
LIBERATION for drums and percussion on stage and in
the studio
for miking up accordions, guitars and pianos
for brass and woodwind instruments on
stage and in studio The C516 ML professional miniature instru-
The C518 professional miniature clamp-on mental microphone, part of the MicroMics
microphone is the ultimate tool for record- family, is designed for use on accordions,
The C519 professional miniature condens- ing of drums and percussion. Its cardioid pianos, guitar speakers and keyboard/organ
er microphone clips gently onto the bell of polar pattern rejects overspill from nearby cabinets. Using two C516 MLs (one on the
a trumpet, saxophone, trombone, tuba, instruments. A continuously adjustable bass and one on the treble side) and an
didgeridoo or any other wind instrument. Its vise-type clamp makes it easy to fix the optional B23 L battery power supply is the
tight cardioid polar pattern makes the C519 microphone securely on the rim of drums or ideal way to mic up an accordion.The C516
an ideal tool for use near monitor wedges, percussion instruments. A special snap-on ML comes with a wide variety of mounting
and its flat frequency response delivers stabilizer keeps the gooseneck in a defined materials, such as screws, adhesive pads
a natural, powerful and clear sound. The position.The MPAV from C518 M features an and adapter plates, for easy installation on
MPA V from C519 M features an integrated, integrated, switchable bass cut for adjusting the instrument or amp.
switchable bass cut for adjusting the micro- the microphones frequency response. The
phones frequency response. The C519 ML C518 ML package includes a mini-XLR cable
package includes a mini-XLR cable and the and the unique A400 adapter plate for easy
unique A400 adapter plate for easy mount- mounting onto wireless body-pack transmit-
ing onto wireless body-pack transmitters ters PT40/45/450/470.
PT40/45/450/470.
Page 22 Page 29
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C430 C411
HIGH-PERFORMANCE MINIATURE HIGH-PERFORMANCE
CONDENSER MICROPHONE MINIATURE CONDENSER
MICROPHONE
INSTRUMENT MICROPHONES
The C430 high-performnce condenser microphone is specifi- The C411 is a miniature vibration pickup for acoustic guitar,
cally designed for cymbal and overhead miking. The fre- mandolin, violin and most other string instruments. Its inte-
quency response of the C430 ensures a uniquely crisp sound grated condenser capsule will reproduce the sound of the
which often reduces the need for external EQs. With its ex- instrument clearly and without coloration. The C411 ultralight
tremely compact external dimensions, the C430 microphone pickup (18g/0.6oz) can be easily attached on or near the
will keep a low profile in any application without compromis- bridge with the included nonmarking, solvent-free adhesive
ing audio quality. With the included SA60 adapter, it mounts pad without changing the balance of the instrument. The
securely on all commercial microphone stands. C411 is available in two versions. The C411 PP features a
MPAV standard XLR connector while the C411 L provides a
professional three-pin mini XLR connector that fits the body-
pack transmitters of all AKG wireless microphone systems.
Page
Page 30 23
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSTRUMENT MICROPHONES
DRUMS FIRST CLASS THE PERFECT PACK THE TOTAL PACKAGE
AID for drummers, percussionists and bands on
stage
for stage applications, rehearsal rooms and
home recording
for touring, live and studio applications
The Rhythm Pack professional drum micro- The Drum Set Session I is an ideal all-in-
The Drum Set Premium reference drum mi- phone set contains everything you need to one microphone starter kit that delivers an
crophone set is a hand-selected collection of professionally pick up a complete drum set. impressive combination of performance
the highest-quality microphones for touring, More than this, the microphones can be and value. With seven microphones and
live and studio applications. The rugged used for miking percussion, bass and guitar accessories packed in a durable aluminum
metal carry case houses a range of the best amps, brass, woodwind and lots of other carrying case, it provides all the essentials
AKG microphones made for capturing miking instruments. The included microphones needed to capture a complete drum set.
drums while simultaneously ensuring safe represent a selection of valuable tools: It can also be used for miking percussion,
transportation wherever you go. The Drum 1 x D112 bass drum microphone 2 x C430 bass and guitar amps, brass, woodwinds
Set Premium is hand-selected in Vienna, for overheads 3 x D40 for toms, snare and and other instruments. All microphones are
Austria and contains the following 8 world- moreThe D112 has earned a well-deserved from the Perception Live series and feature
class microphones:1 x D12 VR dynamic reputation worldwide as the best kick drum a durable metal casing, rugged spring steel
bass drum microphone1 x C214 matched microphone ever made. The versatility of the microphone grill, scratch-resistant finish and
pair condenser microphones for overheads D40 will stand up to night-after-night onstage high maximum SPL capabilities.
1 x C451 B condenser microphone for Hi use. The C430 is compact with a uniquely
Hat 4 x D40 dynamic instrument micro- crisp sound. This complete set comes in a
phones for snare and toms protective aluminum carrying case.
Hand-selected Microphones made in Complete drum-kit microphone pack Complete drum kit microphone pack
Vienna, Austria including four dynamic and two condenser includes five dynamic and two condenser
for highest possible quality overhead microphones overhead microphones for an array of
applications
Complete reference drum microphone set Roadworthy, rugged aluminum carrying
including five dynamic and three condenser case Microphones optimally tuned
microphones for easy transport and storage to work in harmony
Heavy duty metal case Complete with all microphone clamps Includes all microphone clamps and
for safe transport and stand adapters stand adapters
for plug and play allowing for quick and easy set up
Page 24 Page 31
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
MODULAR
STAGE
RECORDING
MICROPHONES
(BLUE LINE)
HIGH-PERFORMANCE SMALL-
DIAPHRAGM CONDENSER MICROPHONE SE300 B
SERIES HIGH PERFORMANCE MICROPHONE PRE-
AMPLIFIER
MICROPHONES
DO THE TWIST
DO THE TWIST
SERIES
RECORDING
wherever speed, ruggedness and high sound quality wherever speed, ruggedness and high sound quality are
are mandatory mandatory
SERIESNAME
The Blue Line Series is a family of pre-polarized The SE300 B is the pre-amp for the Blue Line Series cap-
sules CK91, CK92, CK93, CK94 and CK98. This system is
condenser capsules, all compatible with a supreme
MODULAR STAGE
Page 25
Page 25
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The C391 B high-performance small-dia- The CK91 high-performance small condens- The CK92 is a high-performance small
phragm condenser microphone is a combi- er capsule is characterized by a smooth condenser capsule with an omnidirectional
nation of the Blue Line Series CK91 and the and well-balanced frequency response and polar pattern. It offers exceptionally neutral
SE300 pre-amplifier. The microphone has a a consistent cardioid polar pattern. It is presentation of a source in its ambient sound
cardioid polar pattern, a low self-noise and the ideal choice for critical live and studio field, providing consistent results regardless
very good transient response for a bright and broadcast applications where consistent of the distance between microphone and
brilliant sound. It also features the ability to suppression of off-axis sound is required. source. Due to its nondirectional pickup,
quickly interchange its capsule with one of The CK91 is part of the Blue Line Series and it is free of proximity effect and perfect for
the other capsules of the Blue Line Series, works exclusively with the SE300 B pre-amp close-up miking of instruments, as well as for
making it an excellent mic for demanding module. Its robust Modulock bayonet ambience recording.The CK92 is part of the
broadcast applications.The C391 B provides coupling allows quick and easy changing of Blue Line Series and works exclusively with
a switchable bass roll-off/attenuator with the capsules. the SE300 B pre-amp module. Its robust
three positions: flat, 75Hz and 10db atten- Modulock bayonet coupling allows quick
uation. and easy changing of the capsules.
Precise cardioid polar pattern Precise cardioid polar pattern Omnidirectional polar pattern
for uncolored sound quality and high gain for uncolored sound quality and high gain for pure, pristine sound quality
before feedback before feedback
Robust Modulock bayonet design
Switchable attenuation pad Robust Modulock bayonet design allows quick and easy changing of the
enables high-SPL applications up to 144dB allows quick and easy changing of the capsules
capsules
Switchable bass-cut filter Self-cleaning contacts
eliminates rumble or footfall noise Self-cleaning contacts ensure reliable operation and long life
ensure reliable operation and long life
Page 26 Page 33
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The CK93 high-performance small condens- The CK94 high-performance small condens- The CK98 high-performance small con-
er capsule is characterized by a smooth and er capsule is characterized by a smooth denser capsule combines high sensitivity
well-balanced frequency response and a and well-balanced frequency response. Its and controlled directivity. It offers excellent
consistent hypercardioid polar pattern. It pro- figure-eight polar pattern picks up sound ar- reach thanks to a very tight polar pattern and
vides greater attenuation of off-axis sound riving from opposite directions and efficiently exceptionally low self noise. Small size and
and more direct sound. Thus it is the ideal suppresses off-axis sounds. Thus it is the low weight make the CK98 ideal for boom
choice for critical live and studio broadcast perfect tool for applications where sound applications. The smooth, wide-band fre-
applications where consistent suppression of sources face each other, as in broadcast-in- quency response makes it a superb choice
off-axis sound is required.The CK93 is part terview and roundtable situations. It is also for edge-of-stage and ceiling placement in
of the Blue Line Series and works exclusive- perfect as a side microphone in M/S stereo theaters.The CK98 is part of the Blue Line
ly with the SE300 B pre-amp module. Its technique.The CK94 is part of the Blue Line Series and works exclusively with the SE300
robust Modulock bayonet coupling allows Series and works exclusively with the SE300 B pre-amp module. Its robust Modulock
quick and easy changing of the capsules B pre-amp module. Its robust Modulock bayonet coupling allows quick and easy
modules. bayonet coupling allows quick and easy changing of the capsules.
changing of the capsules.
Hyper-cardioid polar pattern with Figure-eight polar pattern with accurate Sophisticated interference tube design
excellent on-axis response axial response for noise attenuation in difficult
for best sound quality at highest gain before for advanced stereo miking techniques environments
feedback
Robust Modulock bayonet design Robust Modulock design
Robust Modulock bayonet design allows quick and easy changing of the allows quick and easy changing of the
allows quick and easy changing of the capsules capsules
capsules
Carefully handcrafted in Vienna, Austria Carefully handcrafted in Vienna, Austria
Self-cleaning contacts meticulous attention to detail ensures meticulous attention to detail ensures
ensure reliable operation and long life highest quality highest quality
Page
Page 34 27
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The D112 has earned a well-deserved reputation worldwide The C568 B professional small condenser capsule combines high
as the best kick drum microphone ever made. Heavy-footed directivity and a wide frequency range. It is a perfect tool for theat-
drummers are thrilled with the D112s ability to handle up to er, sound reinforcement and film/TV applications. Due to its com-
160dB SPL without any distortion. The diaphragm has a very pact and lightweight design, the C568 B is ideal for camera-mount
low resonance frequency to maintain a solid and powerful use. Below 500Hz, it functions as a hypercardioid microphone;
response below 100Hz. A narrow band presence boost at above 500Hz, the acoustic interference tube introduces increasing
directivity. A switchable 12dB/octave 120Hz bass roll-off filter ef-
4kHz punches through dense mixes with forceful impact - no
fectively suppresses impact and wind noise. The C568 Bs rugged,
additional EQ needed!The D112 is also an excellent choice all-metal body contains the built-in pre-amp, which requires 9-52V
for use with bass cabinets and trombones. phantom power.
Page 28 Page 35
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
DMS700 V2
REFERENCE DIGITAL WIRELESS MICROPHONE
SYSTEM
011000010110101101100111
The state-of-the-art 512-bit audio encryption offers for theater, conference, live-production and tour-sound
the highest security available for courtroom, board- applications
SERIESNAME
Page 29
Page 29
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DHT700 V2 DPT700 V2
REFERENCE DIGITAL WIRELESS REFERENCE DIGITAL
HANDHELD TRANSMITTER WIRELESS HANDHELD
TRANSMITTER
The DHT700 V2 reference digital wireless handheld transmit- The DPT700 V2 reference digital wireless body-pack trans-
ter comes with a robust and slim metal body and works with mitter provides an ultra-wide bandwidth of 155MHz and a
the receivers of the DMS700 V2 digital wireless system. selectable radio output power of 10, 20, 30 or 50mW. It can
The DHT700 V2 is available in three different versions. With be programmed remotely via infrared data transmission
AKG's legendary D5, D7 dynamic or C5 condenser micro- from the DSR700 V2 receiver. The state-of-the-art 512-bit
phone heads, it delivers a powerful sound, even on the noisi- encryption technology keeps the audio signal secure against
est stage.The DHT700 V2 provides an ultra-wide bandwidth tapping. The DPT700 V2 provides an optional external mute
of 155MHz and a selectable radio output power of 10, 20, 30 switch, allowing muting of the audio even when the trans-
or 50mW. The built-in helix antenna provides reliable wireless mitter is hard to reach. The three-pin mini XLR audio input
audio transmission. The state-of-the-art 512-bit encryption is compatible with any Lavalier and head-worn microphones
technology keeps the audio signal secure against tapping. and provides a bias voltage of 5V.
Included accessories: Stand adapter, 2 x AA Batteries, W3004 Included accessories: 2 x AA Batteries, BC400, BC700
Page 30 Page 37
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
WMS4500
REFERENCE WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM
STRESS FREE
for large theater, installed sound and tour- sound applications
tems via PC software Audio ArchitectTM, AppleiP- for large theater, installed sound and tour sound applications
hone/iPad/iPod or via Soundcraft Vi consoles.
SERIESNAME
For easy configuration of customized systems, all The SR4500 analog true diversity reference wireless receiver
provides maximum ease of use with an automatic setup
MULTICHANNEL
Page 31
Page 31
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HT4500 PT4500
REFERENCE WIRELESS HANDHELD REFERENCE WIRELESS
TRANSMITTER HANDHELD TRANSMITTER
The HT4500 is an analog reference wireless handheld trans- The PT4500 is an analog reference wireless body-pack
mitter that connects to a choice of four different microphones transmitter with supreme wireless audio quality for instru-
to cover a wide range of applications. The unique dipole- mental and vocal use. The pilot tone prevents unexpected
antenna design ensures reliable transmission even when system startup noise, continuously sending transmitter data,
one pole of the antenna is covered completely by the user's including mute switch position and remaining battery life,
hand. The pilot tone continuously sends transmitter data, to the receiver. An optional RMS4000 external mute switch
including mute switch position and remaining battery life to allows the user to mute the transmitter remotely.WMS4500
the receiver.The HT4500 offers an extended battery lifetime transmitters offer an unmatched battery life of 15 hours with
of 15 hours with two standard AA alkaline batteries. With two standard AA-size alkaline batteries. With the integrated
integrated charging contacts, the optional BP4000 battery charging contacts, the optional BP4000 battery-pack can be
pack can be charged inside the transmitter. charged inside the transmitter.
Page 32 Page 39
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The C535 WL1 reference handheld con- With the C5 WL1 professional condenser The D7 WL1 reference dynamic vocal
denser vocal microphone head is a classic vocal microphone head your voice will cut microphone head creates the subtle and
legendary microphone we did our way. through the loudest mix on any stage. opened sound with powerful resonance.
One of the most legendary vocal stage Delicate cardioid condenser capsule Dual thickness Varimotion diaphragm
microphones for detailed pickup of unique individual provides a subtle and opened sound in all
valuated by iconic artists for more than four timbres frequency ranges
decades
24-carat gold plated transducer case Highest feedback suppression
Delicate gold plated condenser capsule for maximum resistance to corrosion and laminate diaphragm material damps critical
for detailed pickup of unique individual humidity resonance peaks
timbres
Self-cleaning contacts Integrated hum compensation coil
Self-cleaning contacts ensure reliable operation and long life for utmost clean sound
ensure reliable operation and long life
D5 WL1
PROFESSIONAL DYNAMIC MICROPHONE HEAD
The D5 WL1 premium dynamic vocal microphone head for lead and backing vocals delivers
a powerful sound even on the noisiest stage.
Page 40
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The WMS4500 CK77 Set package in- The WMS4500 D7 Set package includes: The WMS4500 HC577 Set package
cludes: 1 x SR4500 True-diversity receiver includes:
1 x SR4500 True-diversity receiver 1 x HT4500 Handheld transmitter 1 x SR4500 True-diversity receiver
1 x HT4500 Handheld transmitter 1 x D7 WL1 Reference dynamic 1 x PT4500 Body-pack transmitter
1 x D7 WL1 Reference dynamic microphone head 1 x HC577 Reference miniature head-
microphone head 1 x Stand adapter, 2 x AA size batteries, 2 x worn microphone
1 x Stand adapter, 2 x AA size batteries, 2 x Antennas, 1 x Rack mounting kit, 1 x Power 1 x Stand adapter, 2 x AA size batteries, 2 x
Antennas, 1 x Rack mounting kit, 1 x Power supply Antennas, 1 x Rack mounting kit, 1 x Power
supply supply
Instrumental Set
REFERENCE WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM
The WMS4500 Instrumental Set contains a professional instrument cable to safely connect
the transmitter with electric guitar, electric bass, keyboard and other electronic instruments.
Page 41
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
PR4500 ENG
REFERENCE WIRELESS ENG/EFP SYSTEM
HEAVY-DUTY MOBILITY
PR4500 ENG
The WMS4500 reference wireless microphone
system provides the highest channel quantity, maxi-
mum reliability and easy setup. The outstanding REFERENCE WIRELESS CAMERA RECEIVER
audio quality WMS4500 gained worldwide recog-
nition as a reliable workhorse in broadcast, huge
installations and on tour.
SYSTEMS
of use,exceptional transmission stability and long setup function and scan of the radio frequency environment.
transmitter and receiver battery life for all ENG, EFP The outstanding audio quality with a very high signal to
and live reporting situations. noise performance avoids any disturbing ground noise whilst
recording. A separate headphone output provides a direct
monitoring possibility and the three step LED audio meter
shows signal quality.All relevant system information is shown
All Products share these features: on a prominent illuminated display. Its precise battery life
Two-antenna diversity
readout is a valuable advantage during demanding field work.
for highest reliability even in a crowded RF environment
Page 35
Page 35
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WMS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless system WMS4500 is a reference multichannel wireless system
providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability providing the highest channel quantity, maximum reliability
and easy setup. The PR4500 ENG Set/HT includes a PR4500 and easy setup. The PR4500 ENG Set/PT includes a PR4500
ENG portable wireless camera receiver and a HT4500 hand- ENG portable wireless camera receiver; a PT4500 body-pack
held transmitter with an interchangeable D5-WL1 dynamic transmitter with belt clip; and a CK99L condenser Lavalier
microphone head. In addition the package contains a hot- microphone. In addition the package contains a hot-shoe
shoe adapter and two different connecting cables for the adapter and two different connecting cables for the receiver
receiver so you can use this complete wireless microphone so you can use this complete wireless microphone system
system for a wide range of applications. for a wide range of applications.
The PR4500 ENG Set/HT package includes: The PR4500 ENG Set/PT package includes:
1 x PR4500 ENG Camara diversity receiver 1 x PR4500 ENG Camara diversity receiver
1 x HT4500 Handheld transmitter 1 x PT4500 Body-pack transmitter
1 x D5 WL1 Professional dynamic microphone head 1 x CK99 L Condenser Lavalier microphone
1 x Hot shoe mounting adapter, 1 x XLR connection cable, 1 1 x Hot shoe mounting adapter, 1 x XLR connection cable, 1
x Mini jack connection cable, 1 x BC4500 Belt clip, 4 x AA size x Mini jack connection cable, 2 x BC4500 Belt clip, 4 x AA size
batteries batteries
Included accessories: Hot shoe adaptor, Micro Jack to XLR connec- Included accessories: Hot shoe adaptor, Micro Jack to XLR connec-
tion cable, Micro Jack to Mini Jack connection cable tion cable, Micro Jack to Mini Jack connection cable
Page 36 Page 43
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
WMS470
PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM
FLEXIBLE AND
EXPANDABLE
information to the receiver. for conference, medium theater and houses of worship
applications
SERIESNAME
tery. If a NiMH rechargeable battery is used, it can comes in a rugged half-rack metal housing. The enhanced
becharged while remaining within the transmitter Auto Setup, Environment Scan and Rehearsal mode allows
using the optional CU400. a very quick and easy system setup. The programmable back-
light changes color to warn the user of critical operating con-
ditions e.g. transmitter low battery information, audio peaks,
or low radio signal strength.A wide range of professional
All Products share these features: antenna splitters, power supplies, and high quality remote
Compatible with WMS4000 accessories antennas are available to handle complex antenna systems
for multichannel systems in critical environments and up to 48 simultaneous wireless channels.
Page 37
Page 37
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HT470 PT470
PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS
HANDHELD TRANSMITTER HANDHELD TRANSMITTER
The rugged HT470 is an analog professional wireless The PT470 is an analog professional wireless body-pack
handheld transmitter with pilot tone transmission to prevent transmitter in a small, rugged housing. A pilot tone trans-
unexpected startup noise. It continuously sends transmitter mission prevents unexpected startup noise, continuously
data, including low-battery information, to the receiver. An sending transmitter data, including low battery information,
infrared data link in conjunction with the automatic frequency to the receiver. An enhanced battery management allows up
setup makes the HT470 extremely simple to use. The unique to 14 hours of operation on a single AA-size battery. With the
dipole-antenna design ensures reliable transmission even integrated charging contacts, a standard NiMH rechargeable
when one pole of the antenna is covered completely by the battery can be charged inside the transmitter.An optional
user's hand. Available in two versions: D5 and C5 RMS4000 external mute switch allows the user to mute the
transmitter remotely.
Page 38 Page 45
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WMS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone WMS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone
system with Pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted
noise. The Vocal Set C5 includes a HT470 handheld transmit- noise. The Vocal Set D5 includes a HT470 handheld trans-
ter featuring a C5 condenser microphone capsule for clear mitter featuring a dynamic D5 capsule for well-balanced,
and detailed voice reproduction. The space diversity receiver powerful sound. The space diversity receiver offers both a
offers both a microphone level and a line level output. microphone level and a line level output.
The WMS470 Vocal Set C5 package includes: The WMS470 Vocal Set D5 package includes:
1 x SR470 Receiver 1 x SR470 Receiver
1 x HT470 Handheld transmitter with C5 capsule 1 x HT470 Handheld transmitter with D5 capsule
1 x Stand adapter, 1 x Rack mount kit, 1 x Universal power sup- 1 x Stand adapter, 1 x Rack mount kit, 1 x Universal power sup-
ply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas ply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas
Included accessories: 1 x AA Battery, 2 x BNC UHF Antennas, Included accessories: 1 x AA Battery, 2 x BNC UHF Antennas,
RMU4000, Stand adapter RMU4000, Stand adapter
Page
Page 46 39
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WMS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone WMS470 is a professional multichannel wireless microphone
system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted system with pilot tone transmission to prevent unwanted
noise. The Instrumental Set includes a PT470 body-pack noise. The Sport Set includes a PT470 body-pack transmitter
transmitter in a compact and rugged housing providing su- in a compact and rugged housing. The package also enclose
preme audio quality for demanding guitars and e-basses. The a C544 L condenser head-worn microphone featuring a
space diversity receiver offers both a microphone level and a cardioid polar pattern and an external shock mount for high
line level output. mechanical-noise rejection. Its moisture shield ensures a high
degree of humidity protection for the microphone.
The WMS470 instrumental Set package includes: The WMS470 Sports Set package includes:
1 x SR470 Receiver 1 x SR470 Receiver
1 x PT470 Body-pack transmitter 1 x PT470 Body-pack transmitter
1 x MKG L Instrument cable 1 x C544 L Head-worn microphone
1 x Rack mount kit, 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU 1 x Rack mount kit, 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU
adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas, 1 x Belt clip adapter, 1 x AA size battery, 2 x Antennas, 1 x Belt clip
Included accessories: BC400, 1 x AA Battery, 2 x BNC UHF Anten- Included accessories: BC400, 1 x AA Battery, 2 x BNC UHF Anten-
nas, RMU4000, BC400 nas, RMU4000, BC400
Page 40 Page 47
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
IVM4500 IEM
REFERENCE WIRELESS IN-EAR-MONITORING
SYSTEM
NO COMPROMISE
channels simulta- neously within the same frequen- SST4500 IEM is a reference wireless in-ear monitoring ste-
reo transmitter for live applications and professional installa-
MULTICHANNEL
cy band. A quick frequency swap function supports tions. An integrated dbx compressor, different EQ settings,
monitor engineersto listen to the audio signals of and the unique binaural room simulation algorithms provide
different channels. An optional network remote outstanding audio performance. Its frequency preset banks
control allows frequen- cy coordination and mon- support TV-channels and ensure easy and reliable frequency
itoring of multi-channel systems via PC software coordination. The radio output power can be set to 10, 20,
50 and 100mW (country-dependent). Optimized radio output
System ArchitectTM, Apple iPhone/iPad/iPod or
power is important when the in-ear monitor system is used
via Soundcraft Vi consoles. together with a wireless microphone system.
Page 41
Page 41
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SPR4500 IEM is a reference wireless diversity in-ear-monitor- The IP2 high-performance in-ear headphones provide wide-
ing receiver for live applications and professional installations. range sound and excellent isolation to suppress high ambient
Its provides antenna diversity, with two matched anten- noise levels, on loud stages, for example. This makes the IP2
nas, reference radio electronics design and a manual radio an ideal tool for in-ear monitoring applications. Thanks to the
signal attenuator for more robust radio reception in crowded dynamic driver, it delivers a perfectly contoured bass even at
environments.SPR4500 IEM features an automatic set-up very low frequencies.An integrated sliding cable tie and the
function for finding clean frequencies. The receiver provides soft-rubber sleeves enable the IP2 to adapt to every ear. The
a backlit display indicating signal strength and battery status. IP2 earphones are also included in the AKG professional in-
A central positioned on/off/volume control can be operated ear monitoring system, the IVM4500.
intuitively. With the Individual mix-function a personalized
monitor mix can be set up easily.
Enhanced automatic setup Individual fit with three different sleeves (S, M, L)
shows number of free channels and quickly finds a rugged fre- protectivce carrying case and bag included
quency set
Individual mix
stereo, mono and dual modes
Page 42 Page 49
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
WMS420
PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM
FREE YOURSELF!
SR420
The WMS420 wireless microphone system provides
a highly flexible as well as easy to use solution. The
ultra high frequency system is set up within sec- PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS STATIONARY RECEIVER
onds and is equally suitable on stage as well as in
locations where a single- or multi channel solution is
needed.
SYSTEMS
feedback, reduced handling noise and the famous ent channel presets up to eight channels. It is perfect for
AKG sound. Both transmitters are shipped with instrumental and vocal performances in small clubs as well
charging contacts that enable the use of recharge- as for use in houses of worship and in conference rooms.The
able batteries. Moreover the transmitters offer SR420 provides an audio clipping and RF signal LED for easy
monitoring of systems status. Best audio signal output is
exceptional eight hours of operation time from a
provided via both a professional XLR and a 1/4" jack connec-
single AA size battery, which dramatically reduces tor. For worldwide use, the receiver comes with a universal,
the operating costs in day-to-day use. switched mode power supply kit.
Detachable receiver antennas
enable the use of professional RF accessories Detachable receiver antennas
Enable the use of professional RF accessories
Patented state-of-the-art D5 dynamic capsule Up to 30MHz selection bandwidth
cuts through the mix Allows the use of up to 8 channels simultaneously
Transmitters with charging contacts Professional balanced XLR and unbalanced " jack output
saves money in day-to-day use and preserves the environment For the best audio signal
Page 43
Page 43
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HT420 PT420
PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS PROFESSIONAL WIRELESS
HANDHELD TRANSMITTER HANDHELD TRANSMITTER
The HT420 analog high-performance wireless handheld trans- The PT420 is an analog high-performance wireless body-
mitter features a dynamic microphone capsule for demanding pack transmitter in a small, rugged housing. A professional
vocal performances. The cardioid polar pattern ensures maxi- mini XLR audio connector makes the body-pack compatible
mum gain before feedback and lets your voice cut through with all kinds of guitars, basses, instrumental pickups and
any mix. Its spring-steel wire-mesh front grille protects the headsets. It is designed for stress-free work on small stages,
transducer from the hardships of on-stage use. The HT420 in houses of worship and in conference rooms.The PT420
provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input
volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery status volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery-status
indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allowing indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allow-
the user to fully control his performance time. ing the user full control of performance time. The package
includes a rugged guitar cable.
Patented state-of-the-art D5 dynamic capsule Integrated charging contacts (Optional Accessory: CU400)
Cuts through the mix Saves money in day-to-day use and preserves the environment
Integrated charging contacts (Optional Accessory: CU400) Compatible with all AKG MicroMics
Saves money in day-to-day use and preserves the environment Allows the transmitter to be used in a wide range of applications
Six to eight hours with a single AA battery Up to eight hours with a single AA battery
Long operation time and a low battery indicator guarantee a secure Long operation time and a low battery indicator guarantee a secure
operation operation
Page 44 Page 51
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WMS420 is a professional multi-channel wireless micro- WMS420 Headworn Set is a professional multi-channel wire-
phone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent less microphone system with the C555 L high-performance
unwanted noise. The Vocal Set includes a HT420 handheld head-worn condenser microphone is ideal for hands-free ap-
transmitter featuring a patented state-of-the-art D5 dynamic plications, including presentations or onstage performances.
capsule for well-balanced, powerful sound. The space diver- The C555 L rests securely and comfortably on the head, and
sity receiver offers both a microphone level and a line level can be attached to the left or right side of the behind-the-neck
output. headband as desired.
The WMS420 Vocal Set D5 package includes: The WMS420 Headworn Set package includes:
1 x Handheld transmitter HT420 1 x Bodypack transmitter PT420
1 x Stationary receiver SR420 1 x Stationary receiver SR420
2 x Receiver antennas 1 x Head-worn microphone C555 L
1 x AC adapter 1 x Windscreen W444
1 x Stand adapter 2 x Receiver antennas
1 x AA size battery 1 x AC adapter
1 x AA size battery
Page
Page 52 45
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WMS420 Presenter Set is a professional multi-channel WMS420 is a professional multi-channel wireless micro-
wireless microphone system. It includes the HT420 analog phone system with pilot tone transmission to prevent un-
high-performance wireless handheld transmitter featuring wanted noise. The Instrumental Set includes a PT420 body-
a dynamic microphone capsule for demanding vocal per- pack transmitter in a compact and rugged housing providing
formances, the PT420 wireless bodypack transmitter, the supreme audio quality for demanding guitars and e-basses.
SR420 wireless stationary receiver and a Clip-on microphone The space diversity receiver offers both a microphone level
C417 L. and a line level output.
The WMS420 Presenter Set package includes: The WMS420 Instrumental Set package includes:
1 x Bodypack transmitter PT420 1 x Bodypack transmitter PT420
1 x Stationary receiver SR420 1 x Stationary receiver SR420
1 x Clip-on microphone C417 L 1 x Instrument cable
1 x Windscreen W407 2 x Receiver antennas
2 x Receiver antennas 1 x AC adapter
1 x AC adapter 1 x AA size battery
1 x AA size battery
Page 46 Page 53
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
DMSTETRAD
PROFESSIONAL FOUR CHANNEL DIGITAL
WIRELESS SYSTEM
DSRTetrad
for Live Sound, Club Music, Conferences,
Presentation, Seminars and Installations
Page 47
Page 47
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The DPTTetrad is a professional digital wire- The DHTTetrad is a professional digital The DHTTetrad is a professional digital
less body-pack transmitter for worldwide, wireless handheld transmitter for worldwide, wireless handheld transmitter for worldwide,
license-free operation. With 24-bit 48kHz license-free operation. With 24bit, 48kHz license-free operation. With 24bit, 48kHz
audio coding, it provides uncompressed audio coding, it provides uncompressed audio coding, it provides uncompressed
studio-quality transmission and a linear studio-quality transmission and a linear studio-quality transmission and a linear
frequency response, perfect for demanding frequency response. It is available in two frequency response. It is available in two
instrumental performances. 128-bit AES versions, with D5 or P5 dynamic capsule, versions, with D5 or P5 dynamic capsule,
standard encryption prevents tapping of perfect for uncompromising vocal perfor- perfect for uncompromising vocal perfor-
the audio signal, which makes it a perfect mances. 128-bit AES standard encryption mances. 128-bit AES standard encryption
companion for high-security conferences. prevents tapping of the audio signal, which prevents tapping of the audio signal, which
The DPTTetrad provides digital diversity and makes it a perfect companion for high-se- makes it a perfect companion for high-se-
an out-of-range warning function to ensure a curity conferences.The DHTTetrad provides curity conferences.The DHTTetrad provides
stable and drop-free signal within the entire digital diversity and an out-of-range warning digital diversity and an out-of-range warning
operating area. function to ensure a stable and drop-free function to ensure a stable and drop-free
signal within the entire operating area. signal within the entire operating area.
Page 48 Page 55
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The DMSTetrad Vocal Set P5 is a professional digital 2.4GHz The DMSTetrad Vocal Set D5 is a professional digital 2.4GHz
wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. The wireless system for worldwide license-free operation. The
set includes the DSRTetrad digital wireless receiver and the set includes the DSRTetrad digital wireless receiver and
DHTTetrad handheld transmitter. The handheld transmitter the DHTTetrad handheld transmitter. The system provides
is shipped with the P5 dynamic capsule for uncrompressed uncompressed studio quality and the handheld transmitter is
audio resulting in an uncompromising vocal performance. shipped with the patented state of the art AKG D5 dynamic
The receiver offers four channels in one rugged 19" housing. capsule. The receiver offers four channels in one rugged 19"
Its one-click pairing function gets the system up and running housing. Its one-click pairing function gets the system up and
in seconds. running in seconds.
The DMSTetrad Vocal Set P5 includes: The DMSTetrad Vocal Set D5 includes:
1 x DSRTetrad receiver 1 x DSRTETRAD receiver
1 x DHTTetrad handheld transmitter P5 1 x DHTTETRAD handheld transmitter D5
1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter
2 x AA size batteries 2 x AA size batteries
1 x SA63 stand adapter 1 x SA63 stand adapter
Included accessories: 2 x AA Batteries, SA63, Rack Mount Kit, Included accessories: Rack Mount Kit, Antenna Cables, Detachable
Antenna Cables, Detachable Antennas Antennas, SA63, 2 x AA Batteries
Page
Page 56 49
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 50 Page 57
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
PERCEPTION
WIRELESS
HIGH-PERFORMANCE WIRELESS MICROPHONE
SYSTEM
NO MORE CABLES
preset frequency sets allow easy setup from sin- for houses of worship, hotels, clubs and band applications
gle-channel applications to multichannel systems.
SERIESNAME
Perception Wireless offers exceptional eight hours The SR45 analog high-performance space diversity wire-
of operation from a single AA size battery,which less receiver provides maximum ease of use with differ-
MULTICHANNEL
dramatically reduces the operating costs in day-to- ent channel presets up to eight channels. It is perfect for
day use. The system is available in complete set instrumental and vocal performances in small clubs as well
packages for different applications. All include a as for use in houses of worship and in conference rooms.The
SR45 provides an audio clipping and RF signal LED for easy
universal connector kit for worldwide use.
monitoring of systems status. Best audio signal output is
provided via both a professional XLR and a 1/4" jack connec-
tor. For worldwide use, the receiver comes with a universal,
All Products share these features: switched mode power supply kit.
30MHz selection bandwidth
save operation for simple multichannel systems
Eight hours of operation from a single AA size battery 30MHz selection bandwidth
saves money in day-to-day use simultaneous use of up to 6 channels
Page 51
Page 51
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HT45 PT45
HIGH-PERFORMANCE WIRELESS HIGH-PERFORMANCE
HANDHELD TRANSMITTER WIRELESS HANDHELD
TRANSMITTER
The HT45 analog high-performance wireless handheld trans- The PT45 is an analog high-performance wireless body-
mitter features a dynamic microphone capsule for demanding pack transmitter in a small, rugged housing. A professional
vocal performances. The cardioid polar pattern ensures maxi- mini XLR audio connector makes the body-pack compatible
mum gain before feedback and lets your voice cut through with all kinds of guitars, basses, instrumental pickups and
any mix. Its spring-steel wire-mesh front grille protects the headsets. It is designed for stress-free work on small stages,
transducer from the hardships of on-stage use. The HT45 in houses of worship and in conference rooms.The PT45
provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input provides a gain control for perfect adjustment of the input
volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery status volume and a noiseless on/off/mute switch. A battery-status
indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allowing indicator shows red before the battery goes dead, allow-
the user to fully control his performance time. ing the user full control of performance time. The package
includes a rugged guitar cable.
Eight hours of operation from a single AA battery Eight hours of operation from a single AA-size battery
saves money in day-to-day use saves money in day-to-day use
Page 52 Page 59
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Perception Wireless high performance Presenter Set The Perception Wireless high performance Vocal Set delivers
delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. The brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. The included
included CK99 lavalier microphone clips on quickly and easily, HT45 handheld transmitter features a dynamic microphone
and provides optimum intelligibility for theater performances, with cardioid polar pattern, ensuring voices to cut through
presentations or talk shows. The SR45 receiver provides any mix. The SR45 receiver provides professional XLR and
professional XLR and 1/4" jack outputs. 1/4" jack outputs.
The Perception Wireless Presenter Set package includes: The Perception Wireless Vocal Set package includes:
1 x SR45 Receiver 1 x SR45 Receiver
1 x PT45 Body-pack transmitter 1 x HT45 Handheld transmitter
1 x CK99 L Lavalier microphone 1 x Stand adapter
1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size
battery battery
Page
Page 60 53
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Perception Wireless high performance Instrumental Set The Perception Wireless high performance Sports Set
delivers brilliant sound for an exceptionally wide range of delivers brilliant sound and is surprisingly easy to use. The
applications. The included PT45 body-pack transmitter is the included PT45 body-pack transmitter is the small- est and
smallest and lightest transmitter in its class. It provides a pro- lightest transmitter in its class. The package also includes
fessional three-pin mini XLR connector and can be used with a C544 L condenser head-worn microphone featuring an
the included guitar cable or one of the optionally available external shock mount for high mechanical-noise rejection. Its
AKG miniature microphones. moisture shield ensures a high degree of humidity protection
for the microphone.
The Perception Wireless Instrumental Set package includes: The Perception Wireless Sports Set package includes:
1 x SR45 Receiver 1 x SR45 Receiver
1 x PT45 Body-pack transmitter 1 x PT45 Body-pack transmitter
1 x MKG L Instrument cable 1 x C544 L Head-worn microphone
1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/EU adapter, 1 x AA size
battery battery
Page 54 Page 61
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
WMS40 MINI
WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEM
The WMS40 Mini system stands out for its ex- for houses of worship, hotels, gyms and band applications
tremely long battery life of 30 hours with a single AA
SERIESNAME
battery which helps saving money in the long run. The SR40 Mini wireless stationary receiver provides crystal
clear audio quality for powerful performances. It features
MULTICHANNEL
Page 55
Page 55
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The SR40 Mini Dual wireless stationary The HT40 Mini is a wireless handheld trans- The PT40 Mini is a wireless body-pack trans-
receiver provides crystal clear audio quality mitter with a dynamic microphone capsule mitter in a small, rugged housing, perfect
for powerful performances. It features three designed for stressless work in houses of for houses of worship, clubs, small stages
status LEDs indicating on/off status, received worship, in clubs and on small stages. Its and gyms. A professional mini XLR audio
signal strength (RF OK) and audio clipping cardioid polar pattern ensures maximum connector makes the body-pack compatible
(AF CLIP). The receiver provides a volume gain before feedback and the unique HDAP with all kinds of guitars, basses, instrumental
control and a noiseless on/off switch to (High Definition Audio Performance) tech- pickups and headsets. The PT40 Mini pro-
protect the connected speakers. The SR 40 nology delivers brilliant sound. The rugged vides a gain control for perfect adjustment of
Mini DUAL integrates two separate wireless transmitter features an on/off/mute switch the input volume and a noiseless on/off/mute
receivers in one compact housing.The SR40 and a sturdy wire-mesh cap to protect switch. It stand-out feature is its long battery
Mini DUAL features two balanced outputs via the microphone element. The HT40 Mini life of 30 hours on a single AA battery. It rep-
1/4" jack connector. The supplied switched system's stand-out feature is its extremely resents ultimate ease of use at an unbeata-
mode power supply operates on any AC long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA ble price/performance ratio.
voltage from 110 to 240 V AC and includes battery. It represents ultimate ease of use at
EU, UK, and US adaptors. an unbeatable price-performance ratio.
Crystal clear sound High Definition Audio Performance Unbelievable 30 hours life with a single
for best audio quality technology AA battery
for crystal clear audio quality lowest operating cost in its class
Up and running in a second
plug and play solution for easy setup Cardioid polar pattern Professional three-pin mini XLR
for trouble-free use on narrow stages connector
Switched mode power supply
compatible with guitar cables, headset- and
universal connector kit for worldwide use Robust spring steel grille
instrument mics
extreme ruggedness for long stage life
Included accessories: PSU12V 500mA EU/ Gain control on transmitter
US/UK Included accessories: Stand adapter, 1 x AA for immediate volume adjustment
Battery
Included accessories: MKG L, BC400, 1 x AA
Battery
Page 56 Page 63
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The WMS40 Mini Single Vocal Set is a true plugnplay The WMS40 Mini Dual Vocal Set is a true plugnplay wireless
wireless solution providing crystal clear audio sound. The solution. Each of the two included HT40 Mini handheld trans-
included HT40 Mini handheld transmitter features a dynamic mitter features a dynamic cardioid capsule for maximum gain
cardioid capsule for maximum gain before feedback. It's before feedback. Their extremely long battery life of 30 hours
extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA battery off a single AA battery saves money in day-to-day use. The
saves money in day-to-day use. The receiver comes in an receiver offers two balanced outputs via 1/4" jack connectors.
ultra compact housing and offers a 1/4" jack output.
Page 64
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The WMS40 Mini Single Instrumental The WMS40 Mini Dual Instrumental Set is a The WMS40 Mini Dual Vocal/Instrumental
Set is a true plugnplay wireless solution true plugnplay wireless solution providing Set is a true plugnplay wireless solution.
providing crystal clear audio sound The crystal clear audio sound. Each of the two The included PT40 Mini body-pack trans-
included PT40 Mini body-pack transmitter included PT40 Mini body-pack transmit- mitter provides a professional 3pin mini XLR
provides a professional 3pin mini XLR ter provides a professional 3pin mini XLR connector, compatible with guitar and bass
connector, compatible with guitar and bass connector, compatible to all guitars, basses levels, headsets and instrumental mics. The
levels, headsets and instrumental mics. Its and AKGs MicroMics, from line to mic level. included HT40 Mini handheld transmitter
extremely long battery life of 30 hours off a Their extremely long battery life of 30 hours features a dynamic cardioid capsule for max-
single AA battery saves money in day-to-day off a single AA battery saves money in day- imum gain before feedback. Their extremely
use. The receiver comes in an ultra compact to-day use. The receiver offers two balanced long battery life of 30 hours off a single AA
housing and offers a 1/4 jack output. outputs via 1/4 jack connectors. battery saves money in day-to-day use. The
receiver offers two balanced outputs via 1/4
jack connectors.
The WMS40 Mini Single Instrumental Set The WMS40 Mini Dual Instrumental Set The WMS40 Mini Dual Instrumental Set
package includes: package includes: package includes:
1 x SR40 Dual Receiver 1 x SR40 Dual Mini Receiver 1 x SR40 Dual Mini Receiver
1 x PT40 Mini Body-pack transmitter 2 x PT40 Mini Handheld transmitter 2 x PT40 Mini Handheld transmitter
1x MKG L Instrument cable 2 x MKG L Instrument cable 2 x MKG L Instrument cable
1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/
1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/ 1 x Universal power supply with US/UK/
EU adapter, 2 x AA size battery
EU adapter, 1 x AA size battery EU adapter, 2 x AA size battery
Page 65
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
WIRELESS
ACCESSORIES
APS4
ANTENNA POWER SPLITTER
ACCESSORIES
SPLIT IT UP
SERIES
Link output
to cascade up to three APS4 for larger systems
Page 59
Page 59
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
The SRA2 W is a passive directional The SRA2 B/W is an active directional The RA4000 W is a passive omnidirec-
wide-band UHF antenna that can be used wide-band UHF receiving antenna for use tional wide-band UHF antenna that can
as a transmitting or receiving antenna for with wireless microphone systems. It op- be used as a transmitting or receiving
wireless microphones and in-ear monitor- erates in a frequency range from 500MHz antenna for wireless microphones and
WIRELESS ACCESSORIES
ing systems. to 865MHz. in-ear monitoring systems. It operates
in a frequency range from 500MHz to
865MHz.
The RA4000 B/W is an active omnidirec- AB4000 is a high-performance antenna The ASU4000 is a remote antenna power
tional wide-band UHF receiving anten- booster to compensate signal loss on long supply unit for large-scale antenna distri-
na for use with wireless microphone antenna cables. One AB4000 can compen- bution or small antenna systems where no
systems. It operates in a frequency range sate 3.5 to 17.5 dB of cable attenuation. PS4000 W is in use. It provides the neces-
from 500MHz to 865MHz. Up to two boosters can be cascaded in sary power for up to three active antenna
case of extremely long cable runs. elements (RA4000 B, SRA2 B, AB4000)
Included accessories: Stand adapter via the antenna cable.
Page 60 Page 67
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
NETWORK
SYSTEMS
PLAY IT SAFE!
HUB4000 Q
systems. Thanks to harman hiQnet integration,
AKG wireless systems offer the best net- working
possibilities of all products on the market today. HIQNET ETHERNET INTERFACE
called 1 click Setup where intermodulation free supports DMS700, WMS4000/4500 and IVM4/4500
frequencies for the entire wireless system can be
SERIESNAME
Page 61
Page 61
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
AKGs System Architect plug-in With VM2 Vistonics Microphone Monitor- The AKG Wireless iPhone App is a
automatically identifies all HUB4000 Qs ing, Soundcraft and AKG are making the reference remote control for iOS devices.
connected to a HiQnet system. The FOH engineers life easier. Any AKG wire- It enables monitor and control of a com-
channel-oriented user interface provides less microphone can be directly monitored plete AKG wireless system from an Apple
intuitive control of all wireless channel from a Soundcraft Vi consoles surface. iPhone, iPad or iPod touch via Wi-Fi.
NETWORK SYSTEMS
parameters.
CU4000 CU400
CHARGING UNIT CHARGING UNIT
The BP4000 and CU4000 represent a pre- The AKG CU400 is a high-performance
mium charging system for the transmitter drop-in-style battery charger for WMS450
of the WMS4500 wireless microphone and WMS470 series wireless handheld
system as well as for the body-pack re- and body-pack transmitters.
ceiver of the IVM4500 IEM system.
Item Number:
Item Number: CU400 EU/US/UK: 2934H00010
CU4000 none: 2887X00060 CU400 none: 2934H00040 without power
CU4000 EU/US/UK/AU: 2887X01060 supply
Page 62 Page 69
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
PROFESSIONAL
HEADPHONES
IF SOUND IS YOUR BUSINESS
K812
open headphones, due to their spatial sound pat-
tern, are more typical for control monitoring, mixing
and mastering. SUPERIOR REFERENCE HEADPHONES
band. For sound engineers, high qualitylistening for superior listening, mixing and mastering
is essential. It is not unusual for them to prefer
SERIESNAME
Page 63
Page 63
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
PROFESSIONAL HEADPHONES
MASTER THE SOUND SIMPLE PURITY
for precision listening, mixing and mastering natural sound imaging for professional monitoring
The K712 PROs are reference, open, over-ear headphones for K612 PRO headphones are reference open, over-ear phones
precise listening, mixing and mastering. The over-ear design that deliver natural sound imaging for professional monitor-
guarantees maximum wearing comfort for fatigue-free mix- ing. The advanced open technology offers comfort for long
ing and mastering, while providing spacious and airy sound working sessions and a full, spacious sound. AKGs patented
without any compromise. Their precise powerful sound Varimotion diaphragm technology completes the unique
results from improved low-end performance by 3dB. These sound of the K612 PRO. Obvious features such as the self-
headphones have a genuine soft leather headband for a light- adjusting real leather headband, aluminum arches and solid
weight and comfortable fit. Their carefully selected transduc- rivets not only provide a lightweight, maximum comfort fit,
ers provide consistency and accurate localization. but also reinforce the quality AKG has provided to studio
engineers for decades.
Page 64 Page 71
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page
Page 72 65
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PROFESSIONAL HEADPHONES
UNIVERSAL GENIUS SMILING FACE EVERYBODYS DARLING
for monitoring, mastering, studio and live for live sound mixing [FOH] and drummers for precision listening, mixing and mastering
sound mixing
The K171 MKII professional on-ear, closed The K240 MKII professional over-ear, semi-
The K271 MKIIs are professional over-ear studio headphones provide the highest pos- open headphones are a long-time standard
headphones for studio and live use. They sible noise insulation, perfect for live sound in studios, in orchestras and on stages
combine the comfort of an over-the-ear mixing. In order to support familiar hearing around the world. Its advanced Varimotion
design and the benefits of closed-back tech- habits, the K171 MKII's show a slight smiley 30 mm XXL transducers deliver solid low
nology for best possible sound reproduc- face EQ curve with a little bass and treble end, accurate mids and crystal-clear highs.
tion. The sealed design ensures low signal boost.Their well-defined bass reproduction The semi-open design provides the airiness
bleeding into microphones in the studio and makes the K171 MKII's the Number One of open headphones with the powerful bass
maximum isolation for live mixing applica- playback headphones for demanding bass response of closed designs.For more than
tions.The K271 MKIIs feature a switch in the players and drummers worldwide. The three decades, professional engineers and
headband that mutes the audio just as soon professional mini XLR connector allows musicians have made the K240 the most
as the headphones are taken off. They pro- quick replacement of the cable. The package widely used headphones in studios and at
vide a professional mini XLR connector for includes a 3m (10ft) straight cable, a 5m live consoles around the world.
quick replacement of the cable. The package (16ft) coiled cable, and leatherette and velvet
includes a 3m (10ft) straight and 5m (16ft) ear pads.
coiled cable.
Included accessories: EK500, EK300, Velvet Included accessories: EK500, EK300, Velvet Included accessories: EK500, EK300, Velvet
earpads earpads earpads
Page 66 Page 73
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page
Page 74 67
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PROFESSIONAL HEADPHONES
VALUE FOR MONEY CONVINCINGLY FEEL LIKE A PRO
for project studios and rehearsals
POWERFUL for project studios and rehearsals
for project studios and rehearsal
The K99 Perception high-performance The K44 Perception over-ear, closed
over-ear, semi-open headphones combine headphones provide excellent sound with
excellent sound quality and an astound- The K77 Perception over-ear, semi-closed a powerful low end and clean highs. They
ing price/performance ratio. Their large, headphones provide powerful sound at an offer pure listening experience for different
high-performance 40mm (1-7/12") speakers amazing value, perfect for home and project applications, like project studios and home
provide a natural, uncolored sound, ideal for studios. These closed-back headphones are recording.The K44 Perception headphones
project studios.The K99 Perception features an all-around performer, offering an accu- include comfortable leatherette ear pads and
gimbal-suspended leatherette ear cups for rate listening experience.K77 Perception a self-adjusting headband that allow extend-
easy cleaning. The self-adjusting, lightweight headphones include comfortable leatherette ed wear without discomfort. They come with
headband ensures a pleasant fit for long ear pads and a self-adjusting headband, a 2.5m (8ft), fixed, straight cable including
hours. The K99's come with a 3m (9-3/4ft) allowing extended wear without discomfort. convertible jack plug.
fixed, straight cable, including convertible They come with a 2.5m (8ft), fixed, straight
jack plug. cable, including convertible jack plug.
Over-ear, semi open design Over-ear, semi-closed design Over-ear, closed design
for well-balanced sound quality for high comfort for high comfort
Large high-performance 40mm (1-7/12") Large high-performance 40mm (1.6") Solid bass and clean highs
speakers speakers for well-balanced sound quality
provide a natural uncolored sound provide a powerful and convincing sound
Leatherette ear pads
Extremely lightweight Extremely lightweight for easy cleaning
for excellent comfort for excellent comfort
Page 68 Page 75
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page
Page 76 69
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The headset combines the K171 MKII The HSD271 professional over-ear, closed The headset combines the K171 MKII
studio headphones with a high-performance headset is a standard for intercom, ENG/ studio headphones with a rugged dynamic
PROFESSIONAL HEADSETS
condenser microphone. EFP work and video production. microphone.
Item Number: 2955X00280 (cable available Item Number: 2955X00270 (cable available Item Number: 2955X00260 (cable available
separately) separately) separately)
HSC15
HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONFERENCE HEADSET
The HSC15 high level conference headset is AKGs latest headset in the field of conferenc-
ing. Sophisticated design pairs with high quality audio and advanced technology.
Page 70 Page 77
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
DAM+ SERIES
REFERENCE MODULAR INSTALLED MICROPHONES
EXECUTIVE MODULARITY
EXECUTIVE MODULARITY
SERIES
tages throughout the distribution chain, with fewer The CK49 is a reference shotgun condenser microphone cap-
GOOSENECK
Page 71
Page 71
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
The CK43 is a reference supercardioid The CK41 is a reference condenser capsule The GN155 M is a reference 1490mm
condenser capsule with studio-quality audio with a wide cardioid polar pattern and a (58.7in) gooseneck module with a heavy,
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
performance. speech optimized frequency response. shock-mounted floor stand.
Supercardioid polar pattern Cardioid polar pattern Elegant, low profile floor stand
eliminates noise from the sides eliminates noise from the rear side fitting all environments
95 pickup angle 125 pickup angle Integrated switchable LED ring
perfect where people talk from greater for inexperienced or very vivacious to show system status
distances speakers
Extremely rugged gooseneck
Sophisticated staple capsule technology Sophisticated staple capsule technology construction
for studio-quality audio performance for studio-quality audio performance for an extra-long life of reliability and
stability
Included accessories: Windscreen Included accessories: Windscreen
The DAM+ Series reference gooseneck modules for permanent and mobile installation are
available in three different lengths: 165mm (6.5in), 300mm (11.8in) or 500mm (19.7in).
Item Number:
GN15 M: 3165H00080 165mm (6.5in)
GN30 M: 3165H00090 300mm (11.8in)
GN50 M: 3165H00100 500mm (19.7in)
Page 72 Page 79
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The DAM+ Series PAESP M is a program- The PAE5 M is a reference phantom power The PAE M reference phantom power mod-
mable phantom power module for fixed and module for fixed and mobile installation. ule for fixed and mobile installation provides
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
Programmable on/mute/off switch Extra feeding of LED ring to show mic Feeds all DAM+ Series capsules
offers noiseless switching status for highest flexibility
for use with automixers including logic
Selectable operating modes RFi Shield technology
outputs
for switchable bass roll off and light-ring provides high immunity to radio-frequency
function Highly reliable contacts to mounting interference
modules
RFi Shield technology Accepts 9-52V input
prevent contact problems and ensure extra-
provides high immunity to radio-frequency for almost any available mixer inputs
long life
interference
HM1000 M
The HM1000 M is a reference hanging module compatible with all capsules of the DAM+
Series (CK41, CK43 and CK49).
Page
Page 80 73
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EXECUTIVE MODULARITY
for theaters, houses of worship and conference rooms
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
features the CK41 Reference Cardioid Condenser Microphone Capsule,
the GN30 M DAM+ series reference gooseneck module and the PAE M
phantom power module. The CK41 offers a wide cardioid polar patter and a
speech optimized studio quality frequency response. Its especially suited
for inexperienced or very vivacious speakers and applications where more
than one person uses the microphone in turn.The whole set is extremely
slim, but still rugged and features an LED ring that indicates whether the
phantom power is on or off.
Page 74 Page 81
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
STS DAM+ WL
PROFESSIONAL TABLETOP STAND FOR WIRELESS USE
Due to its heavy weight and 'clever rubber' feet it absorbs shock well and
keeps the microphone firmly in place. When fitted with one of the compat-
ible AKG pocket transmitters you have a complete wireless conferencing
solution.A rugged mute switch rated for more than 25.000 operations
controls the microphone while an LED indicator clearly show the mic status;
this may be mirrored on compatible goosenecks that include a status indica-
tor ring. A 3.5mm input socket allows connection of up-to 4x AKG CBL410
wired conference mics or a presenter laptop to create a simple wireless
presentation station.
Heavy duty
firm fit and shock absorbing
MUTE switch combined with LED bar and LED microphone ring
clear microphone status for all participants of a meeting
3,5 mm input
to feed in e.g. a laptop signal for wireless multimedia presentations
Page
Page 82 75
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The ST6 is a heavy duty table stand for The STS DAM+ is a heavy duty table stand Mounting flange for use with DAM+
universal use. It provides two professional with extremely good shock absorbing Microphone series
3-pin SLR connectors as audio interface. properties. It provides a 4-pin connector
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
The ST6 is compatible with a wide range compatible with all DAM+ Series goose-
Item Number: 3165H00220
of microphones, e.g. DAC microphones. necks CS3 gooseneck microphones.
UWA9 M W40 M
MOUNTING PLATE WINDSCREEN
The UWA9 M is a holder for wireless The W40 M windscreen with rugged
bodypack transmitters. It perfectly fit wiremesh grill is compatible with the
on the GN155 M floor stand gooseneck CK41 and CK43 capsules from the DAM+
module Series.
Page 76 Page 83
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
DAM SERIES
HIGH-PERFORMANCE MODULAR INSTALLED
MICROPHONES
PROVEN RELIABILITY
PROVEN RELIABILITY
SERIES
special-purpose installation modules make this The CK33 is a high-performance hypercardioid condenser
GOOSENECK
microphone series extremely versatile and easy microphone capsule and a good choice in situations when
noise comes from the sides or people talk into the micro-
to use.
phone from greater distances.The CK33 capsule is integrated
into a rugged metal housing and fits any mounting module of
The excellent response and extremely good inteligi- the DAM Series. To prevent contact problems, the capsule is
bility make the DAM Series the first choice whenev- equipped with large-area, self-cleaning, gold-plated contacts
er quality and reliability have top priority. with deep threads to prevent misalignment and ensure
extra-long life. The package includes a special two-part wind-
screen, which reduces wind and pop noise.
Page 77
Page 77
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
The CK32 is a high-performance omnidirec- The CK31 is a high-performance condenser The CK47 is a high-performance shotgun
tional condenser microphone capsule. microphone capsule with a wide cardioid condenser microphone capsule with an 80
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
polar pattern. pickup angle and studio-quality audio.
Highly efficient 2-in-1 windscreen Cardioid polar pattern Highly reliable capsule contacts
reduces wind and pop noise eliminates noise from the rear prevent contact problems and ensure extra-
long life
Wide frequency range 125 pickup angle
for a speech-optimized audio performance for inexperienced or very vivacious Highly efficient 2-in-1 windscreen
speakers reduces wind and pop noise
Omnidirectional polar pattern
high sensitivity in all directions Highly reliable capsule contacts Tight, hypercardioid polar pattern
prevent contact problems and ensure extra- eliminates noise from the sides
Included accessories: W30 long life
Included accessories:
Item Number: 2765H00210 Included accessories: W30
Item Number: 2765Z00230
Item Number: 2765H00200
CK80
HIGH-PERFORMANCE SHOTGUN CONDENSER CAPSULE
The CK80 high-performance shotgun microphone capsule provides an 80 pickup angle and
offers a speech-optimized frequency response.
Page 78 Page 85
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DAM Series GN gooseneck modules for The DAM Series GN E gooseneck modules The DAM Series GN ESP gooseneck
permanent screw-on installation are availa- for fixed and mobile installation comes with modules for fixed and mobile installation can
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
ble in: 15cm(6in), 30cm(12in), 50cm(20in). an integrated XLR phantom power adapter. serve perfectly in small setups.
Discreet, screw-on mounting module Gooseneck with XLR connector module Programmable on/mute/off switch
for permanent installations for quick setup and takedown offers basic discussion system functions
Integrated phantom power adapter Gooseneck with XLR connector module
Included accessories: Screw Set GN
connects to any standard mixer for quick setup and takedown
Item Number: Included accessories: Screw Set GN, PS3 Included accessories: Screw Set GN
GN15: 2765H00010 160mm/6.3in length F-LOCK
GN30: 2765H00030 305mm/12in length Item Number:
GN30 CS: 2765H00270 305mm/12in length Item Number: GN15 ESP: 2765H00450 160mm/6.3in length
GN30 OC: 2765H00050 305mm/12in length GN15 E: 2765H00020 160mm/6.3in length GN30 ESP: 2765H00460 305mm/12in length
GN50: 2765H00080 500mm/20in length GN30 E: 2765H00040 305mm/12in length GN50 ESP: 2765H00470 500mm/20in length
GN50 CS: 2765Z00280 500mm/20in length GN50 E: 2765H00090 500mm/20in length
The GN E 5Pin high-performance gooseneck modules for fixed and mobile installation fits all
DAM Series capsules.
Item Number:
GN15 E 5Pin: 2765Z00390 160mm/6.3in length
GN30 E 5Pin: 2765H00400 305mm/12in length
GN50 E 5Pin: 2765Z00410 500mm/20in length
Page
Page 86 79
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
PROVEN RELIABILITY PROVEN RELIABILITY PROVEN RELIABILITY
for use in houses of worship, conference for use in houses of worship, conference for houses of worship, conference rooms
rooms and theatres rooms and theatres and theatres
The GN155 is a 155cm (4ft 11in) goose- The HM1000 is used to fly microphones The CGN331 E is a Discreet Acoustics Mod-
neck module with a heavy, shock-mounted from the ceiling to pick up music or speech ular gooseneck microphone set that includes
floor stand, suitable for stand-alone use in houses of worship and conference rooms the key components needed to provide
on stages or placed in front of a lectern. A and on theater stages. The HM1000 pro- high quality, reliable performance for a wide
supplied screw-on extension tube can be vides a 10m (33ft) cable, specially treated range of applications. It features the CK31
used to raise the microphone for tall users to reduce twisting, even if the environment high-performance condenser microphone
and in choir applications. The GN155 has an temperature varies. A spring steel hanging capsule that mounts to the included GN30
attached 10m (33ft) cable with XLR phantom clamp for precise microphone alignment E gooseneck module. The CK31 offers a
power adapter. It is excellently suited for keeps the microphone securely in position. wide cardioid polar pattern and is designed
use as a lectern microphone in houses of A switchable LED ring helps the sound en- for inexperienced speakers and applica-
worship and meeting halls.The gooseneck gineer in monitoring system function during tions where more than one person uses the
module fits all DAM Series capsules, CK31, the soundcheck.The hanging module fits all microphone in turn. The GN30 E gooseneck
CK32, CK33, CK47 and CK80, via highly DAM Series capsules, CK31, CK32, CK33, module works in fixed or mobile installations
reliable contacts. CK47 and CK80, via highly reliable contacts. and comes with an integrated XLR phantom
power adapter with 250Hz bass rolloff, LED
ring. It connects to any standard mixer input
with 9V 52V power supply.
Low-profile floor stand gooseneck Mounting module for hanging Cardioid polar pattern
module microphones eliminates noise from the rear
for permanent installations and mobile for unobtrusive pickup in difficult places
125 pickup angle
applications
Twist-free 10m cable included for inexperienced or very vivacious speakers
Extremely rugged gooseneck to fix and secure the designated mic
30 cm gooseneck with XLR module
construction position
for quick setup and takedown
for an extra-long life of reliability and stability
Highly reliable contacts for capsule
modules
Included accessories: ST305 Item Number: 2765H00500
prevent contact problems
Page 80 Page 87
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
COMPACT
99ER SERIES
PLUG N PLAY INSTALLED MICROPHONES
AN EASY JOB
CGN99 C
for use in houses of worship, conference rooms and
theaters
CARDIOD CONDENSER GOOSENECK
The 99ers is a unique range of high class micro- MICROPHONES
phones for applications where budget, not modu-
larity, is a major consideration. The 99er Series
offers a user-friendly system that fulfills its basic
MICROPHONES
The CGN99 C/S and CGN99 C/L, part of the DAC Series, are
All microphones are equipped with proper RF
GOOSENECK
Compact solution
All Products share these features: for plug and play
Compact solution
Cardioid polar pattern
for Plug n Play
eliminates noise from the rear
Page 81
Page 81
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CGN99 H CHM99
HYPERCARDIOID CONDENSER GOOSENECK HANGING CARDIOD CONDENSER MICROPHONE
MICROPHONES
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
AN EASY JOB AN EASY JOB
for use in houses of worship, conference rooms and theaters for use in houses of worship, conference rooms and theaters
The CGN99 H/S and CGN99 H/L, part of the DAC Series, are The CHM99, part of the 99ers Series, is a hanging micro-
condenser gooseneck microphones with a hypercardioid phone module with cardioid polar pattern, used to record
polar pattern. They are a good choice for all situations when music or speech in houses of worship, conference rooms or
unwanted noise arrives from the sides or where people talk on theater stages. The CHM99 is available in black or white.A
into the microphone from greater distances. The rugged 10m (33ft) special cable that is treated specially to reduce
gooseneck is available in two different lengths (C/S: 30cm twisting to a minimum and a spring steel hanging clamp
(12in); C/L: 50cm (20in) and ideal for fixed and mobile instal- for precise microphone alignment keeps the microphone
lations. CGN99 H/S and CGN99 H/L come with an integrated securely in its position. The attached phantom power adapter
XLR phantom power adapter with 250Hz bass rolloff. connects to any standard mixer input with 9V to 52V power
supply.
Item Number:
CHM99 Black: 2965H00150 Black color
CHM99 White: 2965H00160 White color
Page 82 Page 89
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CGN521 STS
PROFESSIONAL TABLETOP MICROPHONE SET
Page
Page 90 83
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CGN321 STS
PROFESSIONAL TABLETOP MICROPHONE SET
COME CLOSER
for conference tables, courtrooms and houses of worship
GOOSENECK MICROPHONES
gooseneck. This professional microphone is specially designed for inexperi-
enced speakers who talk into the microphone from widely varying angles.
The tabletop microphone set provides an extremely rugged switch capable
of withstanding more than 25,000 switching cycles. It can be programmed
for the following functions: push to talk, push to mute, push on/off, low
cut on/off. An LED square clearly indicates the microphones status. The
CGN321 STS comes with a professional, gold plated 3-pin XLR audio output.
Page 84 Page 91
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
ON THE LIMIT
OF PERCEPTION
Boundary layer microphones are used anywhere
where direct speaking to a microphone for optical
or practical reasons is not always possible. For this
reason, greater distance to the sound source is
compensated for by a physical trick: by mounting
the microphone on an acoustic surface, like a floor,
wall or ceiling, it is possible to strengthen the sound
pressure concentration of the desired signal.
CBL31 WLS
The first such commercially built microphones were PROFESSIONAL BOUNDARY LAYER MICROPHONE
manufactured by Crown who coined the now pro- FOR WIRELESS USE
tected name Pressure Zone Microphones (PZM)
in the 1970s. Today Crown microphones are built
LAYER MICROPHONES
Heavy duty
firm fit and shock absorbing
3.5 mm input
cascade up to four CBL410 to cover a larger meeting table
Page 85
Page 85
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C547 BL
PROFESSIONAL BOUNDARY LAYER MICROPHONE
The C547 is a hypercardioid professional boundary layer microphone. It is built on the same
acoustical components as the legendary C747 V11.
Page 86 Page 93
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page
Page 94 87
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MB3 MB4
HIGH-PERFORMANCE, FLUSH-MOUNT BOUNDARY MINIATURE BOUNDARY LAYER MICROPHONE
The MB3 is a high-performance, miniature boundary micro- The MB4 is a miniature boundary microphone for table-top
phone for flush-mount installation. Thanks to its supercardi- installation. Thanks to its supercardioid pickup pattern, the
oid pickup pattern, the MB3 greatly reduces ambient noise MB4 greatly reduces ambient noise and pickup of room
and pickup of room reverberation. The result is a clearer, reverberation. The result is a clearer, more intelligible sound
more intelligible sound for applications such as teleconfer- for applications such as teleconferencing, distance learning,
encing, distance learning, boardrooms, courtrooms and boardrooms and courtrooms.The MB4 has a cable leading to
security. The MB3 provides a three-pin XLR-type, low-imped- an XLR-type output connector with built-in mic electronics. It
ance, balanced mic-level output and is powered by 1248V is powered by 1248V phantom power and is low-impedance
phantom power. balanced.
PCC (Phase Coherent Cardioid) technology PCC (Phase Coherent Cardioid) technology
for optimum speech intelligibility for optimum speech intelligibility
Mounts easily into tabletops, walls and ceilings Balanced, low-Z output
for fixed applications prevents hum and high-frequency loss
Page 88 Page 95
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The CBL410 PCC is a microphone for use The CBL99 is a hemispherical boundary lay- The Sound Grabber II hemispherical bounda-
with any PC or laptop. It improves audio er microphone designed to deliver superior ry layer microphone utilizes Pressure Zone
quality when conferencing via VoIP. The mi- results for a multitude of recording applica- Microphone technology in which sound
crophone reproduces the voice with a clear tions. The CBL99 is small, lightweight and waves reinforce themselves in the area near-
and natural sound. With its 3.5mm stereo easy to place. Since the transducer sits in a est a flat surface. Thus, the Sound Grabber
jack, it is a real plug-and-play device. No metal plate only 5mm (0.2 in) thick, the plate II will pick up sounds at distances with clarity
drivers are needed.Its cascading capability doesnt interfere with or color the sound. while speakers or vocalists can move freely
makes the CBL410 PCC the perfect tool for Frequency response is very uniform within around the microphone without their tone
single-person usage in the office and/or for its hemisphere, and it captures the room quality changing.The Sound Grabber II is
multiperson usage in a meeting room. This sound of an instrument very accurately.The powered by an internal AAA 1.5V battery.
microphone provides optimum intelligibility CBL99 requires 9V - 52V phantom power. Its The 3.5mm jack output is unbalanced and of
and audio quality for your meetings. output is unbalanced via a professional XLR mid-impedance, which allows it to connect
connector with switchable bass-cut filter. directly to cameras and recorders.
Page
Page 96 89
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C562 CM
PROFESSIONAL FLUSH-MOUNT BOUNDARY LAYER MICROPHONE
Page 90 Page 97
Harman Pro Group 2015
Professional Catalog 2015
TO HEAR, OR
NOT TO HEAR?
When Hamlet recited the almost immortal words
To be, or not to be? he had to hold a severed
head in his hand without a microphone! Theaters,
television stations and conference centers, then,
are highly dependent on head- sets and Lavalier
microphones. These tiny lapel mics are not only
characterized by their comfort and mounting possi-
bilities on clothing, but they are practically invisible,
ensuring freedom of movement and excellent voice HC577 L
clarity. REFERENCE HEAD-WORN MICROPHONE
formance with the highest degree of reliability The HC577 L is an extremely small reference head-worn mi-
crophone, designed for on-stage use. The microphone uses
a CK77 omnidirectional transducer that has been an industry
standard for lavaliere capsules for years and ensures superior
HEAD-WORN
Dual-diaphragm transducer
for suppression of cable noise
Page 91
Page 91
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C544 L C111 LP
Page 92 Page 99
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The CK77 WR is an extremely small, omni- The C417 is a professional lavalier micro- The CK99 L is a condenser lavalier micro-
directional professional lavalier microphone. phone with omnidirectional polar pattern. phone with cardioid polar pattern.
CK97
REFERENCE LAVALIER MICROPHONE
The CK97 C/L is a reference condenser lavalier microphone with a consistent cardioid pat-
tern. It ensures minimum ambience pickup and high gain before feedback live.
Item Number:
CK97 C/L: 2497Z00080, CK97 CVR WL: 1400Z00970
Page
Page 100 93
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PAGING MICROPHONES
ANNOUNCEMENT for intercom use at ticket windows and in
public transport
for paging systems, ticket windows and
reception desks
for paging systems, ticket windows and
reception desks
The D58 E is a dynamic, hypercardioid, The DGN99 and DGN99 E are dynamic
close-talking microphone for talkback and gooseneck microphones with cardioid polar
The DST99 S is a paging microphone with intercom applications. In order to improve pattern for general public address and com-
cardioid polar pattern for general public ad- speech intelligibility in noisy environments, munication use. The microphones provide
dress and communication use. The DST99 the D58 E is tuned to a mid-frequency range. a frequency response tailored for optimum
S provides a frequency response tailored to Thus it compensates for proximity effect and intelligibility, good off-axis rejection for high
speech use, for optimum intelligibility as well provides a flat response to near sources.The gain before feedback and suppression of
as good off-axis rejection, high gain before D58 E is rugged and lightweight, operating unwanted ambient noise. The all-metal body
feedback and suppression of unwanted over a wide range of temperatures and hu- ensures a long, useful life for the microphone
ambient noise. The all-metal body ensures midity. Using a dynamic capsule, the micro- even in tough day-to-day use.The DGN99
a long useful life for the microphone, even phone does not require any powering. It has E comes with an integrated XLR connector
in tough day-to-day use.The DST99 S is an integral XLR connector for mounting on a while the DGN99 offers open cables for
mounted on a table stand with an on/off gooseneck such as the optional GNS36. universal use. Using a dynamic capsule, the
switch and supplies a coiled cable with microphones do not require any powering.
three-pin XLR connector. Using a dynamic
capsule, the DST99 S does not require any
powering.
THE INVISIBLE
ASSISTANT
In different settings, automatic microphone mixers
ensure unobtrusive and reliable reproduction of a
specific micro- phone signal at the correct volume
and tone colors. Com- parable to an invisible sound
engineer, they are able to function in totally different
types of room from small, multi- functional spaces
to big conference halls. In churches and schools,
where there is often no sound engineer, automatic
mixers also assist in helping to avoid feedback. DMM12 BC
REFERENCE DIGITAL AUTOMATIC MICROPHONE
At large scale theater performances, automatic mix- MIXER
ers provide a helping hand to professional sound
mixers. For TV or radio broadcasts they can oper-
ate as a sub- mixer during interviews and round ta-
ble discussions. A technician can then concentrate
IN - MIX - OUT
SERIES
mixers are extremely user-friendly and possess one The DMM12 BC reference digital automatic microphone
of the most reliable mixing algorithms on the market mixer is ideal for large meetings and conferences. Engi-
neered for spoken word applications, its DSP function
ensures precise mixing of up to 120 channels by cascading
up to 10 DMM12 BCs. Two additional stereo audio outputs
and one Stereo AES EBU audio output offer additional rout-
ing options.Offering a high signal-to-noise ratio, the DMM12
BC also keeps noise from multiple open microphones to a
minimum. Numerous DSP functions like filters, compressor/
limiter, ducking and routing make the DMM6 a great fit in a
variety of spoken word applications.
Up to 10 units cascadable
for simultaneous use of up to 120 channels
Two additional stereo audio and one Stereo AES EBU output
for comprehensive audio routing options
Page 95
Page 95
Harman Professional Group 2015
Harman ProCatalog
DMM12 DMM6
PROFESSIONAL DIGITAL AUTOMATIC HIGH PERFORMANCE DIGITAL AUTOMATIC
MICROPHONE MIXER MICROPHONE MIXER
AUTO MIXERS
for large-scale meetings and conferences for mixing spoken words automatically
The DMM12 professional digital automatic microphone mixer The DMM6 high-performance digital automatic microphone
is ideal for large meetings and conferences. Engineered mixer offers automatic mixing of 6 microphones or line level
for spoken word applications, its DSP functions ensures signals. Engineered for spoken word applications, its DSP
precise mixing of up to 120 channels by cascading up to 10 functions ensure precise mixing of up to 60 channels by cas-
DMM12s. Offering a high signal-to-noise ratio, the DMM12 cading up to 10 DMM6s. The DMM6 offers a high signal-to-
reduces noise from multiple open microphones to a mini- noise ratio and at the same time reduces noise from multiple
mum. Numerous DSP functions like filters, compressor/ open microphones to a minimum. Numerous DSP functions
limiter, ducking and routing make the DMM6 a great fit for a like filters, compressor/limiter and routing make the DMM6 a
variety of spoken word applications. good fit in a variety of spoken word applications.
Highly sophisticated 12 channel mixing algorithm Highly sophisticated 6 channel mixing algorithm
for precise mixing that never makes you miss a word again for precise mixing that never makes you miss a word again
Audio matrix routing of all channels Audio matrix routing of all channels
for creating multiple mixes of multiple output combinations for creating multiple mixes of multiple output combinations
CS5
REFERENCE DIGITAL CONFERENCE SYSTEM
AN ASSET TO ANY
CONFERENCE HALL
for fixed and mobile conference applications
able as free download. The CS5 BU is the base unit for the CS5 reference digital
conference system and integrates the central intelligence
for discussion, voting, interpretation and language distribu-
Fully expandable digital conferencing system tionfunctions in a sensationally compact 1HU, 19" housing.
for large systems with up to 5000 stations and 63 possible languag- The CS5 BU provides all the necessary inputs and outputsto
es manage a complex conference system. It controls up to64
audio channels that can be assigned for discussion or for
Closed loop Ethernet cabling interpretation purposes. All microphone and interpreter sta-
that saves installation time and keeps costs low tions aredaisy-chained, using cost-efficient and standard CAT
5 cables.
Stand alone or computer controlled operation
ensures easy and user-friendly handling
Page 97
Page 97
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CS5 DU CS5 VU
REFERENCE CONFERENCING DELEGATE UNIT REFERENCE CONFERENCING VOTING UNIT
The CS5 DU reference digital microphone station is the basic The CS5 VU reference digital microphone station is the vot-
delegate unit for the CS5 conference systems. It provides ing, delegate and chairman unit for the CS5 conference sys-
both an integrated loudspeaker and two headphone out- tems. In president mode, it provides a priority function and
puts and can be used for up to two delegates. A bank of allows the user to start votes or polls.The CS5 VU includes
dip switches allows each headphone output to be assigned an integrated loudspeaker, two headphone outputs, five soft
independently to either the floor channel or one of three buttons, an LC display and a chip-card reader, for up to two
interpreted language channels. The PTT key also provides delegates. The CS5 VU can be set to different priority modes
a simple aye/no voting function. The CS5 DU is compatible and 1- 3- or 5-way voting/polling functions. In computer-con-
with all premium acoustics of the AKG modular microphone trolled conference systems, an optional chip-card identifica-
series. tion is available.
Delegate station with PTT button Delegate/president station with LCD display
intuitive and easy to use provides two operating modes
Page
Page 106 99
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CS5
FLEXIBILITY, RELIABILITY, SECURITY
A conference system, and particularly its powering equipment, should be quick and
easy to install. The CS5 therefore uses a CAT5 closed-circuit bus and distributed
power supplies, saving cables, time, and design expense. The CS5 uses CAT5/RJ45
cables only, so if you need to improvise, you can easily get the cables you need.
CAT 5 bus
Power wiring
CS5 IU
INTELLIGIBILITY IN ANY LANGUAGE
Depending on the number of working languages for your conference, you will
need one or more interpretation booths with two CS5 IU interpreter stations
each. The CS5 IU meets AIIC standards and provides all the functions your
interpreters need in order to do a perfect job. As an additional benefit, the wiring
system allows you to connect the IUs to the CAT5 bus at any point in the line,
CAT 5 bus
Power wiring
USB wiring
CS5 IRT
LARGE CONFERENCE, MANY OBSERVERS
Observers too may need interpretation. The CS5 IRT 1 or IRT 2 infrared radiators
transmit up to seven language channels to any number of CS5 IRR7 infrared
receivers. The IRR7 operates for up to twelve hours on a single battery charge
and is small enough to fit into every vest pocket.
CAT 5 bus
Power wiring
USB wiring
XLR wiring
CS5 SYSTEMS
FROM ZERO TO 500 IN 100 MINUTES
There is always room for expansion. Whenever the need arises, you can add all
AKG CS5 components even to the largest existing system. The closed-loop
bus saves lots of cabling over more conventional star wiring systems, and
the time saved in the process will appreciably relieve your budget. The theoreti-
cal limit is 5.000 microphone stations.
CAT 5 bus
Power wiring
USB wiring
XLR wiring
Coaxial wiring
CC V3 CS5 MF Frame
CS5 & CS3 CONFERCONTROL SOFTWARE
CS5 ACCESSORIES
TAKE CONTROL
conferencing, tour guide, assistive listening
ConferControl v3.0 software application is a PC based ap- The CS5 MF Installation Frame is an optional, dedicated
plication that can be used to control either, the CS5 and CS3 frame for permanently installing a CS5 DU or CS5 VU sta-
conferencing system. This software brings a state of the art tion in a conference table. Ensures secure, low-profile flush
user interface, intuitive workflow management, simplified mounting and theft protection.
venue creation, sophisticated dashboards, advanced projec-
tion options, reporting and much more.
Page
Page 108 101
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
K15 HSC15
HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONFERENCE HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONFERENCE HEADSET
HEADPHONES
CS5 ACCESSORIES
HIGH LEVEL CONFERENCE HIGH LEVEL CONFERENCE
for schools, conference, tour guides and assistive listening SPEECH
for conferencing, VOIP, assistive listening and schools
K15 high-performance on-ear headphones evolved over de-
cades of experience in the field of conferencing and set new
The HSC15 high level conference headset is AKGs latest
standards. Sophisticated design is paired with high quality
headset in the field of conferencing. Sophisticated design
audio and advanced security technology. Optimal adjustment
pairs with high quality audio and advanced technology.
to any head size and light weight design allow hours of use,
while forgetting the presence of these headphones. After the
conference wiping with a simple hygienic tissue will prepare
the unit for the next user, without the need to exchange
expensive foam cushions.
Wide frequency range On-ear, ultra lightweight design and wide adjustment range
for modern multimedia conferences for maximum wearing comfort
On-ear, ultra lightweight design and wide adjustment range Low impedance technology
for maximum wearing comfort for lots of SPL to override room noise when needed
Cleanable high gloss polished plastic ear cups Slim line gooseneck
comply with all hygienic standards for optimal positioning of the microphone
The headband is made of a soft TPE material Omni directional condenser element
to guarantee comfortably wearing properties reproduces linear sound quality for optimal intelligibility
CSX IRS10
INFRARED LANGUAGE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
10 CHANNELS DIGITAL
INFRARED TRANSMISSION
Page 103
Page 103
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The CSX IRT3 and CSX IRT4 are 10 channel infrared trans- The CSX IRT3 and CSX IRT4 are 10 channel infrared trans-
mitter. Using digital PPM signal always all LEDs cover the mitter. Using digital PPM signal always all LEDs cover the
same area and distance, regardless the number of channels same area and distance, regardless the number of channels
needed in an application ensuring perfect coverage even needed in an application ensuring perfect coverage even
with changing channel needs. The transmitters are designed with changing channel needs. The transmitters are designed
in a way that no cooling fans are needed they act absolute in a way that no cooling fans are needed they act absolute
quiet. Clearly visible LEDs indicate the status from the dis- quiet. The CSX IRT4 is designed for near field use, e.g. in
tance, providing highest security for the technician on site. ceilings above the area to be covered. The radiation angle is
+/-60 abd the working distance up to 35m.
Digital Transmission with PPM technology Digital Transmission with PPM technology
effective audio and radiation quality control easy to install effective audio and radiation quality control easy to install
Elegant Design with Status LED Elegant Design with Status LED
showing clearly the status showing clearly the status
2 different light characteristics flood and spot light 2 different light characteristics flood and spot light
Page
Page 112 105
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
K15
HIGH-PERFORMANCE CONFERENCE HEADPHONES
CSX ACCESSORIES
ference wiping with a simple hygienic tissue will prepare the unit for the
next user, without the need to exchange expensive foam cushions. The
steel bow is made of stainless spring steel to keep its shape for the entire
lifetime and at the same time making the headphones flexible enough to
achieve different wearing positions.
Rugged construction
for an extra-long life of reliability and stability
CS3
PLUG 'N' PLAY CONFERENCE SYSTEM
KEEPS IT SIMPLE
CS3 BU
The CS3 System is a modular and flexible con-
ference system for small and medium size appli-
cations. Its reliable components can be easily set CONFERENCE BASE UNIT
up, wired and expanded. One CS3 base unit can
support 60 microphones. The base unit connects
to all relevant devices like PA, recording, external
audio sources and camera control systems. Differ-
ent operating modes enable automatic or controlled
SYSTEMS
The CS3 BU is the base unit for the CS3 conference system
change the stations microphone. The detachable and provides all the necessary inputs and outputs to man-
microphone comes in two choices - the CS321 age a conference for up to 60 microphone stations. It is the
cardioid condenser capsule on a 30cm (12in) interface to all audio devices in a meeting room and offers
longgooseneck and the 50cm (20in) long CS521. a RS232 interface to connect an optional camera control
system. The CS3 BU can even work in a stand-alone mode
in four selectable operating modes offering maximum flex-
The CS3 combines easiness in setup and use with
ibility in conference management. With the NOM limitation
professional AKG audio quality. The rugged and function, the maximum number of active stations can be
elegant
design fits in any venue. programmed to 1, 2, 4 or 6 simultaneous open microphones.
Page 107
Page 107
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CS3 CU CS3 DU
CHAIRMAN MICROPHONE STATION DELEGATE MICROPHONE STATION
The CS3 CU chairman unit is a microphone station with two The CS3 DU microphone station is the basic delegate unit
operating modes. In priority call mode, the user can manu- for the CS5 conference systems. It provides both an inte-
ally mute all connected delegate stations. In next in line grated loudspeaker as well as two 3.5 mm stereo headphone
mode the CS3 CU automatically activates the next delegate outputs and could be used for up to 2 delegates. Depending
station in the waiting list. The station provides a built in on the selected operating mode, the PTT key enables the
speaker and 2 x 3.5 mm stereo jacks to connect headphones speaker to directly switch on their microphone or to enter
for up to two delegates.The CS3 CU comes with a robust the system waiting list. The detachable microphone comes in
interface connector, which makes it easy to interchange the two choices - the CS321 cardioid condenser capsule on a 30
stations microphone. cm long gooseneck and the 50 cm long CS521.
Chairman functions with "Priority" and "Next in line" buttons Delegate station with PTT buttonintuitive and easy to use
give full control over the entire conference/system for maximum flexibility for any type of conference situation
Two separate 3.5 mm stereo jacks Two separate 3.5 mm stereo jacksto connect headphones
to connect headphones for up to two delegates for a quick set-up
Plug 'n' Play set Plug 'n' Play setincludes all components
includes all components for a quick set-up
Item Number:
CS3 DU 30: 3361H00210
Item Number:
CS3 DU 50: 3361H00230
CS3 CU 30: 3361H00220
CS3 CU 50: 3361H00240
KEEP IT SIMPLE KEEP IT SIMPLE The CS3 TC is used to split one branch
line into two. It comes with pro- fessional
CS3 ACCESSORIES
for mobile and fix installed conferences for mobile and fix installed conferences 8-pin DIN connectors. The CS3 TC can be
used exclusively in combination with CS3
The CS321 high-performance condenser The CS521 high-performance condenser components.
gooseneck microphone is specially de- gooseneck microphone is specially designed
signed for the CS3 conference system. It's for the CS3 conference system. It's cardioid
cardioid polar pattern is the perfect choice polar pattern is the perfect choice for inexpe-
for inexperienced speakers who talk into rienced speakers who talk into the micro-
the microphone from widely varying angles. phone from widely varying angles. The 50cm
The rugged 30cm (12in) long gooseneck (20in) long gooseneck microphones features
microphone features the high-quality DAM+ the high-quality DAM+ (Discreet Acoustics
(Discreet Acoustics Modular Plus) Series Modular Plus) Series system connector. The
system connector. The CS321 provides a CS521 provides a LED light ring to show the
LED light ring to show the microphone sta- microphone stations status. The LED ring is
tions status. The LED ring is extra-large for extra-large for enhanced visibility.
enhanced visibility.
30cm (12in) slim line gooseneck 50cm (20in) slim line gooseneck Item Number: 3361H00160
microphone microphone
for big tables and standing applications for big tables and standing applications
Cardioid polar pattern Cardioid polar pattern
for inexperienced speakers talking from for inexperienced speakers talking from
varying angles varying angles
Gold plated DAM+ connector Gold plated DAM+ connector
for long lasting secure contact for long lasting secure contact
Page
Page 116 109
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CC V3 K15 HSC15
CS5 & CS3 CONFERCONTROL HIGH-PERFORMANCE HIGH-PERFORMANCE
SOFTWARE CONFERENCE HEADPHONES CONFERENCE HEADSET
CS3 ACCESSORIES
conferencing, tour guide, assistive listening
CONFERENCE CONFERENCE SPEECH
for schools, conference, tour guides and for conferencing, VOIP, assistive listening and
ConferControl v3.0 software application is assistive listening schools
a PC based application that can be used
to control either, the CS5 and CS3 confer-
encing system. This software brings a state K15 high-performance on-ear headphones The HSC15 high level conference headset is
of the art user interface, intuitive workflow evolved over decades of experience in the AKGs latest headset in the field of confer-
management, simplified venue creation, so- field of conferencing and set new standards. encing. Sophisticated design pairs with high
phisticated dashboards, advanced projection Sophisticated design is paired with high quality audio and advanced technology.
options, reporting and much more. quality audio and advanced security tech-
nology. Optimal adjustment to any head size
and light weight design allow hours of use,
while forgetting the presence of these head-
phones. After the conference wiping with a
simple hygienic tissue will prepare the unit for
the next user, without the need to exchange
expensive foam cushions. The steel bow is
made of stainless spring steel to keep its
shape for the entire lifetime and at the same
time making the headphones flexible enough
to achieve different wearing positions.
Venue design, delegate design, agenda & Wide frequency range On-ear, ultra lightweight design and wide
vote design etc. for modern multimedia conferences adjustment range
to design your conference in advance for maximum wearing comfort
On-ear, ultra lightweight design and wide
go online wizard, delegate dashboard, adjustment range Low impedance technology
graphical view, projection control and for maximum wearing comfort for lots of SPL to override room noise when
more needed
Rugged construction
to run conference successfully
for an extra-long life of reliability and stability Cleanable high gloss polished plastic ear
Pre and post conference reports cups
for comprehensive reporting comply with all hygienic standards
Item Number: 3446H00010
MODERO
X-SERIES TOUCH PANELS
MXT/MXD-2001-PAN
20.3 MODERO X SERIES G5 PANORAMIC
TABLETOP/WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
MODERO X-SERIES TOUCH PANELS
This premier X Series line of touch panels is ideal for boardrooms, conference
rooms or auditoriums where a panoramic control surface is needed to provide
access to multiple functions simultaneously while remaining elegantly
unobtrusive. The distinctive, low-profile exterior design and quad-core
processor interior horsepower deliver impressive results in the most
demanding applications today and in the future.
MXT/MXD-1901-PAN
19.4 MODERO X SERIES G5 PANORAMIC
TABLETOP/WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
This X Series touch panel line offers identical functionality as the 2001 but
is 2 1/4 shorter for applications when additional control surface area is not
necessary. It is also best suited in boardrooms, conference rooms or auditoriums
where a panoramic control surface is needed to provide access to multiple
functions simultaneously while remaining elegantly unobtrusive.
MXA-MPL/MP
MULTI PREVIEW & MULTI PREVIEW LIVE
TOUCH PANEL ACCESSORY
This product when connected to any Modero X- or
S-Series touch panel adds the ability to preview
a snapshot of the content from up to 10 source
devices simultaneously or preview the live HD
digital video stream from a single source.
Page 120
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MODERO
X-SERIES TOUCH PANELS
MXT/MXD-1001
10.1 MODERO X SERIES G5
TABLETOP/WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
MXT/MXD-701
7 MODERO X SERIES G5
TABLETOP/WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
MXD-430
4.3 MODERO X SERIES
WALL/FLUSH MOUNT TOUCH PANEL
This wall mounted panel fills out the Modero X Series line with a
simple, little user interface that offers the convenience of a touch panel
but in a compact size for the smallest application need. Note, this touch
panel is only available in a wall mount version.
Page 121
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MODERO
S-SERIES TOUCH PANELS
MST/MSD-1001
10.1 MODERO S SERIES
TABLETOP/WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
MODERO S-SERIES TOUCH PANELS
The Modero S Series is an affordable line of touch panels ideal for small to
mid-size conference rooms, as well as smaller rooms or huddle spaces that
require a more flexible and powerful control interface. The line has a sleek
design in a ruggedized polycarbonate housing and includes brilliant 24-color
depth, PoE connectivity, video streaming, and VoIP support all at an
economical price point.
MST/MSD-701
7 MODERO S SERIES TABLETOP/WALL
MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
This touch panel is also ideal for smaller rooms or huddle spaces that
have minimal control needs on a tight budget. The line has a sleek
design in a ruggedized polycarbonate housing and includes brilliant
24-color depth, PoE connectivity, video streaming, and VoIP support
all at an economical price point.
MST/MSD-431
4.3 MODERO S SERIES TABLETOP/
WALL MOUNT TOUCH PANELS
The 4.3 touch panel is the perfect upgrade to a keypad in smaller rooms
or huddle spaces that have minimal control needs on a tight budget.
Page 122
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MODERO
TOUCH PANELS & ACCESSORY
MVP-9000i
9 MODERO VIEWPOINT
TOUCH PANEL WITH INTERCOM
The MVP redefines touch panel control offering both wireless and wired
MODERO ACCESSORIES
functionality, a stunning 9 widescreen 24-bit color display, full digital duplex
telephone or intercom interface and built-in 802.11a/b/g Wi-Fi card with antenna
diversity. Ideal for a wide variety of residential and commercial control and
automation applications where flexibility of docked or mobile 802.11a/b/g
functionality and extended battery life is desired.
NXV-300
MODERO VIRTUAL TOUCH PANEL
This product allows you to access your control system via any PC or
Mac via Virtual Network Connection (VNC). Simply navigate to the
device using a browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox and Safari for PCs
and Firefox and Safari for Macs) and login with a username/password.
Its an ideal solution when you need the intelligence and ease of use
that only a touch panel can offer but from remote locations - the back
of the room, across the campus or anywhere over the Internet.
MXA-HST
BLUETOOTH HANDSET FOR
MODERO X AND MODERO S SERIES TOUCH PANELS
This Bluetooth handset works with the wireless audio capability found
in both the Modero X and Modero S Series Touch Panel lines. It is ideal
for conference rooms or boardrooms where meeting participants might
require the use of a VoIP handset for making private calls.
Page 123
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NOCOMM AVAILABLE1
Streaming Video (M-JPEG,
Telephone capability
Multi Preview/Multi
Glass/Multi-Surface
MPEG-2, MPEG-4)
Scheduling LEDs
Casing Materials
mice/keyboards
USB for mice /
Intercom/VoIP
Smart Waking
Side-Mounted
conferencing
Display Type
Secure table
keyboards
Processor
Memory
MODEL
(RAM)
Flush
Rack
MXT-2001-PAN G5 Quad 2GB Aluminum Unibody Multitouch Capacitive w/ IPS *
Ruggedized TM
MST-1001 G4 Single 512MB SmoothTouch resistive
Polycarbonate
Ruggedized
MSD-1001-L G4 Single 512MB SmoothTouch resistive
Polycarbonate
Ruggedized
MODERO S
Page 124
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MASSIO
CONTROLPADS
CONTROL & KEYPAD IN ONE
MCP-106
6-BUTTON MASSIO CONTROLPAD
(US, UK, EU)
MASSIO CONTROLPADS
The Massio ControlPad line combines the controller technology in our
flagship NX-series and a stylish 6-button keypad into a single unit that can
be mounted in a standard 1 gang US, UK or EU back box providing the latest
networking and security features, along with outstanding processing power.
This device delivers high performance, intuitive usability and modern styling.
MCP-108
8-BUTTON MASSIO CONTROLPAD
WITH KNOB (US, UK, EU)
Page 125
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The gateway connects any AMX NetLinx Integrated Controller with Lutrons Clear
Connect Dimmers, Switches, Occupancy/Vacancy Sensors and Keypads. Lutrons
patented RF Technology uses a quiet band, essentially free of interference ensuring
reliable communication between system devices. Combined with AMX, you have a
simple and cost-effective path to add lighting and occupancy sensor control to any
solution. It includes a web interface for simplified integration, configuration, and
programming of Clear Connect devices.
The Lutron Clear Connect CCD-6CL Dimmer is capable of controlling up to 150 Watt
Dimmable CFL / LEDs or 600 Watt Incandescent / Halogen or Mixed bulb types. (Only
available in the U.S. and Canada)
Page 126
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENZO
MEETING ROOM COLLABORATION & CONTENT SHARING
Walk in. Touch any button. Youre on. Locate your content on Dropbox, the
Web or USB or share your screen.
NMX-MM-1000
ENZO
Ideal for use in a huddle room to provide cost-effective
presentation, collaboration and conferencing capabilities
for these smaller spaces. Use in conference rooms
for guest presenters to share documents, photos and Add control of lights, volume, etc. via Enzo
(Requires separate AMX controller)
Web Conferencing
(Easily initiate a web conference right from Enzo simply
access internet content stored on their device or in the by adding an AMX Sereno Video Conferencing Camera,
available separately)
NMX-VCC-1000
SERENO VIDEO CONFERENCING CAMERA
Share your screen with others
(Share the content on your laptop, phone or tablet with
This video conferencing camera combines an ultra-wide 120 other meeting attendees via Enzo)
Page 127
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENOVA DVX
ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION SWITCHERS
DVX-2110HD-SP/T DVX-2150HD-SP/T
4X2 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION 6X3 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION
ENOVA DVX PRESENTATION SWITCHERS
Amplifier (Available in -SP and -T Models): Amplifier (Available in -SP and -T Models):
SP Model (2x25w 8 Ohm) or -SP Model (2x25w 8 Ohm) or
-T Model (75w 70V/100V) -T Model (75w 70V/100V)
DVX-2155HD-SP/T DVX-3150HD-SP/T
6X3 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION SWITCHERS 10X4 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION
(MULTI-FORMAT, HDMI, DXLINK INPUTS) SWITCHERS (MULTI-FORMAT, HDMI INPUTS)
Page 128
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENOVA DVX..........................................................................................................................continued
ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION SWITCHERS
DVX-3155HD-SP/T DVX-3156HD-SP/T
10X4 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION SWITCHERS 10X4 ALL-IN-ONE PRESENTATION SWITCHERS
Amplifier (Available in -SP and -T Models): Amplifier (Available in -SP and -T Models):
-SP Model (2x25w 8 Ohm) -SP Model (2x25w 8 Ohm)
or -T Model (75w 70V/100V) or -T Model (75w 70V/100V)
DXLink
Analog Scaled Analog
Presentation Multi-Format HDMI DXLink Twisted Control Ports
Model Amplifier Audio HDMI Audio
Switcher Inputs Inputs Inputs Pair (Serial/IR/IO/Relay)
Inputs Outputs Outputs
Outputs
DVX-2110HD-SP 2x25w - 8 Ohm 2 2 0 4 2 1** 3 3/4/4/4
4x2
DVX-2110HD-T 75w -70V/100V 2 2 0 4 2 1** 3 3/4/4/4
* D V X - 2 1 5 x D X L i n k output is an independent, unscaled output with power. Scaling occurs at DXLink Receiver.
** DVX-2110 and DVX-315x DXLink outputs are unpowered, paired with an HDMI output & contain identical audio & video content & resolution as companion HDMI output.
Page 129
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NOTE: All AMX HydraPorts can be designed/configured using the HydraPort Connection
Preview application at www.amx.com/hydraportpreview.
HYDRAPORT CONNECTION PORTS
HPX-600-SL/BL HPX-900-SL/BL
6 MODULE CONNECTION PORTS 9 MODULE CONNECTION PORTS
This model allows up to 6 module This model allows up to 9 module
connection ports. connection ports.
HPX-1200-SL/BL HPX-1600-BL/SL
12 MODULE CONNECTION PORTS 16 MODULE RETRACTABLE
CONNECTION PORTS
This model allows up to 12 module
connection ports. This model allows up to 16 module
connection ports, 8 on each side.
Page 130
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HPX-U400-MET-6N HPX-AV101-HDMI-R
Metreau-6N Keypad Kit Single HDMI Module
6-Button With Navigation Retractable Cable Version
(with Hpx Carrier) for Hpx-1600
HPX-U400-R-MET-6N HPX-AV101-HDMI
Metreau-6N Keypad Ramp Mount Kit Single HDMI Module
(with Hpx Carrier) for Hpx-600, 900 & 1200
HPX-U400-MET-7/13 HPX-U100-BTN
Metreau-7/13 Keypad Kit - 7/13-Button Single Button Module with LED
(with HPX Carrier) for HPX-1600
HPX-U400-R-MET-7/13 HPX-AV102-RGB+A-R
Metreau -7/13 Keypad Ramp Mount Kit RGBHV Video with Stereo Audio
(with HPX Carrier) for HPX-600, Retractable Cable Version
900 & 1200
HPX-U400-CP-1008
Novara ControlPad -8-Button HPX-AV100-RGB+A
RGBHV Video with Stereo Audio
HPX-N101-ETH-R HPX-N100-RJ45
Single Ethernet RJ45 Single Ethernet RJ45
Retractable Cable Version
HPX-N102-RJ45 HPX-N102-USB-PC
Dual Ethernet RJ45 Dual USB Module with Printed
Charging Symbol, Includes Power Source
HPX-N102-USB HPX-N100-USB
Dual USB Module Single USB
with Printed USB Symbol
HPX-P250-PC-MULTI
for HPX-600, 900 & 1200 Power Outlet
Modules (Multi-Region Module)
Page 131
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NETLINX NX-SERIES
CENTRAL CONTROLLERS
NX-1200 NX-3200
NETLINX NX INTEGRATED CONTROLLER NETLINX NX INTEGRATED CONTROLLER
For Smaller Single Room Solutions
Geared to meet the specific control and automation needs of For Larger, Multiple Room Solutions
smaller environments, the NX-1200 includes nine control ports With the ability to integrate a larger number of devices, the
for control of up to four third-party IR devices and one serial NX-3200 can control a wide variety of components needed
to support larger areas. It includes as many as 32 distinct
NETLINX NX-SERIES CONTROLLERS
NX-2200 NX-4200
NETLINX NX INTEGRATED CONTROLLER NETLINX NX INTEGRATED CONTROLLER
For Medium-Size Room Solutions For Large-Scale Solutions
Ideal for medium-sized rooms or multi-room applications The NX-4200 provides versatility with the ability to integrate
such as home theaters, whole homes, hotel rooms and other the largest number of devices in the NX Series of Master
environments, the NX-2200 includes as many as 16 distinct Controllers. It integrates up to 32 distinct control ports
control ports and features Ethernet, AxLink and ICSNet and features Ethernet, AxLink and ICSNet connectivity,
connectivity; and a lightning-fast 1600 MIPS processor. Its along with 1GB of onboard RAM and a lightning-fast 1600
perfect for mid-size spaces with moderate control requirements. MIPS processor all in a compact 1RU enclosure.
Page 132
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EXB-I/O8 EXB-REL8
ICSLAN / SOLECIS
NXA-PDU-1508-8
ICSLan Input/Output Interface, ICSLan Relay Interface, Power Distribution Unit (110V/220V)
8 Channels 8 Channels
SDX-410-DX SDX-510M-DX
Solecis 4x1 HDMI Digital Solecis 5x1 Muti-Format Digital Switcher
Switcher with DXLink Output with DXLink Output
SDX-810-DX
Solecis 8x1 HDMI Digital
Switcher with DXLink Output
Page 133
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENOVA DGX
DIGITAL MEDIA SWITCHERS
DGX8-ENC DGX16-ENC
Enova DGX 8 Enclosure Enova DGX 16 Enclosure
DGX32-ENC-A DGX64-ENC
ENOVA DGX MEDIA SWITCHERS
DGX-I/O-HDMI DGX-I/O-DXF-MMD
Enova DGX HDMI Input/Output Boards Enova DGX DXLink Multimode Fiber
Input/Output Boards, Duplex
DGX-I/O-DVI DGX-I/O-DXF-MMS
Enova DGX DVI Input/Output Boards Enova DGX DXLink Multimode Fiber
Input/Output Boards, Simplex
DGX-AIE DGX-I/O-DXF-SMD
Enova DGX Audio Insert/Extract Board Enova DGX DXLink Single Mode Fiber
Input/Output Boards, Duplex
DGX-I/O-DXL DGX-I/O-DXF-SMS
Enova DGX DXLink Twisted Pair Enova DGX DXLink Single Mode Fiber
Input/Output Boards Input/Output Boards, Simplex
Page 134
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENOVA DGX
COMPARISON CHART
ALL Enova DGX, DXLink and DXLink Fiber boards fit in any Important Design Notes:
Enova DGX Enclosure. Visit AMX.com and use the Enova DGX Connectivity between DXLink Fiber Transmitters and
Configuration Tool to design your next digital media switcher, DXLink Fiber Input Boards / DXLink Fiber Output Boards
complete with compatible DXLink Twisted Pair and Fiber and DXLink Fiber Receivers product requires matching fiber
Transmitters / Receivers. cable types, Multimode to Mutimode and Single Mode
to Single Mode. Duplex / Simplex compatibility is allowed
Enova DGX Enclosures however the functionality of the system will be reduced to
All Enova DGX Enclosures are also equipped with an Integrated the lesser simplex functionality. A variety of boards can be
NetLinx NX Series Central Control Processor, Redundant Power used within a common enclosure.
Supplies, SmartScale, InstaGate Pro and Built-In Ethernet Switch.
Audio Insert / Extract Board Input /Output Slots 1/1 1/1 1/1 4/4
BIDIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL
TRANSMIS- CONTROL OVERFIBER/ CONTROL OVER
COMPATIBLE
BOARD MODEL CONNECTIONS HDCP DISTANCE SION TWISTED PAIR AN INDEPENDENT SMARTSCALE
Local
DGX-I-HDMI
HDMI Input Board 4 HDMI Yes 30.5 m / 100 ft* n/a n/a Yes n/a n/a
(FG1058-540)
DGX-O-HDMI
HDMI Output Board 4 HDMI Yes 15 m / 49 ft*** n/a n/a Yes Yes n/a
(FG1058-558)
DGX-I-DVI
DVI Input Board 4 DVI-D Yes 30.5 m / 100 ft** n/a n/a Yes n/a n/a
(FG1058-600)
DGX-O-DVI
DVI Output Board 4 DVI-D Yes 15 m / 49 ft*** n/a n/a Yes Yes n/a
(FG1058-610)
8 pluggable, dual three-position,
Audio Insert / Extract DGX-AIE
terminal blocks each containing n/a n/a n/a n/a Yes n/a n/a
Board (FG1058-705)
two single-ended stereo contacts
DXLink Fiber, Single Mode Fiber featuring Field Serviceable SFP Modules
Single Mode Fiber Output DGX-O-DXF-SMD 10 Km / 32,808 ft Yes, at DXLink DXF-RX-SMD (FG1010-560)
4 LC Duplex Yes 10 Gbps Yes Yes
Board (Duplex) (FG1058-630) / 6.21 miles Fiber RX DXF-RX-SMS (FG1010-561)
Single Mode Fiber Output DGX-O-DXF-SMS 10 Km / 32,808 ft Yes, at DXLink DXF-RX-SMS (FG1010-561)
4 LC Simplex Yes 10 Gbps No Yes
Board (Simplex) (FG1058-631) / 6.21 miles Fiber RX DXF-RX-SMD (FG1010-560)
*Features Input Equalization, adaptive up to 100ft (30m) at 225 MHz (cable distance support dependent on cable type and signal format)
**Features Input Equalization, adaptive up to 100ft (30m) at 165 MHz (cable distance support dependent on cable type and signal format)
***Dependent on cable quality and display
****For more details and helpful cabling information, please reference the AMX white paper titled Cabling for Success with DXLink
Page 135
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DXLINK
TRANSMITTERS & RECEIVERS
DXF-TX-MMD/S
DXLINK MULTI-FORMAT MULTIMODE FIBER
TRANSMITTERS, DUPLEX/SIMPLEX
Delivers audio, video, control and Ethernet (over the same fiber
cable) featuring built-in SmartScale Technology, over multimode
fiber from up to 300 meters.
DXF-TX-SMD/S
DXLINK MULTI-FORMAT SINGLE MODE
FIBER TRANSMITTERS, DUPLEX/SIMPLEX
DXLINK TX & RX
Delivers audio, video, control and Ethernet (over the same fiber
cable) featuring built-in SmartScale Technology, over single
mode fiber from up to 10 Km.
DXF-RX-MMD/S
DXLINK HDMI MULTIMODE FIBER
RECEIVERS, DUPLEX/SIMPLEX
Sends analog and digital audio and video (over the same fiber cable) such
as PCs using the HD-15 multi-format input connection or HDMI with HDCP
up to 300 meters over multimode fiber.
DXF-RX-SMD/S
DXLINK HDMI SINGLE MODE FIBER
RECEIVERS, DUPLEX/SIMPLEX
Sends analog and digital audio and video (over the same fiber cable) such
as PCs using the HD-15 multi-format input connection or HDMI with
HDCP up to 10 Km over single mode fiber.
Page 136
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DXLINK
TRANSMITTERS & RECEIVERS
DX-TX
DXLINK MULTI-FORMAT
TRANSMITTER MODULE
DX-RX
DXLINK HDMI
RECEIVER MODULE
DXLINK TX & RX
Delivers audio, video, control and Ethernet featuring built-in
SmartScale Technology, over one standard twisted pair cable
from up to 100 meters.
DX-TX-DWP
DXLINK MULTI-FORMAT DECOR STYLE
WALLPLATE TRANSMITTERS (US)
Sends analog and digital audio and video including HDMI/HDCP, along with
embedded audio or supplemental analog audio up to 100 meters.
DX-TX-WP
DXLINK MULTI-FORMAT
WALLPLATE TRANSMITTERS
Sends analog and digital audio and video including HDMI/HDCP, along
with embedded audio or supplemental analog audio up to 100 meters.
Page 137
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EPICA/OCTAIRE
MATRIX SWITCHERS
The Epica DGX 144 is a modular fiber optic matrix switcher designed to
transport uncompressed video, embedded audio and one-way control
up to 3000 feet away over single strand multimode fiber. With its
EPICA / OCTAIRE MATRIX SWITCHERS
AVS-OCT-6464-007
OCTAIRE 64X64 STEREO AUDIO WITH
5T PHOENIX-STYLE AND DIGITAL VOLUME CONTROL
Page 138
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PRECIS/ALERO
AUDIO SWITCHERS & AMPLIFIER
AVS-PL-0808/1818-00P
PRECIS DSP 8X8/18X8
FIXED MATRIX SWITCHERS
STEREO AUDIO WITH RCA DIGITAL VOLUME
CONTROL AND DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
PRECIS / ALERO
setup software tool allows installers to manage all of the audio
adjustments for the Precis DSP including adjusting the input
gain to eliminate noticeable differences in volume as the user
switches between various sources.
ALR-AMP
ALERO 8 ZONE POWER AMPLIFIER
Page 139
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
RMS-ENT RMS-ENT-SCH
RMS ENTERPRISE SERVER, 1000 LOCATION RMS ENTERPRISE SCHEDULING LICENSE
LICENSES, AND 3 YEAR MAINTENANCE
RMS-ENT-SCH / RMS Enterprise Scheduler is the
RMS-ENT / RMS Enterprise is scalable client/server based comprehensive room scheduling module for AMXs RMS
software for IT and AV managers that provides remote Enterprise software. RMS-ENT-SCH eliminates two major
management capabilities for AV assets and building barriers to meeting effectiveness: It assists meeting attendees
systems. The software features a user-friendly dashboard in locating rooms by displaying the scheduled appointments on a
that makes it easy to centralize the management and touch screen outside the meeting room, and eliminates delays in
monitoring of AV equipment, lights, HVAC and other building meeting start times by allowing room AV systems to be pre-set
functions. This allows users to solve technology issues for the start and end of meetings, eliminating the time meeting
before they become problems, such as identifying displays organizers frequently waste on equipment setup. The Scheduler
before a bulb burns out or receiving immediate notification interfaces with the most popular Enterprise calendaring
when a device goes offline. With RMS, IT and AV managers applications (Microsoft Outlook / Exchange, Lotus Notes and
can improve their response times, while end users can Google Calendar) to enable employees to search for and book
reduce the amount of time lost while waiting for meeting meeting rooms from their PCs. RMS-ENT-SCH also includes an
room equipment to function. RMS is a green solution that API for interfacing with less common and/or in-house developed
saves money and the environment by reducing energy calendaring applications.
consumption by remotely turning off equipment when
rooms are empty or at the end of the work day.
Page 140
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
RMS-ENT-SMA RMS-ENT-CLOUD
RMS 3 YEAR SOFTWARE RMS ENTERPRISE HOSTED MONTHLY
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE
RMS-ENT-SMA / RMS Software Maintenance Agreement RMS-ENT-CLOUD / RMS Enterprise Hosted Cloud Service is
is a renewable service plan for RMS Enterprise that a cloud-based software application for IT and AV managers
provides organizations with a simple program to keep their that provides remote management capabilities for AV assets
RMS software current and provide continued access to and building systems. The software features a user-friendly
AMX Technical Support resources. Available in one year dashboard that makes it easy to centralize the management
increments, the Software Maintenance Agreement includes and monitoring of AV equipment, lights, HVAC and other
upgrades, updates and top-tier Technical Support. The first building functions.
three years of RMS-ENT-SMA are included in the pricing for
RMS-ENT (FG3004-K). RMS Enterprise customers will be
RMS INTERFACES
RMS-SCH-EWS RMS-SCH-GGL
RMS ENTERPRISE INTERFACE FOR MICROSOFT RMS ENTERPRISE SCHEDULING INTERFACE
EXCHANGE WEB SERVICES (EWS) FOR GOOGLE CALENDAR
The RMS Interface for Exchange EWS (NSS-RMS- RMS-SCH-GGL / RMS Enterprise Scheduling Interface
EWS) utilizes Microsofts Exchange Web Services API to for Google Calendar is a free Interface for RMS
communicate with Exchange 2010 and 2007 servers. NSS- Enterprise that enables customers using RMS Enterprise
RMS-EWS is intended for use with RMS version 3.3. The Scheduling to locate and book rooms directly from their
plug-in provides appointment management features of the PCs, or from touch panels. RMS-SCH-GGL utilizes the
RMS application to synchronize RMS room schedules with web services Google Calendar API to communicate with
Exchange servers. Google Apps for Business.
RMS-SCH-LN NXB-KNX
RMS ENTERPRISE INTERFACE KNX COMMUNICATIONS GATEWAY
FOR LOTUS NOTES DOMINO
Now Enables AMX Control
RMS-SCH-LN / RMS Enterprise Scheduling Interface for Lotus Of KNX Devices
Notes Domino is an Interface for RMS Enterprise that enables The NetLinx NXB-KNX allows NetLinx
customers using RMS Enterprise Scheduling to locate and book Integrated Controllers the ability to
rooms directly from their PCs, or from touch panels. RMS-SCH- seamlessly control, integrate and
LN utilizes the web services Lotus Notes API to communicate communicate with homes and buildings that
with Google Apps for Business. utilize the KNX communication protocol.
Page 141
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSPIRED SIGNAGE
NETWORK MEDIA - DIGITAL SIGNAGE
IS-SPX-1300
INSPIRED SIGNAGE XPRESS PLAYER
IS-XPT-2100
INSPIRED SIGNAGE XPERT PLAYER
Page 142
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NETWORK MEDIA
VIDEO MANAGEMENT/DISTRIBUTION
XPORT-SERV-100
XPORT DATA INTEGRATION SOFTWARE
NETWORK MEDIA
devices without each device needing to have native support for
the original data source. The software can be operated on any
compatible server. See specification for details.
NMX-ENC-1100/1105
H.264 ENCODERS
Page 143
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NSS-RPM
RAPID PROJECT MAKER SOFTWARE, VER. 2.0
For complete details and to get started with RPM today, visit the
RPM Portal at www.amxrpm.com.
Simple.
Difficult.
No programming or sophisticated technical
Requires extensive programming skills.
knowledge required.
Fast.
Time Consuming.
Set up a complete system in an hour or less that
Takes days or weeks to program a system.
works perfectly from the start.
Expensive. Affordable.
Programming costs can consume a budget. RPM is free and eliminates expensive programming and integration costs.
Unreliable. Rock-Solid.
Complex programming can lead to complex & unreliable installations, RPM system designs and code are tested and backed by AMX,
resulting in failed meetings. resulting in the Perfect Meeting.
Page 144
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AMX INFORMATION
SHOWROOMS & SALES
AMX INFORMATION
Become an AMX Authorized Dealer
To learn more about becoming an AMX Authorized Dealer, please visit www.amx.com/newdealer. Here you will begin the AMX
Channel Partner process. Once approved, you will be paired up with the appropriate direct or distribution sales representative.
Page 145
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NOTES
AMX INFORMATION
Page 146
INSTALL STUDIO TOUR
RELIABILITY
The uncompromising reliability achieved through superb design and meticulous quality
assurance is why more artists regularly choose BSS Audio systems. From the rock-solid
AR-133 Direct Injection Box, to the state of the art Soundweb London networked signal
processors, BSS Audio offers the very best in signal processing.
LIVE SOUND
For over 25 years, BSS Audio equipment has been manhandled on and off trucks and
planes, city after city, tour after tour. And every time the show started, the performers and
the techs knew their BSS Audio gear would work. No wonder top performing artists like
Metallica, Diana Krall, David Bowie, and Oasis regularly choose BSS Audio systems.
Page 2
Page 148
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Soundweb London
SL Networked Signal Processors 150-155 AC Accessories
BLU-BIB Break-In Box . . . . . . . . . . 161
BLU-BOB1 Break-Out Box . . . . . . 161
BLU-BOB2 Break-Out Box . . . . . . 161
BLU-GPX GPIO Expander . . . . . . . 161
PIP-BLU Input Processor . . . . . . . . 162
Soundweb Contrio BLU-MC1 Media Converter. . . . . . 162
SC Soundweb Contrio Server . . . . . . . 156 BLU-HIF Headset Interface . . . . . . 162
BLU-SI BLU link Card . . . . . . . . . . . 162
AR-133 Active DI Box. . . . . . . . . . . 162
Input/Output Cards
I/O Input and Output Cards . . . . . . . . . 157
M Miscellaneous Products
FCS-960 Graphic EQ. . . . . . . . . . . . 163
FCS-966 Graphic EQ. . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Wall Controllers
WC
S Product Specs . . . . . . . . 164-169
Soundweb Contrio AC-V . . . . . . . . 158
Soundweb Contrio AC-5S . . . . . . . 158
Soundweb Contrio EC-V . . . . . . . . 159
Soundweb Contrio EC-4B . . . . . . . 159
Soundweb Contrio EC-4BV . . . . . 159
Soundweb Contrio EC-8BV . . . . . 159
BLU-10 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
BLU-8v2 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
BLU-3 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
BLU-6 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
SW9012US Wall Panel . . . . . . . . . . 160
SW9015US Wall Panel . . . . . . . . . . 160
Page 3
Page 149
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Long before networked digital audio, BSS Audio gained its reputation The ability to change how your audio system behaves
for elegant-sounding signal processing and crossovers. Innovative according to the type of event you are holding, just with the
recall of a preset
technologies like Progressive Knee Subtractive Compression, mid-
filter crossover limiting, dynamic equalization and ADE restoration of
Easy and quick addition of more signal processing
leading-edge information in noise gates have elevated BSS Audio to within the system without increasing your hardware budget
almost cult status among live sound and recording engineers.
Fast implementation of specification changes
We have leveraged this analog audio expertise into what many believe during or post-design
are the best-sounding digital signal processing algorithms available.
Beginning with Soundweb Original, and now with the SoundwebTM The appropriate level of end-user control
London family of networked digital signal processing systems, we have without providing overly-complex interfaces
SL
brought the same warmth and clarity to a vast palette of DSP modules.
Pristine audio quality
All are deployed within an intuitive, easy-to-use Harman HiQnet
with advanced A/D and D/A conversion, together with
software application.
96kHz-capable audio processing and networking
Page 4
Page 150
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SOUNDWEB LONDON
DESIGN YOUR ENVIRONMENT Four card slots
facilitate many different device I/O configurations
for install venues
Phantom Power, Sync, Signal Present and
Clip information per channel
The SoundwebTM London 800 series has open architecture which is
are easily accessible, without the requirement
fully configurable through HARMAN HiQnet software. A rich palette
for a PC, from clear front panel LED indication
of processing and logic objects and a drag and drop method of
configuration provide a simple and familiar design environment. Fully configurable through HARMAN HiQnet Software
Four card slots facilitate many different device I/O configurations. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs
Each slot can accommodate any of six available I/O cards, including allow the processors to be integrated with
the Analog Input Card, Analog Output Card, Digital Input Card, Digital GPIO compatible devices
Output Card, AEC Input Card, and Telephone Hybrid Card. Each card
supports four channels. Fault tolerant digital audio bus of 256 channels
SL
The series also features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus
of 256 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a
distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber optic media
converters can be used to increase the distance between devices to DEVICE FEATURE
over 40km. The SoundwebTM London 800 series provides the building
blocks of the perfectly tailored system solution. BLU link
BLU-800
CobraNet
BLU link
BLU-805
AVB
[
[ BLU link
PLEASE VISIT BSSAUDIO.COM FOR SPECS AND BLU-806
Dante
FULL PRODUCT COMPARISON CHART
Page 5
Page 151
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Four card slots facilitate many different device I/O configurations. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs
Each slot can accommodate any of six available I/O cards, including allow the processors to be integrated with
the Analog Input Card, Analog Output Card, Digital Input Card, Digital GPIO compatible devices
Output Card, AEC Input Card, and Telephone Hybrid Card. Each card
supports four channels. Fault tolerant digital audio bus of 256 channels
SL
The series also features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio bus
of 256 channels which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a
distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber optic media
converters can be used to increase the distance between devices to DEVICE FEATURE
over 40km. The Soundweb London 300 series provides the building
blocks of the perfectly tailored system solution. BLU link
BLU-320
CobraNet
BLU link
BLU-325
AVB
[
[ BLU link
PLEASE VISIT BSSAUDIO.COM FOR SPECS AND BLU-326
Dante
FULL PRODUCT COMPARISON CHART
Page 6
Page 152
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Four card slots facilitate many different device I/O configurations. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs
SOUNDWEB LONDON
Each slot can accommodate any of the six available four-channel allow the processors to be integrated with
I/O cards. GPIO compatible devices
The BLU-120 also features a low latency, fault tolerant Fault tolerant digital audio bus of 256 channels
digital audio bus of 256 channels.
SL
BLU-160 CONFIGURABLE SIGNAL PROCESSOR
WITH BLU LINK
Four card slots facilitate many different device I/O configurations. 12 Control Inputs and 6 Logic Outputs
Each slot can accommodate any of the six available four-channel allow the processors to be integrated with
I/O cards. GPIO compatible devices
The series also features a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio Fault tolerant digital audio bus of 256 channels
bus of 256 channels.
Page 7
Page 153
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AEC Processing
BLU-101
BLU link
Page 8
Page 154
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
BLU-50
FIXED I/O SIGNAL PROCESSOR WITH BLU LINK
SOUNDWEB LONDON
HALF-RACK PROCESSING Four analog inputs
(with 48v Phantom Power per Channel)
for install venues
Four analog outputs
The BLU-50 is a half-rack width processor that offers a fixed
Configurable signal processing
configuration of four inputs and four outputs, configurable signal
processing, logic processing and BLU link. The device can be powered Rich palette of processing and logic objects
with the included 12VDC power supply but can accept 12-48VDC via a
terminal block connector. The BLU-50 can also be powered with PoE+ 48 channel, low latency,
via the Ethernet port, allowing the device to be powered, configured, fault tolerant digital audio bus
controlled and monitored using a single Cat 5e cable.
Clear front panel LED indication
The analog inputs of the BLU-50 provide software configurable
gain in 6dB steps up to +48dB per channel and software selectable Bi-directional locate functionality
Phantom Power per channel. Phantom Power, Signal Present and Clip
SL
12 control inputs and 6 logic outputs
information per channel is easily accessible, without the requirement
for GPIO integration
for a PC, from clear front panel LED indication.
Soundweb London interface kit
The BLU-50 features BLU link, a low latency, fault tolerant digital audio for third party control system integration
bus of 48 channels, which uses standard Category 5e cabling giving a
distance of 100m between compatible devices. Fiber media converters HiQnet device
can be used to increase the distance between devices to over 10km
(6.2 miles) using single mode fiber. Configuration, control and monitoring
from HiQnet London Architect
The BLU-50 is configured, controlled and monitored from HiQnet Audio
12-48VDC or PoE+ powering options
Architect or HiQnet London Architect and is compatible with other
(12VDC power supply included)
members of the Soundweb London family. Its 48 channel BLU link bus
represents channels 1-48 of the larger 256 channel BLU link bus when Rack mount, surface mount and
integrated with the BLU-800, BLU-320, BLU-160, BLU-120, BLU-BIB desk mount installation options
and BLU-BOB devices. Up to 60 BLU link compatible devices can share
channels on a single bus.
Page 9
Page 155
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HiQnetTM compatible
At just 1U rack space, the Soundweb Contrio server is a headless
system controller device fully configurable with HiQnet Audio
Backward-compatible with BSS Audios
Architect software. Backwards-compatible with BSS Audios Soundweb London family of products
Soundweb London family, the Soundweb Contrio server is the first
product within the new Soundweb Contrio family that will ultimately
provide enhanced processing capability and greater flexibility for a
variety of applications.
and a new open scripted Lua environment. The overall system is made
even more efficient by running a logic system separate from the audio
devices, which frees up processing capability and reduces the amount of
hardware required.
The Soundweb Contrio server supports both HARMAN BLU link and
Audinate Dante audio transports so that it can fit appropriately with a
variety of system configurations. In addition to its ability to recall system-
wide presets, the event scheduler enables message playback over the
audio network.
Page 10
Page 156
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INPUT/OUTPUT CARDS
ANALOG INPUT CARD
The Soundweb London Analog Input Card is designed to populate any of the four card slots
on Soundweb London BLU-800, BLU-805, BLU-806, BLU-320, BLU-325, BLU-326, BLU-160,
BLU-120, BLU-80*, BLU-32* and BLU-16* devices. This analog card enables Soundweb
London devices to receive microphone / line level signals.
I/O
AEC CARD
The Soundweb London Acoustic Echo Cancellation (AEC) Input Cards are designed to populate
any of the four card slots on Soundweb London BLU-800, BLU-805, BLU-806, BLU-320,
BLU-325, BLU-326, BLU-160 and BLU-120 devices. These AEC Input Cards enable Soundweb
London devices to cancel acoustic echo arising when sound from a loudspeaker enters a
microphone in the same room in a conference application.
*discontinued Page 11
Page 157
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENHANCED
for install and studio
SYSTEM CONTROL
The two analog controllers (AC) use an analog (two wire) connection to
Control Inputs of Soundweb. The four Ethernet controllers (EC) are powered
via PoE (Power over Ethernet). This means that power and control is passed
over a single connected Ethernet cable.
The Ethernet Contrio controllers have various mixes of multi-color buttons, AC-V
corresponding multi-color screen positions and multi-color encoder rings.
Eight unique colors (red, yellow, green, cyan, blue, magenta, white ANALOG CONTROLLER
WALL CONTROLLERS
and amber) can be used to signify different zones and their associated WITH VOLUME
parameters. The maximum intensity of the LEDs can be adjusted to suit
ambient light levels.
Available in Black or
A dimly illuminated button indicates an available source, preset or parameter.
White and US Decora
A brightly illuminated button indicates a currently selected source, preset or EU Versions
or parameter. Sources, presets and parameters are represented in the
appropriate zone color.
Normally, the light ring will show a program meter for the currently selected
zone. When a volume adjustment is made, the light ring will show the
volume level in the appropriate zone color. After a timeout, the light ring
returns to showing the program meter. On / off color states can be assigned
to the push function. The first push of the knob will show the current state
WC
of the assigned parameter on the whole light ring and any subsequent push
will toggle the state of the parameter.
After a specified amount of time with no user input, the Ethernet Contrio
controllers can turn off all LEDs. This is useful to avoid distraction in a dimly
lit environment. Any user interaction will wake up the controller.
Available
Availablein
inBlack
Blackor
orWhite
Whiteand
and
US
USDecora
Decoraor orEU
EUVersions
Versions
Page 12
Page 158
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WALL CONTROLLERS
WITH VOLUME WITH 4 BUTTONS WITH 4 BUTTONS
AND VOLUME
EC-8BV FEATURES
WC
Ethernet connectivity Program meter
Zone coloring
Page 13
Page 159
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
WALL CONTROLLERS
Touch Screen Display Two rotary encoders, five push buttons 5-position source/preset select, level
WALL CONTROLLERS
Power Over Ethernet Power Over Ethernet Control In: Analog (two-wire)
Control In: Ethernet Control In: Ethernet Rotary fader and five way switch
Drag and Drop programming interface 9-segment LED meter, RGB LEDs
WC
8-position source/preset select, 5-position source/preset select, level 8-position source/preset select,
up/down buttons up/down buttons
Control In: Analog (two-wire)
Control In: Analog (two-wire) Control In: Analog (two-wire)
Page 14
Page 160
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Soundweb London BLU-BIB or break-in box offers eight channels of 8 analog audio inputs
analog audio input expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault
tolerant digital audio bus. The BLU-BIB input channels are easily configured by Standard terminal block connectors
for analog audio connections
six DIP switches located on the rear of the device, which select consecutive
channels in groups of eight. DIP switches
for channel Range Selection
The Soundweb London BLU-BOB1 or break-out box offers eight channels of 8 analog audio outputs
analog audio output expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault
tolerant digital audio bus. The BLU-BOB1 output channels are easily configured Standard terminal block connectors
for analog audio connections
ACCESSORIES
by six DIP switches located on the rear of the device, which select consecutive
channels in groups of eight. DIP switches
for channel range selection
The Soundweb London BLU-BOB2 or break-out box offers eight channels of 8 analog audio outputs
analog audio output expansion via the Soundweb London high bandwidth, fault
AC
tolerant digital audio bus. The BLU-BOB2 output channels are easily configured Standard terminal block connectors
for analog audio connections
by six DIP switches located on the rear of the device, which select consecutive
channels in groups of eight.
DIP switches
for channel range selection
The Soundweb London BLU-GPX is a network-controlled GPIO expander which 36 control inputs (GPI)
facilitates the cost-effective addition of Control Inputs, Logic Outputs, and Relays to
systems requiring extra analog control/interfacing capability. The BLU-GPX features 23 logic outputs (GPO)
the same rich palette of Logic Objects found in other Soundweb London devices,
48 user-configurable LEDs (front panel)
two PoE-enabled Ethernet ports for communications and primary power, a 12VDC
power connector for secondary power, a RS-232 port for compatibility with serial User-configurable LCD (front panel)
devices, locate functionality, and more.
Page 15
Page 161
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Add digital audio bus functionality Gigabit media conversion RJ-22 jack for connection to headset
ACCESSORIES
BLU-SI AR-133
BLU LINK CARD FOR SOUNDCRAFT SI SERIES ACTIVE DI BOX / LINE BALANCER
The BSS Audio BLU-SI card is a 32 x 32 The AR-133 is a single channel DI box with high input
interface between Soundcraft Si Series impedance. The AR-133 can be used with guitar, keyboards,
consoles and the BLU link digital audio bus. DJ mixers, link outputs, and other electronic sources. The
AR-133 can also be used as an active balancing device.
Works with all Soundcraft Si mixers Includes phantom power and battery supplies
including the Expression Series
32x32 Channels 1/4 jack sockets and an XLR socket input
Page 162
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The FCS-960 is the graphic EQ of choice among some of the biggest names in 2 XLR input and output connectors
the touring business. Dual mode operation accommodates both Wide Q for Room
Contouring (to find the smoothest response) and Narrow Q for monitoring (to EQ Bands: 30 per channel (60 total)
notch out particular frequencies) on each channel. The FCS-960 provides two
Metering: +18dBu Peak Indicator (LED)
channels in 3U of rack space. Constant Q-filters with filter-bypass center taps are
MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
controlled by high grade, 45mm faders with molded polymer fader knobs. These EQ Gain: - inf to +10dB
prominent knobs eradicate visual parallax error even under low light conditions.
M
FCS-966 CONSTANT Q GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
Graphic equalizers are found in just about every sound application, from room 2 XLR, TRS Combicon input/outputs
contouring to feedback control and general audio sweetening. Traditionally,
much general equalization takes place on the faders alone, but this restricts EQ Bands: 30 per channel (60 total)
the use of the faders at each end of the scale for further precision EQ work.
Metering: 8-segment LED per channel
So BSS Audio provides the FCS-966 with separate LF and HF contour filters,
which can change an overall sound balance without disturbing a detailed room or
loudspeaker response. These gentle boost and cut shelving filters can be used to
add or remove room effects that change with temperature, audience numbers or
humidity. All these effects can be easily made without disturbing the critical fader
settings already made.
Page 17
Page 163
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SL SOUNDWEB LONDON
CONFIGURABLE PROCESSORS
THD+N -140dB
Latency 3/Fso + (56.581/Fsi) + (55.658/Fso)
ANALOG OUTPUTS Up to 16 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors
Maximum Output Level +19dBu
Frequency Response 15Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB)
THD <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output
Dynamic Range 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted
Crosstalk <-75dB
D/A Latency 28/Fs
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Up to 16 AES/EBU or S/PDIF on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors
Input Impedance 110 (AES/EBU), 75 (S/PDIF)
Sample Rate 48kHz or 96kHz
S
Page 18
Page 164
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SL SOUNDWEB
FIXED I/O PROCESSORS
LONDON 100 SERIES
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
FRONT PANEL LED INDICATORS
Per Input Signal Present, CLIP, 48V (input only)
Other COM, STAT, ERR, PWR
Analog Inputs 12 electronically balanced on Phoenix Combicon removable screw connectors
Mic/Line Inputs Nominal gain 0dB, electronically switchable up to +48dB, in +6dB steps
Input Impedance 3.5k
Maximum Input Level +20dBu with 0dB input gain, +8dBu with 12dB gain
CMRR >75dB at 1KHz
Input Noise (E.I.N.) <-128dBu typical with 150 source
Phantom Power 48V nominal, selectable per input
A/D Latency 37/Fs [0.77ms@48k]
Analog Outputs 8 electronically balanced on Phoenix/Combicon removable screw connectors
S
Maximum Output Level +19dBu
Frequency Response 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB)
THD <0.01% 20Hz to 20KHz, +10dBu output
Dynamic Range 108dB typical, 22Hz-22KHz unweighted
Crosstalk <-75dB
Output Impedance 40 balanced and 20 unbalanced
D/A Latency 29/Fs [0.60ms@48k]
Control Ports 12 inputs and 6 outputs
Control Input Voltage 0 to 4.5v
Control Input Impedance 4.7k to +5V (2-wire mode), >1M (3-wire mode)
Logic Output Voltage 0 or +5V unloaded
Logic Output Impedance 440s
Logic Output Current 10mA source, 60mA sink
Page 19
Page 165
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SL SOUNDWEB
FIXED I/O PROCESSORS
LONDON 100 SERIES...............continued
SL BLU-50
S
Page 20
Page 166
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SL BLU-50 ...........................................................................................................................continued
FIXED I/O PROCESSOR
ANALOG OUTPUTS 4 electronically balanced on Phoenix Mini Combicon removable screw connectors
Maximum Output Level +20dBu
Frequency Response 20Hz-20KHz (+0.5dB/-1dB)
THD 0.005% typical at +4dBu 1kHz, 0dB input gain
Dynamic Range 110dB A-weighted, >107dB unweighted
Output Impedance 120
Crosstalk <-100dB
D/A Latency 29/Fs
CONTROL PORTS
12 INPUTS AND 6 OUTPUTS
Control Input Voltage 0 to 4.5v
Control Input Impedance 4.7k to +5V (2-wire mode), >1M (3-wire mode)
Logic Output Voltage 0 or +5V unloaded
Logic Output Impedance 440
Logic Output Current 10mA source, 60mA sink
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
WATCHDOG OUTPUT Phoenix/Combicon connector for fail-safe control
Opto Output Current 14mA maximum
Withstanding Voltage 80V maximum (off)
Series Impedance 220 (isolated)
CONTROL NETWORK
Connectors RJ45 Ethernet connector
Maximum Cable Length 100m/300ft on Category 5 cable between device and Ethernet switch
BLU LINK
Connectors 2 x RJ45 Ethernet connectors
Maximum Cable Length 100m/300ft on Category 5e cable between devices
Max Number of Nodes 60
Latency 11/Fs [0.23ms@48k]
S
Pass Through Latency 4/Fs [0.08ms@48k]
POWER AND DIMENSIONS
Power Requirements 12-48VDC
Power Adapter 100-240VAC 50/60 Hz, 12VDC output
Power Consumption <55VA
BTU Rating <188 BTU/hr
Operating Temperature Range 5 (41) to 35 (95) degrees C (degrees F)
Dimensions (h (U) x w x d): 1.625 (iU) x 8.63 x 7.75 (41mm x 219mm x 197mm)
Weight 2.82 lbs / 1.28kgs (estimated)
Page 21
Page 167
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
A AR-133
ACTIVE DI BOX/LINE BALANCER
SECTION
Input 1M (pad at 0dB), 47k (pad at -20dB), 47k (pad at -40dB)
Max Input Level +9dBu (pad at 0dB), +29dBu (pad at -20dB), +49dBu (pad at -40dB)
Connectors Two Parallel jacks, parallel XLR connector (unbalanced)
OUTPUT SECTION
Output Transformer Max Output Level +8dBu into 600 or greater
Connector XLR3-32
GENERAL PERFORMANCE
Distortion (THD) < 0.005% at 1kHz, 0dBu output
Noise <-105dB unweighted, 22Hz-22kHz*
Frequency 30Hz to 20kHz, +0dB/-1dB
POWER AND DIMENSIONS
Main / Standby Power 9 volt PP3 type, battery preferably alkaline
Current Drain Phantom <7.5mA; battery: <2mA
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
960 FCS-960
DUAL MODE GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
INPUTS
Impedance 10k, electronically balanced
Max Input Level +20dBu
Connector XLR3-31
OUTPUT SECTION
S
Page 22
Page 168
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
960 FCS-960...................................................................................................................continued
DUAL MODE GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
966 FCS-966
CONSTANT Q GRAPHIC
INPUT SECTION
Input Impedance 10k, electronically balanced
Max Input Level >+20dBu
CMRR >-40dB @1kHz
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT SECTION
Output Impedance <50, electronically balanced
Max Output Level >+20dBu into 600
FILTERS
HP Filter OUT to 250Hz @ 12dB/octave
LF Contour 6dB shelving @ 50Hz 6dB/octave
HF Contour 6dB shelving @ 14kHz 6db/octave
Frequency Bands 15dB on ISO centers with a Q of 4
GENERAL PERFORMANCE
Frequency Response 5Hz to 45kHz 1dB
Distortion <0.005%THD (80kHz measurement BW) 20Hz-20kHz
Noise <-94dBu 22Hz to 22kHz
S
Dynamic Range > 115dB
Gain Control Range +10dB to
Crosstalk >-80dB @1kHz
POWER AND DIMENSIONS
AC Power 115/230V AC, 50/60Hz, 30VA
Dimensions (HxWxD) 19 x 5.25 x 7.1 / 483mm x 134mm x 180mm
Weight 6.6lbs / 3kgs
All specifications are subject to change. 2015 All Rights Reserved, HARMAN International Industries, Inc. BSS Audio, Soundweb, London Architect, OMNIDRIVE,
Minidrive, and HiQnet are trademarks of HARMAN International Industries. WHISEWORKS NTM and Neville Thiele Method are trademarks of Whiseworks Pty., Ltd. All
other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.
BSS Audio incorporates high quality mechanical fans in some products. All mechanical fans have a limited life expectancy. We recommend annual inspection of fans
for dust occlusion and excessive noise. Fan assemblies should be replaced after six to ten years of use. Environmental factors such as elevated temperature, dust, and
smoke can adversely affect fan life. Systems exposed to these conditions should be inspected more frequently. Fan replacement can be performed either at the factory
or by an experienced technician in the field. Please contact BSS Technical Support for more information on purchasing replacement parts or product service. BSS Audio
has a policy of continued product improvement and accordingly reserves the right to change features and specifications without prior notice.
Page 23
Page 169
PROFESSIONAL AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING
www.bssaudio.com
HARMAN 2015
FULL LINE CATALOG 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 2
Page 172
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSTALLED SOUND
INSTALLS ANYWHERE. Audio Video Bridging (AVB)
Ethernet transport ports
OUTPERFORMS EVERYTHING. The next generation of PWM technology
network display amplifiers for install venues
using cutting edge Class D amplifier topologies
The new DriveCore Install Series is a complete line of high Minimum Guaranteed Power Ratings
performance installation amplifiers based on proprietary
Network & Control Features include:
DriveCore technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, continuous load monitoring, comprehensive
engineered and manufactured to the industrys highest error reporting, pilot tone monitoring,
and programmable GPIO ports
quality standards, and provide system integrators with the
advanced features and flexibility required for challenging DSP features include:
21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, LevelMAX limiters, input and output delay, input
and output EQ, signal generator and crossover
compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers
continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in
professional and commercial power amplifier technology.
Page 3
Page 173
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ComTech DriveCore is ideal for installations that require premium Universal Power Supply
and arenas, and upscale restaurants and retail outlets to name just DriveCore technology
a few. Representing next generation technology available today, provides >90% efficiency with no
compromise in performance
the ComTech DriveCore proves without a doubt that big things
really do come in small packages. Amplifier is stable for 2 - 16 loads
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL Channels 4 8
ComTech 475 4 75W 75W
ComTech 875 4 75W 75W
ComTech 4150 8 125W 125W
ComTech 8150 8 125W 125W
*Minimum Guaranteed Power
Page 4
Page 174
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSTALLED SOUND
THE INDUSTRY STANDARD Direct constant-voltage (70V/140V/200V)
or low-impedance (2, 4, 8) operation
two-channel amplifiers for install venues
Input sensitivity independently
Crowns CTs Series amplifiers provide exceptional performance, selectable for each channel
flexibility and value for installed sound applications. CTs Series TLC protection circuitry
amplifiers feature independent selection of high and low protects the amplifier from long-term
impedance operation for a specific channel, plus power levels and excessive heat by subtly and dynamically
reducing the gain only when necessary
features that were carefully chosen to match the requirements
of fixed install design. Easy integration with HiQnet and Switchable high-pass filter for each channel
provides low-frequency roll off to eliminate
CobraNet allows CTs amplifiers to deliver a comprehensive
step down transformer saturation
lineup of monitoring and control features along with digital
audio transport for an award-winning digital audio solution. Comprehensive array of indicators
including Power and Data, along with Bridge, Ready,
Signal, Clip, Thermal and Fault for each channel
Page 5
Page 175
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Crowns CTs Series amplifiers provide exceptional performance, FIT (Fault Isolation Topology) circuitry
isolates faults within affected channels
flexibility and value for installed sound applications. CTs Series
amplifiers feature independent selection of high and low TLC protection circuitry
impedance operation for a specific channel, plus power levels and protects the amplifier from excessive heat
features that were carefully chosen to match the requirements of Comprehensive array of indicators
fixed install design. Easy integration with HiQnet and CobraNet including Power and Data, along with Bridge, Ready,
Signal, Clip, Thermal and Fault for each channel
allows CTs amplifiers to deliver a comprehensive lineup of
monitoring and control features along with digital audio transport
for an award-winning digital audio solution.
Page 6
Page 176
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PIP-LITE
TCP / IQ The Crown PIP-LITE is an input module for CTs 2 channel amplifiers. The PIP
LITE connects to an audio control network via 100 Mb Ethernet. The audio
ANALOG AUDIO INPUTS
path in the PIP-LITE is processed totally in the analog domain. The feature
set offers a range of automation functions which provide greater control
over amplifier operation and helps to save both time and money.
PIP-USP3CN
The Crown PIP-USP3/CN is a 3rd generation DSP-based PIP
(Programmable Input Processor) input module for CTs 2 channel
amplifiers*. It connects the amplifier to a 100 MB Ethernet network
allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored. In addition, the USP3/
INSTALLED SOUND
CN allows the transport of real-time digital audio via CobraNet over the
same Ethernet network.
PIP-BLU
The BSS & Crown PIP-BLU is a PIP input module for CTs 2 Channel
Amplifiers (CTs 600,1200, 2000, 3000). It connects the amplifier to a 100
Mb Ethernet network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored
using HiQnet London Architect as well as providing digital audio
transport via BLU link.
PIP-USP4CN
The Crown PIP-USP4 is a 4th generation DSP-based PIP input module
for CTs Series two channel amplifiers. The USP4 connects to an Ethernet
network allowing it to be remotely controlled and monitored via HiQnet,
Audio Architect or London Architect. In addition, the USP4 allows the
transport of real-time digital audio via AES3 and CobraNet. DSP included
BSS OMNIDRIVE Processing with LevelMAX plus FIR level processing.
Page 7
Page 177
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 8
Page 178
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INSTALLED SOUND
BEHIND THE SCENES High performance
lightweight DriveCore based amplifier for
for small to medium install venues audiophile quality and extremely high reliability
Page 9
Page 179
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SPECIFICATIONS
14m & 28m
Frequency Response (at line out) 20Hz to 20kHz +/- 1 dB
Signal to Noise Ratio 100 dB
THD 0.05% typical with 800 mV balanced input, 1V output
Crosstalk -50dB at 1kHz
Page 10
Page 180
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
COMMERCIAL SOUND
SIMPLISTIC SOUND Ideal for paging, background music,
and music-on-hold
for commercial and industrial use
Balanced Phoenix-type mic/line input,
telephone output, dual RCA stereo music
Crowns Commercial Audio mixer-amplifiers deliver legendary inputs, screw-terminal speaker outputs
Crown quality to the commercial audio industry. These high-
Priority muting
value mixer-amplifiers provide both 4 and 8 and constant-
voltage outputs (70Vrms and 100Vrms) for use in a wide Bass and treble controls on master output
range of commercial applications including schools, hospitals,
3 inputs (each with a volume control), and
factories, restaurant/retail, houses of worship, fitness facilities,
one 35W amplifier output channel in 135MA
A/V boardrooms, correctional facilities, and small offices. Easily
configured for a range of uses such as paging, background music, 4 inputs (each with a volume control), and
one 60W amplifier output channel in 160MA
security, and evacuation instructions, Crowns Commercial Audio
units are the smart choice for commercial sound.
See the JBL Commercial section for the new Crown DriveCore
based mixer-amplifier options.
Page 11
Page 181
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
See the JBL Commercial section for the new Crown DriveCore 1160A has 1 input and one 160W power
based amplifier options. amplifier for single-zone systems
MINIMUM GUARANTEED
POWER
MODEL 4 or 70Vrms/100Vrms
180A 80W
280A 80W
1160A 160W
Page 12
Page 182
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PORTABLE PA
weighs less than 11 lbs (5 kgs)
for portable live sound systems
Contains Crowns proprietory
DriveCore technology
The XLS DriveCore Series of power amplifiers from Crown define
the standard for live sound systems with unmatched performance, Integrated PureBand Crossover system
technology, and affordability. ensures seamless transitions from low to high
frequency drivers
This high-performance line consists of four models, each providing Integrated PeakX Limiters
provide maximum output while
enormous power and flexibility thanks to the integrated PureBand
protecting your speakers
Crossover System and Peakx Limiters. And weighing in at only 11
lbs or less, they provide the ultimate in lightweight portability. XLR, 1/4, RCA Inputs
ensure compatibility with any source
Generating chest-thumping lows and crystal clear highs, the four 1/4 inputs can be used as loop-throughs to
models in the series the XLS 1000, XLS 1500, XLS 2000, and XLS distribute signal to additional amplifiers
2500 are engineered to meet any demanding audio requirements
reliably and within budget.
Page 13
Page 183
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
at the top of their class when it comes to thermal efficiency and 3 user-defined fan mode controls
system flexibility. The addition of Peakx Plus Limiters gives you normal, early, and full-speed - for matching fan
full command over threshold, attack and release, and we enhanced performance to a specific application
the Subharmonic Synth so you can easily manage frequency, gain New system monitoring
and filter type, allowing for application-specific tuning. provides software visibility of AC line voltage
and power supply temperature
Plus, youll be able to tailor fan speed for specific applications and
Increased number of presets to a total of 50 presets;
have software visibility of the Power Supply Temperature and AC 49 of which are user defineable
Line Voltage. Combine all of that with integrated cast-aluminum
rack handles for maximum durability and portability and you have
the power to move you and the world.
Page 14
Page 184
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
USBX
WIRELESS, SIMPLE INTERFACE
CONVENIENT
for wireless or wired interfacing with amplifiers
ACCESSORIES
enabled amplifiers which connect either directly, or via a downstream
USB hub, to a USB port on USBX. Then the amplifiers can be accessed
via the RJ45 gigabit Ethernet port on USBX, or wirelessly via the wireless
access point which is built into USBX.
Page 15
Page 185
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 16
Page 186
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VRACK SYSTEM
POWERFUL, VERSATILE
TOUR SOUND SYSTEM
We know you have enough to worry about while preparing your venue
for each performance. Thats why the VRack, designed by Crown for
optimum performance and setup simplicity, puts all your amplification
needs in one customized, turnkey package, complete with full safety
approvals. With Crown-engineered components already built in, it
provides you with an easy-to-configure, all-in-one amplifier solution
that eliminates the time-consuming process of building amp racks, and
TOUR SOUND
frees your technical team to handle other important setup tasks. The
VRack delivers superb power distribution anywhere in the world and
features innovative software for convenient, simplified control, giving
you a versatile, worry-free rack system thats always ready to go.
Page 17
Page 187
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The I-Tech 4x3500HD amplifier is the industrys first high-powered Features Crowns proprietary DriveCore technology
tour sound amplifier featuring four inputs, Analog, AES3, and The only tour sound amplifier that provides four
CobraNet, fully routable to any one of four outputs. Each channel routable inputs to any output (Analog, AES, VDrive,
features a complete compliment of OMNIDRIVEHD Processing, or CobraNet)
including the acclaimed LevelMAX Limiter Suite, and support for
LevelMAX peak voltage and RMS power limiters
linear phase FIR filters as used in the latest JBL V5 loudspeaker communicate with each other, resulting in smooth and
tunings. Combine that with Crowns patented Class-I technology accurate response and better sound
delivering uncompromising power output across all four channels,
6th-generation patented Class-I (BCA) circuitry
and its easy to see why the I-Tech 4x3500HD is the flagship tour couples power efficiently to the load and provides low AC
sound amplifier from Crown. current draw
Page 18
Page 188
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
TOUR SOUND
with IIR filters and linear phase FIR filters
for tour sound systems
Global Power Supply
with power factor correction designed to deliver
Inside and out, the I-Tech HD Series of amplifiers is one of the maximum power no matter where your schedule
most technologically advanced professional touring amplifiers takes you
on the market today. Building on the decades of innovation,
The only product available with analog, AES/
invention, and insight Crown is known for, the I-Tech HD
EBU, CobraNet and Ethernet connectivity
features five new patents three on the power supply alone.
At the heart of the new I-Tech HD is the BSS OMNIDRIVEHD LevelMAX peak voltage, RMS power, and
transducer thermal limiters work together,
processing engine. Four times faster than its predecessor and
resulting in smooth and accurate response,
featuring Linear Phase FIR filters and LevelMAX limiters, better sound, higher SPL
OMNIDRIVEHD provides unmatched clarity and sonically pure
signal processing. Providing up to 9 kW in a 2U rack space Able to be monitored via HiQnet software
Page 19
Page 189
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 20
Page 190
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ONSCREEN CHEMISTRY
CINEMA SOUND
Digital Signal Processing
(LevelMAX, EQ, Delay)
analog and network amplifiers for cinema systems
Dolby Atmos Connect/BLU link
Designed and engineered to the industrys highest quality
Audio quality of a highly evolved Class AB
standards for analog or network installations, the highly reliable design in an ultra-efficient amplifier
DriveCore Install (DCi) Amplifier Series is the ideal choice for
cinemas. Simple to configure with its space-saving true rack Network monitoring and control
density design, DCi provides you with multiple innovations at every
Best-in-class efficiency
point, and unmatched performance time after time. Versatile, power consumption and heat dissipation
compact and highly energy-efficient, DriveCore Install Series
amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in Audio Architect Software Interface
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL Channels 2 4 8
DCi4|300 or DCi4|300N 4 150W 300W 300W
DCi8|300 or DCi8|300N 8 150W 300W 300W
DCi4|600 or DCi4|600N 4 300W 600W 600W
DCi8|600 or DCi8|600N 8 300W 600W 600W
DCi4|1250 or DCi4|1250N 4 1250W 1250W 1250W
*N denotes networked
Page 21
Page 191
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ONE-TOUCH PERFORMANCE
CINEMA SOUND
Page 22
Page 192
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ONE-TOUCH PERFORMANCE
CINEMA SOUND
Compact 2-rack unit
monitor for cinema systems
8 channels for monitoring processor or amplifier
inputs
The Crown DSi-8M is a projection booth monitor designed to work
All inputs and outputs are balanced to interface
with bi-amplified cinema systems using the Crown DSi Series with new cinema processors
amplifiers. All controls necessary for daily operation of the DSi-8M
are easily accessible on the front panel. Eight channel monitoring No level jumps when switching between
processor and amplifiers
allows you to monitor either the processor or the power amplifiers
outputs: L, C, R, Ls, Rs, Bsl, Bsr, and Sub in any combination. 25-pin D-sub connectors, plus removable
Input levels from the processor and power amplifier can be terminal blocks and HD-15 for quick, hassle-free
adjusted independently. The bargraph display can be calibrated connections
to the reference level for your theater. The projectionist can see Designed to work with bi-amplified sound systems
auditorium levels instantly. to monitor the high and low-frequency outputs from
the left, center and right channels
SPECIFICATIONS
DSi-8M
Power Requirements 100-240V, 50-60Hz, 32W
Input Impedance (Processor Inputs) 10k
Input Impedance (Power Amp
>50k
Inputs)
Page 23
Page 193
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 24
Page 194
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CINEMA SOUND
Built-in speaker monitors
the processor input and amplifiers output signals
monitor for cinema systems
Onboard JBL Cinema speaker
Crowns CXM2000 is a cinema monitor and crossover system. parameters include crossover, EQ filters, delay,
and more to enhance speaker performance
When used with Crown amplifiers, the CXM allows for either
processor input signal or amplifier output signal monitoring, Fault detection indicators on front
which immediately indicates when there is a fault signal. The panel and sends alarms signals to
Theater Management System
fault signal can also be passed to TMS (Theater Management
System), so the cinema manager can check the audio system Total solution designed to work with JBL
working status from anywhere in the building. All necessary passive and bi-amplified cinema speakers in
controls for daily operation of the CXM2000 are easily systems using Crown DSi and XLC amplifiers
accessible on the front panel. Crown CXM2000, Crown cinema Lit buttons offer easy operation in dark rooms
amplifiers and JBL cinema speakers constitute Harmans
total solution for cinema owners who share the same goal HD-25 connectors and HD-15 connectors
for quick and hassle-free connectivity
of introducing a high-quality movie-watching experience.
SPECIFICATIONS
CXM2000
Power Consumption 100V-120V/220V-240V, 50Hz/60Hz, 50W
Input Channels 8 inputs (L, C, R, SL, SR, BSL, BSR, Subwoofer)
Input Impedance >10k
Signal to Noise Ratio 104 dB (A weighted)
Crosstalk >80 dB (A weighted)
Presets 11 Presets--1 bypass and 10 factory-set for JBL cinema systems
Page 25
Page 195
CINEMA SOUND Harman Professional Catalog 2015
www.crownaudio.com
that vision has continued into a new millennium. The late David Blackmer, who is universally
considered to be the father of modern Compression, had a quest to improve the dynamic range of
analog recordings using decibel expansion. This quest produced the decilinear VCA and RMS detector
which taken together have changed the sonic landscape and made possible so many of our current
audio technologies.
In 1971, Mr. Blackmer founded dbx which has collectively produced over 35 patents that continue to
forge and reshape the landscape in the Live Sound, Studio Recording, and Installed Sound professional
audio markets today. Our award-winning team of designers and engineers have embraced Mr.
Blackmers passion for audio purity with a vengeance, and continue to design and build the precise
and accurate tools necessary for todays audio production. From our rock-solid Analog products like
the 20-Series EQs and 10-Series Compressors, to our cutting-edge Performance and Commercial
Audio products DriveRack and ZonePRO lines we provide the tools to accommodate all of your
audio needs. This brochure is designed to help you navigate through our many product solutions
Page 2
Page 198
CONTENTS
DriveRack Personal Monitor
DR DriveRack PA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
PM Solutions
DriveRack 4820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 TR1616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
DriveRack Venu360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 PMC16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
DriveRack 260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
DriveRack 220i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Premium Direct Boxes
DriveRack PA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
DB dB10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
dB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ZonePRO
ZP ZonePRO 1260 (m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Crossovers
ZonePRO 1261 (m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 C 223s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ZonePRO 640 (m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
223xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ZonePRO 641 (m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
234s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ZonePRO Zone Controllers. . . . . . 203-204
234xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Dynamics
D 1066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 PS Problem Solvers
PS6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
AFS 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
1074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
120A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
266xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
286s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
160A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
PB-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
166xs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
EQs
EQ 131s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
215s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
231s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
iEQ-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
iEQ-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Page 3
Page 199
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DRIVERACK
DRIVERACK SERIES
SERIES
accurate feedback suppression. And all can be controlled on the fly with your Updated Wizards
mobile device or laptop using Ethernet control via an Android, iOS, Mac, or
Mobile / Ethernet Control
Windows device.
Compatible with Android, iOS, Mac,
or Windows
From Signal Routing, EQ, and Bandpass Filters, to classic dbx Dynamics and Wordclock input
AFS Advanced Feedback Suppression, all the processing is available and with
the sonic excellence that you would expect from the worlds leading system 4 analog and AES/EBU inputs
processing manufacturer.
8 analog and AES/EBU outputs
Page 4
Page 200
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DRIVERACK PRODUCTS
microphone processing. Featuring Advanced Feedback Suppression, equalization,
Noise Gating, De-Esser, Ducker
dynamics processing, delay, matrix mixing, and bandpass filters, the DriveRack 220i
will exceed your expectations.
DR
up with easy to follow step-by-step instructions. Just pick your speakers and AFS Wizard
amps from the built-in list on the PA+ and then let the Auto Level Wizard fine
Full time RTA function
tune the level settings of each speaker.
The optional RTA-M real time audio analyzing mic is the perfect Polar Pattern : omni-directional
accessory tool for the DriveRack PA and 260. Used in conjunction with the
System Setup Wizard, the RTA-M is ideal for optimizing the sound quality of Impedance : 250 30% (at 1,000Hz)
even the most difficult of acoustic environments.
Sensitivity : -63 dB +-3 dB
Page 5
Page 201
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ZONEPRO
ZONEPRO SERIES
SERIES
The ZonePRO products have long been the obvious choice for managing
commercial audio applications. Theyre easy to install and use thanks to
step-by-step setup wizards and theyre backed by long track record of dbx
reliability. The fact that so many are in use in locations worldwide speaks to
their popularity and dependable performance.
Designed with contractors in mind, the ZonePRO devices feature Euroblock Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC)
connectors for easy termination of balanced signals and RCA connectors for Introduced on the ZonePRO m devices
straightforward connection of consumer equipment. A simple analog bus
AutoWarmth
allows sources to be shared among multiple ZonePRO devices, facilitating
Maintains full frequency bandwidth
scalability of outputs for larger applications. even when the signal level has dropped
Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC), on the ZonePRO m devices, allows Ambient Noise Compensation (ANC)
ZP
the level of zone outputs to track the ambient noise level, monitored through Introduced on the ZonePRO m devices
a microphone. This feature is particularly well-suited to applications such as
Routing section of ZonePRO provides
retail environments where the volume of the audio system can be matched
Primary source selection, source
automatically to the number of shoppers and their noise level. ducking for paging and priority override
Designed to offer superior system sonic performance and flexibility, the 640/m Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
deliver the highest quality tools available. Even the input and output connectors
were chosen for their standard usage and reliability. The ZonePRO products offer Notch Filter
Euroblock connectors for balanced signals and RCA connectors for interfacing
Compressor, Gate, De-Esser, Limiter
with consumer equipment often used in commercial applications.
Page 6
Page 202
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Beyond processing, the ZonePRO products offer multiple forms of control to Parametric EQ
further extend the versatility of your system. From easy-to-use wall panel Zone
Controllers for standard end-user functions like source select and volume control Bandpass and Crossover Filters
to advanced system control including a built-in Real Time Clock that can provide
Security Lockout
programmable system changes throughout the day or week.
ZONE CONTROLLERS
ZONEPRO PRODUCTS
ZCFIRE FIRE SAFETY
INTERFACE ZCBOB HOME-RUN OR
PARALLEL WIRING
ZP
ZC1 PROGRAMMABLE
VOLUME CONTROL ZC2 PROGRAMMABLE
VOLUME & MUTE
Page 7
Page 203
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ZONE CONTROLLERS....................................................................................continued
ZC3 PROGRAMMABLE
SELECTION ZC4 PROGRAM
SELECTION
processing device via CAT 5 cable on to the processing device via CAT 5
RJ-45 connectors. cable on RJ-45 connectors.
ZC6 PROGRAMMABLE
VOLUME CONTROL ZC7 PUSH-TO-TALK
PUSH-TO-TALK
PAGE ASSIGNMENT
PAGE ASSIGNMENT
The ZC6 provides computer The ZC7 provides programmable
programmable push-button up/ push-to-talk page assignment for the
down volume control for the dbx dbx ZonePRO devices. The remote
ZonePRO devices. The remote device has DIP switches allowing
device has DIP switches allowing identification with connection to the
identification with connection to the processing device via CAT 5 cable on
ZP
The ZC8 provides both programmable The ZC9 provides rotary switch source
push-button up/down volume control, selection for the ZonePro 1260 and
and programmable rotary switch source 1261. The remote has DIP switch
selection for the dbx ZonePRO identification and connection to the
devices. The remote device has DIP device being controlled shall be via CAT
switches allowing identification with 5 cable and RJ-45 connectors.
connection to the processing device via
CAT 5 cable on RJ-45 connectors.
Page 8
Page 204
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
1066 COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE
Whether youre looking for heavy compression or subtle gain leveling, the PeakStopPlus limiting
1066 stereo compressor/limiter/gate with selectable hard knee or OverEasy for setting maximum allowable
compression is ideal. The 1066s compressor section allows you to set attack and level with minimal distortion
release times manually or automatically using our convenient Auto Mode.
True RMS level detection
Each of the 1046s four channels allows you to individually select between our Classic dbx compression
classic OverEasy or hard knee compression, as well as connect each channel
for separate purposes. Additionally, our PeakStopPlus circuitry is the most True RMS level detection
comprehensive limiting technology available. For easy interfacing with other
Precision metering of input level,
devices, each of the 1046s channels also utilizes balanced, gold-plated XLR and
output level, and gain reduction
DYNAMICS
inputs and outputs and switchable +4dBu or -10dBV operating levels.
The 1074 Quad Gate is the perfect companion to the 1066 and 1046. The 1074 Four independent channels of gating
offers 4 channels of gating with threshold, depth and release controls on each
channel. The 1074 also offers XLR inputs and outputs, and side-chain input. Independent key filtering
D
In addition to an external key input per channel, the 1074 also has an internal filter
Independent Threshold
that can be independently activated and controlled on a channel per channel basis.
and Release controls
266XS COMPRESSOR/GATE
The 266xs puts pleasing compression and smooth gating within reach of everyone. Balanced inputs and outputs on
The classic dbx compression delivers everything from mellow leveling, 1/4 TRS and XLR
to aggressive peak limiting. In addition, the 266xss AutoDynamic circuitry
Side Chain insert
continuously adjusts attack and release settings in real time in order to optimally
match program material. Classic dbx Auto mode
Page 9
Page 205
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The 160A offers such time-tested features as switchable OverEasy and hard knee Exclusive Infinity+ compression
compression, extremely wide threshold ranges, and controls for ratio and output Allows negative compression
gain. It also includes true RMS level detection, providing the most transparent
Strappable with another 160A
dynamics processing availablefrom smooth, subtle compression to brick wall
For true RMS stereo summing operation
peak limiting.
166XS COMPRESSOR/LIMITER/GATE
With auto attack and release controls and separate precision LED displays for New gate timing algorithms ensure the
smoothest release characteristics
DYNAMICS / MIC PREAMPS
gain reduction, compression threshold, and gate threshold, the 166xs allows for
quick and accurate setup. The 166xs also makes advanced applications a breeze
Program-adaptive expander/gates
with full sidechain functionality, the ability to use either hard knee or OverEasy
compression algorithms, and the venerable PeakStop limiter.
Classic dbx Auto mode
The Silver Series 386 dual channel tube mic preamp puts the 24, 20, and 16-bit wordlengths
best of both worlds into one affordable package by combining the warmth of the
Selectable dither and noise shaping
/
irreplaceable vacuum tube with the proprietary dbx Type IV conversion system.
AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital outputs
D
Page 10
Page 206
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MIC PREAMPS
CHANNEL STRIP
MP
the compressor/limiter design from the highly-sought after 162SL, Front Panel Instrument Input
as well as a 3-band parametric EQ with sweepable mids. The 676
Side Chain Insert
provides the user with the perfect channel strip for recording and
live applications alike with its military-grade build and vintage-inspired Optional Digital Output Card
controls, VU metering and state-of-the-art optional digital output card. (available 6/15)
Page 11
Page 207
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
the 2 Series offers great specifications with, a down-to-earth price point. Sure to
find a home in the studio, on tour and with installed sound venues, the 2 Series is Internal Toroidal Transformer
destined to take its rightful place in the lineage of great dbx signal processors that
Frequency Repsonse of <10Hz to >50kHz
are the professionals choice in signal processing.
Page 12
Page 208
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EQ PRODUCTS
encode/decode within the circuitry of the box. We started out to build the finest Type III Noise Reduction, and the elegant
EQs possible, boxes with the heritage and performance to rival our famous 30 new PeakPlus Limiter all in one great
sounding box
Series EQs. And to no ones surprise they came out awfully darn good.
EQ
2231 DUAL 31-BAND
GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
Since their introduction, the 20 Series equalizers have become crucial links in Four segment LED bar graphs for BOTH
the sound systems of countless professionals all over the world. From a value Gain Reduction AND Output Level
perspective, the 20 Series EQs offer an unequalled feature set.
Status LEDs
Page 13
Page 209
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PMC16 TR1616
EQ
16 Channel Mixer With Level, Pan, Mute, Precision dbx Mic Preamps with
Solo, & Reverb Send Control Variable Input Gain Control
Page 14
Page 210
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The dbx PS6 is a road-worthy power At dbx, when we do something, we do Utilizing custom dbx mu-metal-shielded
supply that can supply AC power for it right. One look at our dB10 Passive audio transformers, high-quality Neutrik
up to six separate PMC16 units. It and dB12 Active direct boxes will tell connectors, and low-noise circuitry
connects to a PMC16 Personal Monitor you that these are clearly different. preserves the sonic integrity and true
To prevent accidental changes of critical settings during performance, several of x10 range switch on both channels
the 223s controls are located on the rear panel. The first of these selects between
stereo two-way or mono three-way operation. Also located on the back panels are 40Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter
both channels
DB
switches that allow you to individually select crossover frequency ranges for both
channels. The rear panels also allow you to mono-sum the low frequency outs. Phase reverse switch on all outputs
/
C
Both crossovers feature Linkwitz-Riley 24dB/octave filtersthe professional 24dB per octave Linkwitz-Riley filters
standard. Each of the units channels has a +12dB input gain control and a recessed (the professional standard)
40 Hz low-cut (high-pass) filter for removing low frequency rumble. Both the low
Stereo/Mono status LEDs indicate
and high outputs on each channel have phase reverse switches (reconfigurable
the selected mode
to operate as mute switches) and gain controls ranging from to +6 dB, allowing
level matching and muting of individual outputs.
Page 15
Page 211
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SUPPRESSION PROCESSOR
setting up any room. It also incorporates a completely re-designed Stereo or Dual Independent Channel Processing
Advanced Feeback Supression module. Best of all, the AFS2
provides the user with a full LCD display setup and monitoring. Live and Fixed Filter Modes
PS
Page 16
Page 212
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PROBLEM SOLVERS
120A SUBHARMONIC
SYNTHESIZER
Unlike other attempts at bass synthesis, the 120As patented subharmonic Separate Low Frequency Boost Circuit
synthesis process produces smooth, musical low frequencies that dont interfere
with mid- or high-band informationeven at maximum levels. The result is 1/4 Balanced inputs and outputs
unmatched low-end punch at levels that wont destroy your system.
PROBLEM SOLVERS
Patented circuitry ensures that mid
and high frequencies are not affected
The dbx 286ss Mic Preamp and Five processors can be used independently or in Constant Q frequency bands
any combination. The dbx 286ss sonically pristine Mic Preamp has all the features
you need, including wide-ranging input gain control, switchable 48V phantom Switchable boost/cut ranges
PS
power and an 80Hz high-pass filter. of 6 or 12 dB
The PB-48 patchbay features 48 front panel and 48 rear panel patch points, with 24 user- adjustable board assemblies
24 user- adjustable board assemblies that can be configuredwithout soldering can be configuredwithout soldering or
or wire cuttingfor half-normalled or de-normalled operation. Rugged and noise- wire cuttingfor half-normalled or
de-normalled operation
free, the PB-48 is designed to serve all your patchbay needs.
balanced TRS and unbalanced
TS plugs
Page 17
Page 213
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DR DRIVERACK SERIES
LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
PA2 PA+ VENU360 260 4820 220i
INPUTS
Number of Inputs (RTA Mic Input) (AES Inputs) 2 (1) 2 (1) 3 (4) 2 (1) 4 (1) 2
Switchable Mic/Line Inputs 3
Connectors: Female XLR 3 3 3 3 3 3
Connectors: Euroblock 3
Type: Electronically balanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3 3 3
Impedance >50K >40K >50K >40K >40K >40K
Maximum Input Level: Software selectable for +14, +16, +18, +20, +22, +24, +26, +28dBu 3
Maximum Input Level: Hardware selectable for +30, +22, +14 dBu 3 3
Maximum Input Level: Software selectable for +14, +20, +24, +28 3
Maximum Input Level: +20dBu 3 3 3
CMRR: >40dB typical, >55 dB at 1kHz 3 3
CMRR: >45dB 3 3 TBD 3
RTA Mic Phantom Power Voltage 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC 15V DC 48V DC
OUTPUTS
Number of Outputs 6 6 6 6 8 2
Connectors: XLR 3 3 3 3 3 3
Connectors: Euroblock 3
Type: Electronically balanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3 3 3
Impedance 120 120 TBD 120 30 120
Maximum Output Level: Software selectable for +24, +22, +20, +12, +8, +4dBu 3
Maximum Output Level: +20dBu 3 3 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 1x7, 1x8, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 2x7, 2x8, 3x3, 3x4, 3x6,
3
3x7, 4x4, 4x8
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 3 3
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 1x3, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6 3 3
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4
Type: 1x1, 1x2, 2x2 3
Bessel 6/12/18/24/30/36/42/48, Butterworth 6/12/18/24/30/36/42/48, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24/36/48 3
Filter Type: Bessel 6/12/18/24/36/48, Butterworth 6/12/18/24/36/48, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24/36/48 3
Filter Type: Bessel 6/12/18/24, Butterworth 6/12/18/24, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24/36/48 3
Filter Type: Butterworth 6/12/18/24/30/36/42/48, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24/36/48 3
Filter Type: Butterworth 6/12/18/24, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24 3
Filter Type: Bessel 6/12/18/24, Butterworth 6/12/18/24, Linkwitz-Riley 12/24 3
Page 18
Page 214
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
DR DRIVERACK SERIES...........................................................................continued
LOUDSPEAKER MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
PA2 PA+ VENU360 260 4820 220i
POST EQ - (Output)
Number: EQ bands per output channel (mid, low outputs) 8 3 (2) 8 4 6 4
Range: +/-20dB 3
Range: +/-12dB 3 3 3 3
Range: +/-15dB 3
DYNAMICS
Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakStopPlus 3 3 3 3
Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakPlus 3 3
NOISE GENERATOR
Type: Pink noise generator (PA2 & Venu360 selectable between white or pink noise) 3 3 3 3
PHASE COMPENSATION
Amount: 0-180 degrees variable phase shift control 3 3 3 3
Output Polarity: Reversible 3 3 3 3 3
MISCELLANEOUS
Output Transformers: Optional 3
GUI: RS-232 port for computer display and configuration 3 3 3
GUI: Ethernet port for computer display and configuration 3 3 3
Supports optional RTA mic (RTA mic included with PX) 3 3 3 3 3
ROM Update: Flash updatable through USB 3 3
ROM Update: Flash updatable through RS-232 3 3 3
ROM Update: Flash updatable through Ethernet 3 3 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: H x W x D
5.75 5.75 7.75 7.75 12.15 5.75
D
DYNAMICS
266xs 166xs 160A 1074 1046 1066
INPUTS
Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS X,T X,T X,T X X,T X,T
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3 3 3
Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (s) >40k >50k/>25k >100k/>50k >50k/>25k >40k/>20k >40k/>20k
Max Input Level: Balanced or Unbalanced >+20dBu >+24dBu >+24dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu >+22dBu
CMRR: Typical @ 1kHz >45 >45 >45 >45 >45 >45
VCA TYPE V1 V1 V1 V2 V2 V2
SIDECHAIN INSERT Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS T T T T T T
OUTPUTS
Connectors: X=XLR, T=TRS X,T X,T X,T X,T X X,T
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered (*266XL is impedance balanced) * 3 3 3 3 3
S
Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (s) >120/>60 >30 >60/>30 >30/>15 >30/>15
Max Output Level: (dBu) >+21 >+21 >+24 >+22 >+22 >+21
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB (162SL=+0/-0. dB) 3 3 3 3 3 3
Noise: < (dBu), unweighted, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth -90 -90 -90 -94 -94 -94
Stereo Coupling; True RMS Power Summing 3 3 3 3 3 3
COMPRESSOR
Threshold Range: -40 dBu to +20 dBu 3 3 3 3 3
Ratio: 1:1 to :1 3 3 3 3 3
Threshold Characteristic: Selectable OverEasy or hard knee 3 3 3 3 3
Attack/Release: Selectable manual or auto 3 3
Attack/Release: Auto 3 3
Output Gain: -20 to +20 dB 3 3 3 3 3 3
LIMITER
PEAKSTOP PEAKSTOP
Type (162SL two-stage) N/A PEAKSTOP N/A N/A
PLUS PLUS
OPTIONS
Output Transformer: Jensen JT-123-dbx or JT-11-dbx, BCI RE-123-dbx or RE-11-dbx; Jensen standard on 160SL/162SL 3 3 3 3
Page 19
Page 215
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ZP ZONEPRO SERIES
DIGITAL ZONE PROCESSORS
640 1260 640m 1260m
641 1261 641m 1261m
INPUTS
Number of Inputs (RTA Mic Input) 6 12 6 12
Connectors, Euroblock 3 3 3 3
Connectors, RCA 4 8 2 4
Type: Electronically bal/RF filtered 3 3 3 3
Impedance, balanced, Euroblock >50k >50k >50k >50k
Impedance, unbalanced, Euroblock (& RCA 1260/1261) >75k >25k >25k >25k
Max Input Line Level: +20dBu Mic/Line, +12dBu RCA 3 3 3 3
CMRR: >40dB typical, >55 dB at 1kHz 3 3 3 3
Mic Pre Gain 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB 30-60dB
Mic EIN: <-118dB, 22Hz-22kHz, 150k 3 3 3 3
RTA Mic Phantom Voltage 15V 15V 15V 15V
OUTPUTS
Number of Outputs 4 6 4 6
Connectors: Euroblock 3 3 3 3
Type: Electronically balanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3
Impedance 120/60 120/60 120/60 120/60
Maximum Output Level: +20dBu 3 3 3 3
A/D PERFORMANCE
Type: dbx Type IV Conversion System 3 3 3 3
Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 113 113 113 113
Dynamic Range: (dB) Unweighted 110 110 110 110
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type IV dynamic Range: >119 dB, A-weighted, 22kHz, BW >117dB, unweighted, 22kHz BW L L L L
Sample Rate 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz
A/D Wordlength: (bit) 24 24 24 24
D/A PERFORMANCE
Dynamic Range: (dB) A-weighted 112 112 112 112
Dynamic Range: (dB) unweighted 109 109 109 109
Sample Rate 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz 48kHz
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Dynamic Range: >109 dB A-weighted, >106dB unweighted 3
Dynamic Range: >110 dB A-weighted, >107dB unweighted 3 3
THD + Noise: % typical at +4dBu, 1kHz, 0dB input gain 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
Frequency Response: 20Hz - 20kHz, +/-0.5dB 3 3 3 3
Intercannel Crosstalk: >80dB typical 3 3 3 3
Crosstalk input to output: >80dB typical 3 3 3 3
Propagation Delay 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec 0.6 msec
PRE EQ (Input)
Type: Graphic EQ per input channel, or PEQ per input channel 4-band 4-band
POST EQ - (Output)
Number: EQ bands per output channel 6 6
DYNAMICS
Type: Compressor/Limiter with PeakStopPlus 3 3 3 3
S
Page 20
Page 216
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MP MIC PREAMPS
376 386
MICROPHONE INPUT
Connector: Female XLR Pin 2 Hot 3 3
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced 3 3
Maximum Input Level: -10dBu or +10 dBu with 20dB pad engaged
Maximum Input Level: -9 dBu or +11 dBu with 20 dB pad engaged 3 3
Gain Adjustment Range: +10dB to +60dB
Gain Adjustment Range: +30dB to +60dB 3 3
Phantom Power 48V 48V
Pad: 20dB 3 3
Equivalent Input Noise: Typically -(dBu) typical with a 150 source load A-weighted -120 -120
LINE INPUT
Connector: TRS Jack 3 3
Type: Electronically Balanced/unbalanced 3 3
Impedance: bal/unbalanced 20k-40k 20k-40k
Maximum Input Level: +21dBu balanced or unbalanced 3
Maximum Input Level: +18dBu balanced or unbalanced 3
INSTRUMENT INPUT (Front Panel)
Connector: TS Jack 3 3
Type: Unbalanced 3 3
Impedance: 470 k 3 3
Maximum Input Level (unbalanced) +18dBu +21dBu
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Insert Connector: TRS 3
Type: Unbalanced 3
LINE OUTPUT
Connector: Male XLR Pin 2 Hot and impedance balanced TRS 3 3
Connector: TRS phone balanced/unbalanced
Type: Electronically balanced 3 3
Maximum Output Level: (XLR) +dBu >18 >21
DIGITAL OUTPUTS
Connectors: XLR for AES/EBU, RCA for S/PDIF l = both connector types 3 3
INSERT
Connector: TRS 3 TS
Ring Impedance: >5k
Maximum Level: >+21dBu
WORD SYNC INPUT/OUTPUT
Connectors: BNC 3 3
Input Impedance: 75 terminated by internal jumper 3 3
Input: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock 3 3
Output: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz word clock 3 3
A/D CONVERSION
Type: dbx Type IV A/D Conversion System 3 3
Sample Rate: 96, 88.2, 48, or 44.1kHz selectable 3 3
S
Wordlength: 24, 20, or 16 bit selectable 3 3
Dither Type: TPDF, SNR2, or none 3 3
Noise Shape: Shape 1, Shape 2, or none 3 3
Output Format: S/PDIF or AES/EBU 3 3
Converter Dynamic Range: typical, A-Weighted, 22kHz Bandwidth 107dB 107dB
D/A CONVERSION
D-A Conversion 24-bit 3
Dynamic Range: 103 dB typical, A-weighted, 20 kHz bandwidth, 101 dB typical, unweighted, 20 kHz bandwidth 3
THD+Noise: 0.002% typical at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB 3
Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB 3
Interchannel Crosstalk: < -85 dB at 1 kHz, output gain at 0 dB 3
DIMENSIONS H x W x D 1.75 x 19 x 7.75 1.75 x 19 x 7.75
Page 21
Page 217
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EQ GRAPHIC
GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS
EQs
131s 215s 231ss 1215 1231 2031 2215 2231 iEQ15 iEQ31
INPUTS/OUTPUTS
Connectors: 1/4 TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and barrier terminal strip 3 3 3 3 3
Connectors: 1/4 TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot), and Euroblock 3 3
Connectors: 1/4 TRS, XLR (pin 2 hot) 3 3 3
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Input Impedance: Balanced 40k, unbalanced 20k 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Maximum Input Level: >+21dBu balanced or unbalanced 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 +22dBu +22dBu
CMRR: >40dB, typically >55dB at 1kHz 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 200, unbalanced 100 3 3 3 3 3
Output Impedance: Electronically balanced 120, unbalanced 60 3 3
Output Impedance: balanced 100, unbalanced 50 3 3 3
Maximum Output Level +21dBu +21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+21dBu >+20dBu >+20dBu
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Bandwidth: 20Hz to 20kHz, +/-0.5dB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Frequency Response: <10Hz to >50kHz , +0.5/-3dB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
THD + Noise: <0.004%, at +4dBu 1kHz 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
THD + Noise: <0.04% , 0.02% typical at +4dBu, 1kHz 3 3 3
Interchannel Crosstalk: <-80dB, 20Hz to 20kHz 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Dynamic Range: >108dB, unweighted 22kHz measurement bandwidth 3 3 3
Signal to Noise Ratio: 90dB 3 3 3 3 3 3
Dynamic Range: >112dB, unweighted 3 3 3 3 3
Signal to Noise: >94dB, unweighted, ref. : +4dBu, 22kHz measurement bandwidth 3 3 3 3 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Page 22
Page 218
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EQ GRAPHIC EQs..............................................................................................continued
GRAPHIC EQUALIZERS
131s 215s 231ss 1215 1231 2031 2215 2231 iEQ15 iEQ31
POWER SUPPLY
Operating Voltage: 100VAC 50/60Hz, 120VAC 60Hz - 230VAC 50/60Hz 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Power Consumption: (watts) 12 w 12 w 15 w 24 w 24 w 12 w 24 w 24 w 17 w 17 w
Mains Connection: IEC receptacle 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1.75 x 1.75 x 3.5 x 19 3.5 x 19 5.25 x 1.75 x 3.5 x 19 5.25 x 3.5 x 19 5.25 x
DIMENSIONS: H x W x D
19 x 6 19 x 6 x 6 x 7.9 19 x 7.9 19 x 6 x 7.9 19 x 7.9 x 7.9 19 x 7.9
DB DIRECTBOXES
ACTIVE AND PASSIVE DIRECT BOXES
dB10 dB12
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Attenuation Pad: Switchable 0, 20, 40 dB 3 3
Filter: Switchable, Low Pass @ 6 kHz (40 dB pad position only) 3 3
Max Input Level (0 dB Pad) +33dBu +10dBu
Max Input Level (20 dB Pad) +33dBu +30dBu
Max Input Level (40 dB Pad) +33dBu +33dBu
Input Impedance (0 dB) 80k 1M
Input Impedance (-20 dB) 65k 65k
Input Impedance (-40 dB) 70k 70k
OUTPUTS
Main Output: Male XLR Balanced, Pin 2 Hot 3 3
Thru Output: 1/4 Unbalanced, TS (Tip Hot, Sleeve GND) 3 3
Main Output Impedance: 600 Typical, balanced 3 3
Main Output CMRR: 128 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 104 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 98 dB typical @ 10 Hz 3
Main Output CMRR: 106 dB typical @ 60 Hz, 123 dB typical @ 1 kHz, 108 dB typical @ 10Hz 3
PERFORMANCE
Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +/-0.1 dB typical 3
Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz +0/-2 typical with 600 load 3
Frequency Response: <10 Hz to 80 kHz, -3 dB 3
Frequency Response: 10 Hz to 70 kHz, -3 dB with 2 k or higher load 3
Insertion Loss: 21 dB typical 3
Insertion Loss: 1 dB typical 3
S
Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.002% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu 3
Harmonic Distortion: (THD+N) 0.003% typical @ 1 Hz, 0dBu 3
Noise Floor: -120 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted 3
Noise Floor: -112 dBu, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted 3
Dynamic Range: 153 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted 3
Dynamic Range: 122 dB, 22 Hz to 22 kHz, unweighted 3
POWER SUPPLY
Voltage: +48 V Phantom Power 3
Current: < 8 mA 3
DIMENSIONS: H x W x D 2.20 x 5.44 x 5.82 2.20 x 5.44 x 5.82
Page 23
Page 219
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PM PMC16
PERSONAL MONITOR CONTROLLER
PMC16
AUDIO PERFORMANCE
Frequency Response: +0/-0.2 dB 20 Hz 20 kHz (Measured at 0 dBu output level) 3
Dynamic Range: >108 dB unweighted 22 Hz 22 kHz bandwidth >112 dB A-weighted 3
THD+N: <.005% 20 Hz 20 kHz (Measured at 0 dBu output level) 3
Crosstalk: <97 dB 20 Hz 20 kHz 3
BLU LINK DIGITAL AUDIO BUS
Bit Depth: 24-bit 3
Sample Rate: 48 kHz or 96 kHz 3
Connectors: 2 x RJ45 Ethernet connectors 3
Max Cable Length: 100 m/300 ft between devices (Category 5e cable) 3
Max Number of Nodes 60
Latency Per Node: 4/Fs [0.08 ms @ 48 kHz, 0.04 ms @ 96 kHz] 3
ANALOG OUTPUTS (XLR & 1/4)
Max Output Level 20 dBu
Output Impedance 40
HEADPHONE OUTPUTS (1/8 & 1/4)
Power/Impedance: 900 mW per channel at 50 (1/8 and 1/4 jacks are in parallel) 3
POWER
Adapter: PS0920DC-01 (100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz) 3
Power Consumption 18 W
Power Requirements: 9 V DC 2.0 A 3
WEIGHT/DIMENSIONS
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PM TR1616
PERFORMANCE I/O PERSONAL MONITOR SOLUTION
TR1616
ANALOG INPUTS
Number of Inputs 16
Connectors: Combination Female XLR and 1/4 Jack 3
Type: Electronically balanced, RF Filtered 3
Impedance: XLR input: 3k, 1/4 input: 20k balanced, 10k unbalanced 3
Max Input Level: XLR Input: +18dBu at minimum gain, 1/4 Input: +33dBu at minimum gain 3
Gain: XLR Input: 0 to +60dB, 1/4 Input: -15 to +45dB 3
S
Page 24
Page 220
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
C
CROSSOVERS 223s 223xs 234s 234xs
INPUTS
Connectors TRS XLR TRS XLR
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3
Impedance: Balanced > 50 k, unbalanced > 25 k 3 3 3 3
Max Input Level: > +21 dBu balanced or unbalanced 3 3 3 3
CMRR: > 40 dB, typically > 55 dB at 1 kHz 3 3 3 3
OUTPUTS
Connectors TRS XLR TRS XLR
Impedance: Balanced 200, unbalanced 100 3 3 3 3
Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3 3 3 3
Max Output Level: > +21 dBu balanced/unbalanced into 2 k or greater 3 3 3 3
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Bandwidth: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, +0/-0.5 dB 3 3 3 3
Frequency Response: < 3 Hz to > 90 kHz, +0/-3 dB 3 3 3 3
Signal-to-Noise: Ref: +4 dBu, 22 kHz measurement bandwidth 3 3 3 3
Low Output: > 94 dB (Stereo Mode) > 94 dB (Mono Mode) 3 3
Low Mid Output: >94 dB (Mono Mode) 3 3
High-Mid: > 92 dB (Mono Mode) 3 3
Mid Output: > 93 dB (Mono Mode) 3 3 3 3
High-Mid Output: > 92 dB 3 3
High Output: > 92 dB (Stereo Mode) > 92 dB (Mono Mode) 3 3 3 3
Dynamic Range: > 114 dB, unweighted, any output 3 3 3 3
THD+Noise: < 0.004% at +4 dBu, 1 kHz, < 0.04% at +20 dBu, 1 kHz 3 3 3 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Interchannel Crosstalk: < -80 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz 3 3 3 3
CROSSOVER FREQUENCIES
Stereo Mode: Low/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) 3 3 3 3
Mono Mode: Low/Mid: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) 3 3 3 3
Mid/High: 45 to 960 Hz or 450 Hz to 9.6 kHz (x10 setting) 3 3 3 3
Filter Type: Linkwitz-Riley, 24 dB/octave, state-variable 3 3 3 3
POWER
Operating Voltage: 100 VAC 50/60 Hz; 120 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC50 HZ 3 3 3 3
Power Requirements (watts) 15 w 15 w 15 w 15 w
DIMENSIONS H x W x D 1.75 x 19 x 6.9 1.75 x 19 x 6.9 1.75 x 19 x 6.9 1.75 x 19 x 6.9
Page 25
Page 221
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PS AFS2
ADVANCED FEEDBACK SUPPRESSION
AFS2
INPUTS
Number of Inputs 2
Connectors Female XLR and 1/4 TRS
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3
Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (s) 50K /25K
Max Input Level: balanced or unbalanced +20dBu
CMRR: >40dB at 1kHz, typically >55dB @1kHz 3
OUTPUTS
Number of Outputs 2
Connectors Male XLR and 1/4 TRS
Type: Electronically balanced/unbalanced, RF filtered 3
Impedance: Balanced/Unbalanced (s) Balanced: 120/Unbalanced: 60 120 / 60
Max Output Level +20dBu
A/D SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A-D Conversion: 24-Bit dbx Type IV Conversion System 3
Converter Dynamic Range: >110dB typical, A-weighted,>107 dB typical, unweighted, 22kHz bandwidth 3
THD+N:
0.004% typical at 1Vrms input, 1KHz at +4 dBu 3
Page 26
Page 222
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
www.facebook.com/dbxpro
and
www.twitter.com/dbxpro
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
for news, inside scoops and giveaways!
Page 27
PROFESSIONAL AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING
www.dbxpro.com
HARMAN 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional
JBL PROFESSIONAL
JBL is the largest brand within Harman. JBLs home base is
part of the Harman International Business Campus, located
in Northridge in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The
JBL PROFESSIONAL
44 acre site comprises the offices of JBL Professional, along
with Harman Corporate Engineering activities and other
corporate functions.
The next step forward in Portable PA technology. 1000 watt high performance Class-D amplifier
EON 600 SERIES
technology
JBL introduced the EON line in 1995, setting the standard for
JBL Designed Transducers
a powered, portable PA that sounded great in a wide variety of
applications. The EON 600 Series has been totally redesigned to be 1 JBL annular polymer diaphragm, neodymium
more usable, durable, and controllable than ever before. Right away, compression driver
users will notice the blacked out hardware and a redesigned, road- Professional looking, utility-driven cabinet design
tough enclosure that allows the speakers to be used in any setting. Road tough enclosure with baffles protecting the
JBLs patented Image Control Waveguide and Pattern Control grille and the back panel
Aperture ensure wide even dispersion across the frequency
JBL Image Control Waveguide and Pattern Control
range. Finally, the Bluetooth app allows the user unprecedented
Aperture deliver uniform coverage and high
control in a portable, reliable PA system. intelligibly throughout the entire coverage area
4 application based EQ presets - Main, Monitor,
Speech and for use with a Subwoofer
2 XLR-1/4 combination inputs with level control,
XLR loop-through
iOS and Android app for system control via
Bluetooth
3 M10 fly points on each model
Page 226
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
EON610
TWO-WAY 10 POWERED LOUDSPEAKER 124 dB peak SPL
SYSTEM 10 JBL low-frequency driver for
The EON610 is a lightweight loudspeaker system low distortion and higher SPL
capable of full bandwidth sound reproduction at 52 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
high levels. Weighing only 26 lbs, the EON610
26 lbs
is a fantastic solution when high quality sound is
needed in many varying applications. With the
Bluetooth app, the speakers can be optimized for
use in various settings, and users can recall those
settings instantly the next time around.
EON612
TWO-WAY 12 POWERED LOUDSPEAKER 126 dB peak SPL
SYSTEM 12 JBL low-frequency driver for
The EON612 is a multipurpose self-powered low distortion and higher SPL
sound reinforcement speaker that is perfect for 48 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
monitoring, side fills, and speech reinforcement.
Low frequency pattern control
With four application presets that are available aperture for excellent off-axis low
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
right from the back panel, the EON612 allows frequency response
users to deploy the product wherever high quality
EON615
TWO-WAY 15 POWERED LOUDSPEAKER 127 dB peak SPL
SYSTEM 15 JBL low-frequency driver for
The EON615 is a powerful portable loudspeaker low distortion and higher SPL
that delivers high performance sound 39 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
reinforcement in an acoustically optimized,
Low frequency pattern control
durable enclosure. Perfect for performing aperture for excellent off-axis low
musicians, DJs, Houses of Worship, clubs, and frequency response
so many others, the EON615 represents the next
39 lbs
step forward in portable loudspeaker technology.
Page 227
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EON 206P
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
Page 228
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
PRX725
PRX710
PRX735
PRX712 PRX715
PRX718XLF
PRX715XLF
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
POWERFUL. SCALABLE. VERSATILE. 1500 watt high performance Class-D amplifier
PRX700 SERIES
technology
For portable and install applications
JBL Differential Drive woofers
The PRX700 Series represent an evolutionary step in the efficient DSP input section with crossover, dynamic
use of amplifier power, rugged durability, and enhanced versatility limiting, and component optimization
in a self-powered loudspeaker. PRX700 has been designed from User selectable system EQ
the ground up to perform in the real world of sound reinforcement
where challenging audio environments, high ambient noise levels XLR-1/4" combination inputs, RCA inputs, and XLR
loop-through
and loud volumes are typical. They are the first systems to use our
patented Differential Drive technology with ferrite magnets featuring Lightweight poplar plywood cabinets protected by
high power, wide bandwidth and low distortion. Versatile, scalable, JBL's rugged DuraFlex finish
easy-to-transport and setup, the PRX700 Series are built on JBL's Integrated M10 suspension points for easy
tour tested technology for a lifetime of reliable performance you can installation and setup
trust. 1.5" neodynium high frequency compression
drivers
Page 229
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PRX710
10" POWERED TWO-WAY SPEAKER SYSTEM 100 x 60 nominal coverage
pattern
PRX710 is the most compact and versatile
speaker in the series. Designed to deliver 133 dB peak SPL
maximum performance for its weight and size 43 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
as a front of house main PA, The PRX710 is
36 lbs
a perfect match with the PRX715XLF series
subwoofer, offering a high performance self-
powered sub/sat system.
PRX712
12" POWERED TWO-WAY MAIN/FLOOR 90 x 50 nominal coverage pattern
MONITOR SYSTEM 135 dB peak SPL
PRX712 is compact and versatile. It has been 45 Hz-19.5 kHz frequency
designed to deliver maximum performance response
as both a stage monitor and a front of house
42.5 lbs
main PA. The PRX712 is a perfect match with a
PRX715XLF or PRX718XLF subwoofer, offering a
high performance self-powered sub/sat system.
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
PRX700 SERIES
PRX715
15" POWERED TWO-WAY MAIN/FLOOR 90 x 50 nominal coverage pattern
MONITOR SYSTEM 136 dB peak SPL
PRX715 offers the perfect balance between size 43 Hz-19.5 kHz frequency
and performance. Its asymmetrical design makes response
this a perfect choice for musicians, entertainers
47.5 lbs
and DJs when portability is key, or when hung by
the suspension points, an exceptional light-duty
installation speaker. It is also a perfect match with
the PRX715XLF or PRX718XLF subwoofer for a
high performance full-range sound system.
PRX725
DUAL 15" POWERED TWO-WAY MAIN 90 x 50 nominal coverage pattern
SYSTEM 139 dB peak SPL
PRX725 is an optimal solution when simple 40 Hz-18.5 kHz frequency
setup and full bandwidth output at high levels response
are required. The dual 15" woofer design creates
82 lbs
enough low frequency content to serve most
live music or music playback situations. When
coupled with a PRX718XLF the system becomes
a high volume sound reinforcement solution,
perfect for regional tour companies and AV Rental
companies looking for a scalable, easy to employ
audio solution.
Page 230
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
PRX735
15" POWERED THREE-WAY MAIN SYSTEM 90 x 50 nominal coverage pattern
PRX735 is ideally suited to applications where the 136 dB peak SPL
program material exhibits subtlety and nuance. 34 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
Perfectly capable of reproducing high fidelity full
77 lbs
range sound, when coupled with the extended
low frequencies of the PRX718XLF, complete
control over the entire audio spectrum is attained.
PRX715XLF
15" POWERED EXTENDED LOW 2 x XLR-1/4" combination inputs
FREQUENCY SUBWOOFER SYSTEM with 2 x XLR loop-thru
PRX715XLF is an extended low frequency Integrated stereo pass-thru with
compact subwoofer designed and engineered to selectable HP filter and polarity
provide sub bass frequencies with accuracy and reverse
power. Used as a single sub in a sub/sat system Integrated M20 threaded pole
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
or in multiples as part of a scalable large format receptacle
sound system, the PRX715XLF performs with
PRX700 SERIES
131 dB peak SPL
exceptional efficiency and control.
37 Hz-113 Hz frequency response
56 lbs
PRX718XLF
18" POWERED EXTENDED LOW 2 x XLR-1/4" combination inputs
FREQUENCY SUBWOOFER SYSTEM with 2 x XLR loop-thru
Page 231
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
JRX200 SERIES
AFFORDABLE, RELIABLE, HIGH QUALITY SOUND
JRX215
250 watt passive system with
1000 watt peak power rating
TWO-WAY 15" PASSIVE LOUDSPEAKER Includes dual angle 35mm pole
SYSTEM mount socket
The JRX215 is a trapezoidal 15" speaker system 129 dB peak SPL
for use in live sound, dance music, and speech
41 Hz-18 kHz frequency response
reinforcement. The speaker includes a dual-angle
35mm pole mount socket. 60.5 lbs
Page 232
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
PRX400 SERIES
AFFORDABLE, PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE
PRX400 passive speakers were designed to provide the sensitivity,
frequency response and power handling needed for almost any professional
audio environment while still being reasonably priced. Whether you use a
powered mixer or an equipment rack full of amps and signal processing,
PRX400 passive speakers deliver the sound, power and bandwidth
necessary to make loud music sound natural and even quiet speech
intelligible. Utilizing poplar and birch enclosures as well as JBL's rugged
Left: Built in dual-angle pole mount sockets on PRX412M
DuraFlex coating, these speakers are road tough and ready to perform in
and PRX415M. any environment.
Right: Twelve built-in M10 suspension points.
PRX412M
300 watt passive system with
1200 watt peak power rating
TWO-WAY 12" PASSIVE LOUDSPEAKER Includes M10 suspension points
SYSTEM for easy rigging and available in
Used as either a high performance satellite white
speaker or a stage monitor, the PRX412M is 126 dB peak SPL
a fantastic, versatile system for a variety of
applications. Features the dual angle pole mount 50 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
allowing it to be mounted vertically or with a 10 35 lbs
degree down tilt.
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
PRX415M
PRX400 SERIES
300 watt passive system with
1200 watt peak power rating
TWO-WAY 15" PASSIVE LOUDSPEAKER Includes M10 suspension points
SYSTEM for easy rigging and available in
Used as either a high performance satellite white
speaker or a stage monitor, the PRX415 delivers
129 dB peak SPL
excellent clarity and fidelity in even the most
demanding sound reinforcement applications. 55 Hz-19 kHz frequency response
Features the dual angle pole mount allowing for 46 lbs
it to be mounted vertically or with a 10 degree
down tilt.
Page 233
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
STX835
STX812M
STX825
STX818S
STX815M
STX828S
STX812M
HIGH PERFORMANCE, HIGH DENSITY Four full-range systems and two subwoofers
STX800 SERIES
Page 234
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
STX812M
12" TWO-WAY STAGE MONITOR 800 watt continuous power rating
at 8 ohms
Designed specifically to be a high performance
12" two-way floor monitor, can also do double 3" neodymium magnet
duty as a utility speaker for use on a tripod stand compression driver
or over a subwoofer, utilizing a single-position 130 dB peak SPL
pole mount. A 70 by 70 waveguide is utilized for
50 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
precise coverage.
STX815M
15" TWO-WAY SYSTEM 800 watt continuous power rating
at 8 ohms
Single 15" lightweight two-way system designed
as a high power handling, Front of House 3" neodymium magnet
loudspeaker system or as an extended range compression driver
floor monitor. Offers an extremely high level 131 dB peak SPL
of performance either ground, pole or stand
41 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
mounted.
STX825
DUAL 15" TWO-WAY SYSTEM 1600 watt continuous power rating
at 4 ohms
Designed for maximum impact, portability and
ease of use. With a wide frequency range and 4" neodymium magnet
broad 90 x 50 coverage, this speaker is ideal for compression driver
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
bands or DJs as their primary PA, use as a side-fill 136 dB peak SPL
on a concert stage, or as an install speaker in a
STX800 SERIES
34 Hz-20 kHz frequency response
dance club or performance venue.
STX818S
SINGLE 18" COMPACT SUBWOOFER SYSTEM 1000 watt continuous power rating
at 8 ohms
Front-loaded, vented enclosure designed for
minimum frontal area provides 1,000 watt of Large port area for reduced
continuous pink noise power handling and 4kW distortion
peak. Comes equipped with a top-mounted M20 132 dB peak SPL
pole-mount and an optional wheel kit.
40 Hz-120 Hz frequency response
STX828S
DUAL 18 "HIGH POWER SUBWOOFER 2000 watt continuous power rating
SYSTEM at 4 ohms
Front-loaded, vented enclosure designed for Dual 18" Super Vented Gap
maximum low-frequency performance. Two woofers for extended low
drivers give 2,000 watts of continuous pink noise frequency output
power handling with 8kW peak. Optional wheel kit. 138 dB peak SPL
37 Hz-120 Hz frequency response
Page 235
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VRX932LA-1
(3 shown)
VRX932LAP VRX928LA
(2 shown)
VRX915S
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
VRX900 SERIES
VRX900 SERIES
VRX915M
Page 236
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VRX915M
15" TWO-WAY FLOOR MONITOR 800 watt continuous power rating at 8 ohms
Dedicated, compact and lightweight 15" two-way touring class floor 50 x 90 nominal coverage
monitor using JBL's latest neodymium transducers. 4" neodymium magnet compression driver
VRX928LA
8" TWO-WAY COMPACT LINE ARRAY SPEAKER SYSTEM 400 watt continuous power rating at 8 ohms
Lightweight compact 8" two-way line array speaker system designed Includes switches for amplitude shading on each
for use in arrays of up to six units. The ideal choice when line array enclosure
performance is needed but the venue size doesn't call for the very Available in white
long-throw characteristics of the larger VRX932LA.
VRX932LA-1
12" TWO-WAY COMPACT LINE ARRAY SPEAKER SYSTEM 800 watt continuous power rating at 8 ohms
Lightweight compact 12" two-way line array speaker system Includes switches for amplitude shading on each
designed for use in arrays of up to six units. VRX932LA-1 can be enclosure
suspended in a single array for nominal vertical coverage up to 90 Available in white
degrees or used on a pole over subwoofers.
PORTABLE PRODUCTS
VRX932LAP
VRX900 SERIES
12" POWERED TWO-WAY COMPACT LINE ARRAY SYSTEM Powered by JBL DPC-2 amplifier module
designed by Crown
Powered lightweight 12" two-way line array system designed for use
in arrays of up to five units. Can be suspended in a single array for Includes rigging hardware for simple connection
nominal vertical coverage up to 75 degrees or used on a pole over and dual angle pole socket
subwoofers. Includes switches for amplitude shading on each
enclosure
VRX915S
15" COMPACT HIGH POWER SUSPENDABLE SUBWOOFER 800 watt continuous power rating at 4 ohms
Compact, high power suspendable subwoofer system containing a Includes rigging hardware and M20 threaded pole
15" neodymium Differential Drive woofer in a front loaded, vented socket
enclosure. Available in white
VRX918S
18" COMPACT HIGH POWER SUSPENDABLE SUBWOOFER 800 watt continuous power rating at 8 ohms
Compact high power suspendable subwoofer system using an Includes rigging hardware and M20 threaded pole
18" Differential Drive woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. socket
For applications requiring the sonic and practical advantages of Available in white
integrating the subwoofers into the flying array.
VRX918SP
18" POWERED HIGH POWER SUSPENDABLE SUBWOOFER Powered by JBL DPC-2 amplifier module
Powered, suspendable subwoofer system containing a neodymium designed by Crown
18" Differential Drive woofer in a front-loaded, vented enclosure. Includes rigging hardware and M20 threaded pole
Designed specifically for use in arrays with the VRX932LAP line array socket
speaker. Equally at home in ground stacked applications. Large port area for reduced distortion
Page 237
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VTX SERIES
TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS
Page 238
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VTX SERIES
COMPLETE SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND SUPPORT
With the VTX Series you are not just using a product, you are gaining access
to an expert system. Tools for system design and all the components to
analyze, configure, set up and control a VTX system are all part of the
JBL commitment to total system integration and support. The goal is
maximum efficiency and the highest possible level of performance in any
venue, anywhere in the world. Visit VTX on JBLPro.com to learn more
about the Crown Audio VRack, JBL Line Array Calculator and JBL HiQnet
Performance Manager software.
VTX V25
FULL SIZE 3-WAY HIGH DIRECTIVITY LINE Revolutionary D2 Driver
ARRAY ELEMENT WITH D2 DUAL DRIVERS JBL's patented RBI Radiation
Fullsize 3-way line array element featuring Boundary Integrator
patented D2 dual diaphragm dual driver
3rd Generation HF waveguide
technology and patented Differential Drive LF technology
and MF cone transducers.
VTX S28
VTX SERIES
arrayable subwoofer featuring ultra long throw, capability
patented Differential Drive transducers
Reverse cardioid-arrayable
configured in a front-loaded alignment with a large
area, laminar-flow, low-turbulence central port.
VTX G28
FULL SIZE DUAL 18 SUBWOOFER WITH 2 x 2269H JBL Differential Drive
ULTRA LONG EXCURSION TRANSDUCERS 18" woofers
Dual 18 cardioid-arrayable subwoofer with High peak-to-peak excursion
rectangular form factor for convenient ground- capability
stacking. Utra long throw Differential Drive Reverse cardioid-arrayable
transducers are configured with inverted woofers
(motors out) for improved cooling and reduced
power compression.
VTX V20
MIDSIZE 3-WAY HIGH DIRECTIVITY LINE Revolutionary D2 Driver
ARRAY ELEMENT WITH D2 DUAL DRIVERS New dual-mode ASM suspension
Midsize 3-way line array element featuring
4th Generation HF waveguide
patented D2 dual diaphragm dual driver
technology
technology with ultra-linear midrange transducers
and patented Differential Drive LF transducers.
VTX S25
FULL SIZE DUAL 15 SUBWOOFER WITH 2 x 2267 JBL Differential Drive 15"
ULTRA LONG EXCURSION TRANSDUCERS woofers
Suspendable dual 15 cardioid-arrayable High peak-to-peak excursion
subwoofer featuring ultra long throw, patented capability
Differential Drive transducers configured in Reverse cardioid-arrayable
a front-loaded alignment with dual large area,
laminar-flow, low-turbulence central ports.
Page 239
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VTX F SERIES
STUDIO MONITOR SOUND QUALITY IN A
POINT-AND-SHOOT FILL ENCLOSURE
VTX F SERIES delivers studio monitor sound quality in a line of premium two-
way multipurpose cabinets featuring point and shoot flexibility, uncompromised
sound quality and the patented D2 Dual Diaphragm Dual Driver used in the VTX
V25 and M2 Studio Reference Monitor. Ideal for point-and-shoot fill, F12 and F15
are a perfect sound design complement to VTX V25 due to the sonic consistency
provided by common large format D2 driver technology. When paired with the
F18S subwoofer, F12 and F15 provide a premium-quality, compact Front-of-House
or Sidefill Monitoring solution and with their clean lines, F-Series is perfectly suited
to demanding tour sound stage monitoring requirements. Standard pole mount
socket, M10 mount points and an optional U-bracket accessory allow VTX F Series
to be used in a wide variety of distributed fill applications you name it F Series is
a versatile sound design tool.
VTX F12
TWO-WAY 12" LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM D2430K Large Format D2 Dual
WITH D2 DRIVER Diaphragm Dual Driver
The VTX F12 is a two-way loudspeaker enclosure Progressive Transition Waveguide
that features a high-power Differential Drive (90 x 50 coverage pattern)
TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS
VTX F15
TWO-WAY 15" LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM D2430K Large Format D2 Dual
WITH D2 DRIVER Diaphragm Dual Driver
The VTX F15 is a two-way loudspeaker enclosure Progressive Transition Waveguide
that features a high-power Differential Drive (90 x 50 coverage pattern)
2265H 15" woofer and a D2430K dual-diaphragm Flexible installation accessories
dual voice coil compression driver .
VTX F18S
HIGH POWER SINGLE 18" SUBWOOFER JBL 2269H Differential Drive 18"
The VTX F18S subwoofer enclosure features a woofer
single high-power Differential Drive 2269H 18" High Linear Excursion Capability
transducer with extremely high linear excursion (3.5" Peak-to-Peak)
capability. Mount brackets included for attaching Cardioid-Arrayable (front NL4
F12 or F15 for drum monitoring applications. connector)
Perfect complement to VTX F12
and VTX F15
Page 240
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VTX ACCESSORIES
Separately-ordered accessories
VTX ACCESSORIES
VTX-V20-LH: Manual lever hoist for compression of
VTX-V25-VTC: Vertical transporter for 3 or 4 VTX V25-CS VTX V20 arrays
VTX-S28-VTC: Vertical transporter for 3 VTX S28 (front-
firing or cardioid)
VTX-V25-CVR: Padded protective cover for 3 or 4 V25-CS VTX/VERTEC LASER ACCESSORIES
transported on V25-VTC
VTX-S28-CVR: Padded protective cover for three S28 VTX-LZ-K: Laser Kit (Power supply and 2xVTX-LZ
transported on S28-VTC (front-firing or lasers)
cardioid)
VTX-LZ: Laser only (1 piece)
VTX-V25-PB: Pull Back accessory kit for suspension of
VTX V25-CS arrays VTX-LZ-PS: Power supply only (1 piece)
VTX-V25-LH: Manual lever hoist for compression of VTX-LZ-V25-MB: Mounting bracket for VTX-LZ to VTX V25
VTX V25-CS arrays VTX-LZ-V20-MB: Mounting bracket for VTX-LZ to VTX V20
VTX-LZ-89-MB: Mounting bracket for VTX-LZ to VT4889
VTZ-LZ-8788-MB: Mounting bracket for VTZ-LZ to VT4888
or VT4887
Page 241
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VERTEC SERIES
2255H 15" DIFFERENTIAL 2250H 8" MIDRANGE CONE 2435H HIGH PERFORMANCE
DRIVE LOUDSPEAKER TRANSDUCER COMPRESSION DRIVER
VT4889-1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
VT4889-1
FULLSIZE THREE-WAY LINE ARRAY 2000W LF, 1400W MF, 225W HF
ELEMENT Includes patented Radiation
Fullsize, lightweight enclosure housing two 15" Boundary Integrator
woofers, four 8" midrange transducers, and three Rigid lightweight enclosure
FULLSIZE high frequency compression drivers.
VT4889-1
TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS
VT4888
VERTEC SERIES
VT4887A
COMPACT BI-AMPED THREE-WAY 1000W LF, 225W MF/HF
LINE ARRAY ELEMENT Includes patented Radiation
Compact, lightweight line array element housing Boundary Integrator
COMPACT two 8" woofers, four 4" midrange transducers, Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4887A and two high frequency compression drivers.
Page 242
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VERTEC SERIES
SYSTEM FEATURES
VT4880
FULLSIZE DUAL 18" SUBWOOFER 2000 watt continuous power rating
Fullsize, lightweight, centrally-vented arrayable Dual 2258H Differential Drive
subwoofer housing two 18" woofers. woofers
VT4880
VT4880A Rigid lightweight enclosure
VERTEC SERIES
FULLSIZE DUAL 18" ULTRA LONG 4000 watt continuous power rating
EXCURSION SUBWOOFER Dual 2269H Differential Drive
Fullsize, lightweight, centrally-vented arrayable woofers
VT4880
subwoofer housing two ultra long excursion Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4880A 18" woofers.
VT4882
MIDSIZE DUAL 15" SUBWOOFER 2000 watt continuous power rating
Midsize, lightweight, centrally-vented arrayable Dual 2266H Differential Drive
subwoofer enclosure housing two long-excursion woofers
15" woofers. Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4881A
COMPACT 18" SUBWOOFER 2000 watt continuous power rating
Compact, lightweight, vented arrayable Single 2269H Differential Drive
subwoofer enclosure housing one ultra long woofer
excursion 18" woofer. Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4883
SUBCOMPACT DUAL 12" CARDIOID- 2000 watt continuous power rating
ARRAYABLE SUBWOOFER Dual 2263H-1 Differential Drive
Subcompact dual 12" cardioid-arrayable woofers
companion low frequency extension for the Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4886 subcompact three-way enclosure.
Page 243
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VERTEC ACCESSORIES
Separately-ordered accessories for:
VT4889-1, VT4880, VT4880A, VT4888, VT4882, VT4887A and VT4881A
Page 244
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VERTEC ACCESSORIES
Separately-ordered accessories for:
VT4886 and VT4883 VT4886-UB1
Universal Bracket
VT4886-SF
VT4886-HB
JBL-VERTEC-SYS1
An innovative case transport solution for
the VERTEC Subcompact Series Line
Array loudspeakers and accessories. The
case system includes a rugged outer
VT4886-UB and VT4886-UB1
Molded Cover with large twist latches and
are also compatible with:
spring loaded lift handles, two molded
JBLPOLE-MA
caster boards with provisions for 4886 JBLPOLE-GA
and 4883 cabinets, and a Hardware JBLTRIPOD-MA
Storage Tray with integrated Array Frame JBL TRIPOD-GA
storage cradle. (Recommended accessory manual or gas assist extension rod
available from www.jblbags.com) and speaker tripod accessories
Page 245
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VERTEC
VT4888DP
2005 WINNER
VERTEC DP SERIES
TOUR SOUND PRODUCTS
CROWN iAPP
The JBL VERTEC DP Series combines industry-leading loudspeaker INTERFACE
technology with the innovative JBL DrivePack technology platform, The Powered
delivering superb audio quality and robust power that is perfectly by Crown app
matched to the enclosures with comprehensive internal digital (available from the
signal processing. Designed in cooperation with development Apple App store)
partners Crown, dbx and BSS, JBL DrivePack models are designed allows wireless
to exceed all expectations for loudspeaker performance, power control and
handling and audio system control. monitoring of Crown Audio HiQnet networked
devices and JBL Professional Drivepack DPDA
INPUT MODULES & CONNECTIVITY
models. Since the app uses the same protocols
JBL DrivePacks are equipped with a modular input bay. The as HiQnet System Architect, it is also possible
standard HiQnet-compatible DPDA input module offers ethernet to import custom control panels from System
connectivity for remote control and monitoring. The DPDA module Architect into the Powered by Crown app for
also provides AES digital audio inputs with analog backup, BSS added flexibility and functionality.
Audio OmniDrive HD signal processing with LevelMax multi-
stage limiting, high-performance FIR/IIR filters, array/box I.D.
mechanism and robust EtherCon connectors optimized for tour/
rental applications. We also offer an optional, non-networked lower-
cost DPIP input module from dbx with analog audio inputs.
Page 246
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VT4889ADP-DA
POWERED FULLSIZE THREE-WAY LINE ARRAY ELEMENT 3000W continuous, 6000W peak power rating
Fullsize, lightweight powered enclosure housing two 15" woofers, Includes patented Radiation Boundary Integrator
four 8" midrange transducers, and three high frequency compression Rigid lightweight enclosure
drivers.
VT4888DP-DA
POWERED MIDSIZE THREE-WAY LINE ARRAY ELEMENT 3000W continuous, 6000W peak power rating
Midsize, lightweight powered line array element housing two 12" Includes patented Radiation Boundary Integrator
woofers, four 5.25" midrange transducers, and two high frequency Rigid lightweight enclosure
compression drivers.
VT4887ADP-DA
POWERED COMPACT BI-AMPED LINE ARRAY ELEMENT 1100W continuous, 2200W peak power rating
Compact, lightweight powered line array element housing two 8" Includes patented Radiation Boundary Integrator
woofers, four 4" midrange transducers, and two high frequency Rigid lightweight enclosure
compression drivers.
VERTEC DP SERIES
POWERED FULLSIZE DUAL 18" ULTRA LONG EXCURSION 3500 watt continuous power rating
SUBWOOFER Dual 2269G Differential Drive woofers
Fullsize, lightweight, powered centrally-vented arrayable subwoofers Rigid lightweight enclosure
housing two 18" woofers with ultra long excursion components.
VT4882DP-DA
POWERED MIDSIZE DUAL 15" SUBWOOFER 1700 watt continuous power rating
Midsize, lightweight, powered centrally-vented arrayable subwoofer Dual 2266H Differential Drive woofers
enclosure housing two long-excursion 15" woofers. Rigid lightweight enclosure
VT4881ADP-DA
POWERED COMPACT 18" SUBWOOFER 1800 watt continuous power rating
Compact, lightweight, powered vented arrayable subwoofer Single 2269H Differential Drive woofers
enclosure housing a dual voice coil 18" woofer.
Rigid lightweight enclosure
Page 247
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
VP SERIES
VP7315/95DP
VP7212MDP
VP SERIES
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
systems consisting of ten models, suitable for portable or fixed modules from dbx feature analog audio inputs and
installation sound reinforcement applications where high output, sophisticated DSP technology incorporating digital
low-distortion, and the highest quality sound are required. pre-equalization filters, frequency dividing networks,
and limiter circuitry from one of the most trusted
JBL DrivePack names in signal processing.
A key feature of the VP Series are the highly adaptable JBL
DPDA Input Module
DrivePack amplifier and signal processing modules. The two
The optional DPDA Input Module can be used as
channel DP-2 module provides 1100 watts of total continuous a retrofit sub-assembly with any JBL DrivePack
power to each fullsize, full-range system while the DP-1 sub- equipped loudspeaker system utilizing the DP-1, DP-
woofer module provides 1800 watts continuous power to the 2, or DP-3 amplifier modules. Upgrading to the DPDA
loudspeaker. module provides powered loudspeakers users with
AES/EBU digital audio capabilities, the sonic benefits
The JBL DP-1 and DP-2 DrivePacks operate on auto-selecting line of advanced signal processing features and a variety
voltages at 50 or 60 Hz for worldwide operation. The compact of input and connectivity options.
three channel DPC-2 module used on the smaller VP Series
models uses two of the three amplifier channels to enable JBLs The VP Series also includes:
Dual Bridge Technology (DBT) allowing the most efficient power JBL Differential Drive cone transducers
transfer to the JBL Differential Drive woofers. DP-1 and DP-2 JBL 2452H-SL 1.5" exit, 4" diaphragm
DrivePack models incorporate Crowns BCA (Balanced Current compression driver
Amplification) Class-I circuitry with temperature-compensated
Newly-created stylized, ergonomically designed
modulation and state of the art feedback circuitry. An extraordinarily
powder-coated steel handle
efficient passive cooling system eliminates expensive and noisy
fans, effecting heat dissipation for optimal cooling. Multiple attachment points for ultimate rigging
flexibility with overhead suspension
DPDA Input
Module HiQnet
Network Compatible
with AES Digital
Audio and BSS
OMNIDRIVE HD
Signal Processing
Page 248
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VP7210/95DP
10" POWERED TWO-WAY INTEGRATED SPEAKER SYSTEM 875 watts continuous power rating
10" two-way system with the 2452H-SL compression driver. This 10" Differential Drive woofer for extended low
model features a 90 x 50 rotatable horn. The system is driven by an frequency
875W continuous power three channel DPC-2 JBL DrivePack. 90 x 50 rotatable horn
VP7212MDP
12" POWERED TWO-WAY HIGH IMPACT STAGE MONITOR 875 watts continuous power rating
Dedicated 12" two-way floor monitor and features 2452H-SL 4" voice Field rotatable baffle for easy left/right
coil compression driver. The VP7212MDP is equipped with the JBL configurations
DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W continuous power available. 50 x 90 coverage optimized for use as a stage
monitor
VP7212/95DPC
12" POWERED TWO-WAY INTEGRATED SPEAKER SYSTEM 875 watts continuous power rating
A 12" two-way compact system with a 2452H-SL compression driver 12" Differential Drive woofer for extended low
featuring a 90 x 50 PT waveguide. System is equipped with the frequency
JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W of continuous power. 90 x 50 PT waveguide
VP7215/95DPC
15" POWERED TWO-WAY INTEGRATED SPEAKER SYSTEM 875 watts continuous power rating
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
15" two-way compact system with a 2452H-SL compression 15" Differential Drive woofer for extended low
driver. This model features a 90 x 50 PT waveguide. The system frequency
is equipped with the JBL DrivePack model DPC-2 with 875W of 90 x 50 PT waveguide
continuous power.
VP SERIES
VP7212/64DP (60 x 40) & VP7212/95DP (90 x 50)
12" POWERED TWO-WAY INTEGRATED SPEAKER SYSTEM 1100 watts continuous power rating
Two-way speaker systems housing one 12" Differential Drive low HiQnet compatible and network controllable
frequency transducer and 2452H-SL compression driver. Available 60 x 40 or 90 x 50 coverage options
with 60 x 40 or 90 x 50 JBL Progressive Transition waveguide.
VP7315/64DP
15" POWERED THREE-WAY INTEGRATED SPEAKER SYSTEM 1100 watts continuous power rating
Three-way system with one 15" Differential Drive low frequency trans- HiQnet compatible and network controllable
ducer, CMCD82H 8" midrange transducer and 2452H-SL compression
60 x 40 PT waveguide
driver on a JBL PT-K64-MHF Progressive Transition waveguide.
VPSB7118DP
18" POWERED INTEGRATED SUBWOOFER SYSTEM 1800 watts continuous power rating
Features one 18" Differential Drive low frequency transducer and an HiQnet compatible and network controllable
integrated pole mount. The speaker is sized to readily combine into
Fly track suspension points and M10 fittings
arrays of various configurations using other models in the line.
Page 249
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SERIES
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
As a club designer, your creativity, vision and passion are the heart JBL Progressive Transition Waveguides
of an electrifying experience, whether its a world-class mega-club JBLs patented Progressive Transition Waveguides
or an intimate lounge. Knowing this illuminated our vision in creating direct the sound of all the Marquis Series
compression drivers to provide outstanding pattern
the new JBL Marquis Dance Club Series - specifically designed for
control with smooth sound and extremely low
the extreme requirements of large and mega-size clubs.
distortion even at extraordinarily high dance club
volume levels.
The Marquis Series comprises eight powerful multi-way systems and
subwoofer models that combine JBLs extraordinary sound, proven JBL Differential Drive Technology
reliability and state-of-the-art technology with striking architectural The entire complement of Marquis Series drivers
design and versatile configurability. From thumping mega dance employ JBLs patented Differential Drive technology
floors to tranquil VIP lounges, from eclectic chill rooms to complex which incorporates two voice coils and two magnetic
sound booths, the Marquis Series systematic loudspeaker designs gaps providing higher peak output with less power
are scalable to smaller venues, ultra lounges, and mega clubs alike. compression. The MD7 subwoofer also employs
Regardless of the application, the Marquis Series is a multi faceted JBLs Vented Gap Cooling that provides immediate
heat transfer for reduced operating temperatures.
tool for you to achieve your vision.
The result of these technologies is consistent sound
quality even at non-stop, mega-club volumes.
Page 250
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
MD1
MD1
DUAL JBL SELENIUM SUPER TWEETERS 130 watt continuous power rating
Ultra high frequency module with dual JBL Selenium ST400 super High fidelity and low distortion
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
with MD2, MD3 and MD7 elements.
MD2
HIGH POWER MID-HIGH LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM 700 watt MF continuous power rating and 100W
HF rating
Mid-high module utilizing two of JBL's 8" 2169H Differential Drive
transducers for mid-band reproduction and the 2453H-SL for high Dual 8" Differential Drive mid drivers with 4"
frequencies. Designed for use with MD1, MD3 and MD7 elements. titanium diaphragm compression driver
Handles frequencies from 300 Hz to 20 kHz
MD3
HIGH POWER DUAL 15" LOW-FREQUENCY LOUDSPEAKER 1600 watt continuous power rating
Dual 15" low frequency system utilizing dual 2265H Differential Drive Dual JBL 2265H Differential Drive woofers with
transducers in a horn-loaded enclosure. Designed for use with the 3" dual voice coil
MD1, MD2, and MD7 elements. Handles frequencies from 300 Hz down to 80 Hz
MD7
ULTRA LONG EXCURSION HIGH POWER DUAL 18" SUB 4000 watt continuous power rating
Dual 18" subwoofer system fitted with two JBL 2269H Differential Dual JBL 2269H Differential Drive woofers with
Drive woofers. The MD7 is intended to be used in conjunction with 4" dual voice coil
the MD1, MD2, and MD3 elements. Capable of frequency response down to 25 Hz
Page 251
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MD1
MD52
MEDIUM POWER 90 X 50 12" 2-WAY FULL-RANGE 550 watt continuous power rating
LOUDSPEAKER 90 x 50 rotatable PT waveguide
MARQUIS DANCE CLUB SERIES
Designed for the mobile DJ requiring a light weight high fidelity Pole mount socket for portable applications
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
MD55
MEDIUM POWER 90 X 50 15" 2-WAY FULL-RANGE 550 watt continuous power rating
LOUDSPEAKER 90 x 50 rotatable PT waveguide
Designed for the mobile DJ requiring a light weight high fidelity Pole mount socket for portable applications
portable system. The multiangle enclosure features a 45 angle on
one side for use as a floor monitor and a pole mount cup for use on a
pole or tripod.
MD46
HIGH POWER 60 X 40 DUAL 15" 4-WAY FULL-RANGE Four-way quad amplified system
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM 60 x 40 PT waveguide
High power 60 x 40 dual 15" low frequency system utilizing dual Perfect for high energy dance music
2265H woofers, CMCD82H 8" mid-range driver, 2432H 3" diaphragm
compression driver, and dual ST400 super tweeters.
MD49
HIGH POWER 90 X 50 DUAL 15" 4-WAY FULL-RANGE Four-way quad amplified system
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM 90 x 50 PT waveguide
High power 90 x 50 dual 15" low frequency system utilizing dual Perfect for high energy dance music
2265H woofers, CMCD82H 8" mid-range driver, 2432H 3" diaphragm
compression driver, and dual ST400 super tweeters.
Page 252
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
VLA SERIES
VARIABLE LINE ARRAY LOUDSPEAKERS
VLA301
THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER 30 horizontal dispersion
Three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, 2 x 8" MF, and Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
3 x 1.5" HF sections with 30 horizontal dispersion. JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
VLA301H
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
HIGH OUTPUT THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER High output design with 30 horizontal dispersion
High output three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
4 x 8" MF, and 6 x 1.5" HF sections with 30 horizontal dispersion.
VLA SERIES
JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
VLA601
THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER 60 horizontal dispersion
Three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, 2 x 8" MF, and Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
3 x 1.5" HF sections with 60 horizontal dispersion. JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
VLA601H
HIGH OUTPUT THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER High output design with 60 horizontal dispersion
High output three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
4 x 8" MF, and 6 x 1.5" HF sections with 60 horizontal dispersion. JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
VLA901
THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER 90 horizontal dispersion
Three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, 2 x 8" MF, and Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
3 x 1.5" HF sections with 90 horizontal dispersion. JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
VLA901H
HIGH OUTPUT THREE-WAY FULL RANGE LOUDSPEAKER High output design with 90 horizontal dispersion
High output three-way full range loudspeaker featuring 2 x 15" LF, Comprehensive rigging points for line arrays
4 x 8" MF, and 6 x 1.5" HF sections with 90 horizontal dispersion. JBL's WRC or WRX weather protections finish
available as options
Page 253
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PD700 SERIES
PRECISION DIRECTIVITY
PD743
HIGH OUTPUT MID-HIGH LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM 40 x 30 coverage pattern
The PD743 is a mid-high loudspeaker system providing high-impact IFS dual HF driver module eliminates destructive
sound reinforcement at throw distances that are beyond the reach interference
of traditional single-driver designs. This system may be used in Pattern control maintained to below 400 Hz
arrays with other PD series modules or singly as part of a distributed
system.
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
PD764
PD700 SERIES
PD743
PD764
Page 254
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
PD6000 SERIES
HIGH POWER AND CONSTANT COVERAGE
IN A LOW PROFILE FORM
The PD6000 Series joins JBL's broad lineup of installed sound
loudspeakers, complementing the larger PD700 mid-high cabinets with
a more compact size and supplementing the smaller AE Series cabinets
with higher SPL capability and larger horns for pattern control to a
lower frequency. The PD6000 series loudspeakers deliver high power
and constant coverage in a low profile form. All speakers include M10
PD6200/43,
PD6200/64 (shown), threaded suspension points
PD6200/66,
PD6200/95
PD6200
HIGH OUTPUT MID-HIGH LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM MODELS AVAILABLE:
Mid-high frequency loudspeakers are designed for applications PD6200/43 (40 x 30)
requiring high output capability with excellent pattern control. The PD6200/64 (60 x 40)
system features a 8" CMCD-82H midrange compression driver and PD6200/66 (60 x 60)
the 2432H large format high frequency compression driver. PD6200/95 (90 x 50)
PD6212
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
12" FULL-RANGE TWO-WAY LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM MODELS AVAILABLE:
PD600 SERIES
Full range two-way loudspeakers feature a 12" M222-8A horn- PD6212/43 (40 x 30)
loaded low frequency woofer and a 2453H large format high PD6212/64 (60 x 40)
frequency driver. The speakers can be utilized alone in music or PD6212/66 (60 x 60)
speech systems where frequency extension to 80 Hz is adequate or PD6212/95 (90 x 50)
combined with subwoofers to create extended bandwidth systems.
PD6322
DUAL 12" FULL-RANGE THREE-WAY SPEAKER SYSTEMS MODELS AVAILABLE:
Full range three-way loudspeakers feature dual 12" 2206H slot- PD6322/43 (40 x 30)
loaded low frequency woofers, a CMCD-82H cone midrange PD6322/64 (60 x 40)
compression driver and a 2432H large format high frequency driver. PD6322/66 (60 x 60)
The speakers can be utilized alone in music or speech systems PD6322/95 (90 x 50)
where frequency extension to 40 Hz is adequate or combined with
subwoofers to create extended bandwidth full range systems.
PD5122
DUAL 12" HIGH POWER LOW FREQUENCY MODULE
Designed for use as a flown or ground supported, high power
low frequency module used in conjunction with mid/high only or
full range systems of the PD6000 series to construct arrays with
extended low frequency pattern control.
PD5125
DUAL 15" HIGH POWER LOW FREQUENCY MODULE
Designed for use with mid/high or full range systems
of the PD6000 and PD700 series, however it will perform well in any
application where high output low bass is required. PD6212/43 (shown), PD6322/43, PD6322/64,
PD6212/64, PD6212/66, PD6322/66,
PD6212/95 PD6322/95 (shown)
Page 255
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AE SERIES
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
AE Series loudspeakers are ideal for a wide variety of fixed installation AM5212, AM5215, AM7212, AM7215,
applications including performing arts facilities, theatrical sound AM7315, AM7200 and AL7115 as
design, auditoriums, houses of worship, live music clubs, dance- well as the ASB6112, ASB6115,
clubs/discotheques, sports facilities and themed entertainment ASB6125, ASB7118 and ASB7128.
This technology reduces weight while
venues. The special mid-high frequency models can be used
enhancing all critical performance parameters.
without LF reinforcement in voice-only PA and delay-fill applications.
The smaller models are ideal in lecture halls and corporate learning PT Progressive Transition
centers as well as in delay-fill locations of larger systems. Waveguides
JBL's new patent pending
AE Series models provide a wide variety of building blocks for your Progressive Transition waveguides
system design, stair-stepped to give you just the right solution for represent the latest in horn
your installation. technology. In addition to providing
smooth, low distortion sound, PT waveguides deliver
Within the AE Series are three power levels. The high output level uniform off-axis frequency response to every point
models are found in the 7000 and 6000 Series, the medium output within the intended coverage area.
models are found in the 5000 and 4000 Series, and the lower output CMCD Cone Midrange
power level is found in the 2000 Series. Compression Drivers
Incorporated into all cone midrange models
Many AE Series speakers offer selectable crossover modes: tri-amp/ patented CMCD technology is more than a simple
bi-amp or bi-amp/ passive switchable. In addition, AE Series models displacement plug. In addition to providing increased
incorporate sophisticated crossover designs for outstanding sound output and lower distortion, this cone-based true
quality and consistent coverage. To minimize overlap between compression driver design extends operational
adjacent frequency bands, steep slopes are utilized in passive bandwidth (both up and down in frequency) to cover
crossovers most are 4th order (24 dB/octave). This reduces off- the entire vocal range seamlessly, allows for better
axis lobing, providing consistent coverage throughout the crossover waveguide pattern control, and improves phase
coherency of the midrange signal for clearer, more
region. Conjugate networks are added in some models to fine tune
intelligible audio quality.
the frequency response for optimum sound quality.
Page 256
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
AM7315/xx
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
orientation.
AM7200/xx
AE SERIES
AM7212/64-66-95-00-26
HIGH-POWER 12" TWO-WAY 700 watt continuous power rating
The AM7212 loudspeaker system is comprised Available in five models:
of one 12" Differential Drive 2262H woofer and AM7212/64: 60 x 40
a 2432H high frequency compression driver. The AM7212/66: 60 x 60
large format PT waveguide provides excellent AM7212/95: 90 x 50
AM7212/00: 100 x 100
coverage and is rotatable for use in either the
AM7212/26: 120 x 60
vertical or horizontal orientation. Available in black
or white and WRC/WRX finishes.
AM7212/xx
AM7215/64-66-95-26
HIGH-POWER 15" TWO-WAY 750 watt continuous power rating
The AM7215 loudspeaker system is comprised Available in four models:
of one 15" Differential Drive 2265H woofer and AM7215/64: 60 x 40
a 2432H high frequency compression driver. The AM7215/66: 60 x 60
large format PT waveguide provides excellent AM7215/95: 90 x 50
AM7215/26: 120 x 60
coverage and is rotatable for use in either the
vertical or horizontal orientation.
AM7215/xx
Page 257
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AM5212/64-66-95-00-26
MEDIUM-POWER 12" TWO-WAY 300 watt continuous power rating
The AM5212 loudspeaker system is comprised Available in five models:
of one 12" Differential Drive 262H-1 woofer and a AM5212/64: 60 x 40
2408H-1 high frequency compression driver. The AM5212/66: 60 x 60
large format PT waveguide provides excellent AM5212/95: 90 x 50
AM5212/00: 100 x 100
coverage and is rotatable for use in either the
AM5212/26: 120 x 60
vertical or horizontal orientation. Available in black
or white and WRC/WRX finishes.
AM5212/xx
AM5215/64-66-95-26
MEDIUM-POWER 15" TWO-WAY 350 watt continuous power rating
The AM5212 loudspeaker system is comprised Available in four models:
of one 15" Differential Drive 265H-1 woofer and a AM5215/64: 60 x 40
2408H-1 high frequency compression driver. The AM5215/66: 60 x 60
large format PT waveguide provides excellent AM5215/95: 90 x 50
AM5215/26: 120 x 60
coverage and is rotatable for use in either the
vertical or horizontal orientation.
AM5215/xx
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
The AC2212 loudspeaker system is comprised Optional U-Bracket and planar array
of one 12" JBL M112-8 woofer and a 2412H/ frame kit
MTA high frequency compression driver. The PT Available in three models:
waveguide provides good pattern control with AC2212/95: 90 x 50
low distortion. AC2212/64: 60 x 40
AC2212/00: 100 x 100
AC2212/xx
AC2215/xx
AL7115
HIGH POWER 15" LOW FREQUENCY 600 watt continuous power rating
TRAPEZOIDAL LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM Large vented area for high output
The AL7115 loudspeaker system is comprised of with low distortion
one 15" JBL Differential Drive 2265H woofer in Fitted with M10 threaded
a front-loaded, vented configuration. This model suspension points
arrays with various AE series mid-high frequency
AL7115
and compact two-way models.
Page 258
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
ASB6118
HIGH POWER 18" SUBWOOFER SYSTEM 800 watt continuous power rating
The ASB6118 subwoofer system is comprised Large vented area for high output
of one 18" JBL 2242H SVG woofer in a vented, with low distortion
front-loaded configuration. Arrays with AM7200 mid-high
speakers and AM2212 full-range
ASB6118 speakers.
ASB6128
HIGH POWER DUAL 18" SUBWOOFER 1600 watt continuous power rating
The ASB6128 subwoofer system is comprised Large vented area for high output
of two 18" JBL 2242H SVG woofers in a vented, with low distortion
front-loaded configuration. The deep cabinet Arrays with various AE series
allows for extended low frequency bandwidth models
with minimal frontal profile.
ASB4128
MEDIUM POWER DUAL 18" SUBWOOFER 600 watt continuous power rating
The ASB4128 subwoofer system is comprised of Large vented area for high output
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
ASB6128 two 18" JBL 2042H woofers in a vented, front- with low distortion
loaded configuration. The deep cabinet allows for Arrays with various AE series
extended low frequency bandwidth with minimal models
frontal profile.
AE SERIES
ASB6128V
HIGH POWER DUAL 18" SUBWOOFER 1600 watt continuous power rating
The ASB6128V subwoofer system is comprised Large vented area for high output
of two 18" JBL Differential Drive 2258H with low distortion
woofers in a folded baffle V configuration. The V Arrays with various AE series
configuration provides additional sensitivity in the models
deep-bass region as well as tighter clustering of
drivers for better mutual coupling in arrays.
ASB4128 ASH6118
HIGH POWER 18" HORN-LOADED SUB 800 watt continuous power rating
The ASH6118 subwoofer system is comprised Designed to be used singly or in
of one horn-loaded 18" JBL 2242H SVG woofer. multiples
The slow expansion internal folded horn provides Excellent "punch" with true sub-
maximum sensitivity, output level and subwoofer bass extension
impact.
ASH6118
ASB6128V
Page 259
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ASB6115
HIGH POWER LIGHTWEIGHT 15" SUB 800 watt continuous power rating
The ASB6115 subwoofer system is comprised of Can be used ground-stacked or in
one 15" JBL Differential Drive 2265H-1 woofer in stand-alone arrays
a vented, front-loaded enclosure. This system is Integrated M10 threaded
ASB6115 for ground-stacked or suspended applications in suspension points
combination with other AE series products.
ASB6125
HIGH POWER LIGHTWEIGHT DUAL 15" SUB 1600 watt continuous power rating
The ASB6125 subwoofer system is comprised of Parallel or discrete switchable input
two 15" JBL Differential Drive 2265H-1 woofer in mode
a vented, front-loaded enclosure. This system is Integrated M10 threaded
for ground-stacked or suspended applications in suspension points
combination with other AE series products.
ASB6125
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
ASB7128
HIGH POWER ULTRA LONG EXCURSION 4000 watt continuous power rating
AE SERIES
ASB7118
ASB7128 HIGH POWER ULTRA LONG EXCURSION 2000 watt continuous power rating
DUAL 18" SUBWOOFER Woofer capable of peak-to-peak
The ASB7118 high power subwoofer system excursion of 3.5" (89mm)
is comprised of one 18" JBL Differential Drive Can be used ground-stacked or in
2269H ultra long excursion woofer. JBL's stand-alone arrays
exclusive vented gap cooling and ultra robust
composite cone ensure extra long life.
ASB7118
ASB6112
HIGH POWER COMPACT 12" SUBWOOFER 1000 watt continuous power rating
SYSTEM Large vent area for high output
The ASB6112 compact subwoofer system is with low distortion
comprised of one 12" JBL Differential Drive Can be used ground-stacked or in
2263H woofer. stand-alone arrays
ASB6112
Page 260
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
AC28/95
AC 28/26
AC26
AC25
AC18/95
AC 18/26
AC16
AC15
AC26
The features of the AC16 with two 6.5" LF transducers.
Page 261
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CWT SERIES
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
Page 262
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
AE ALL WEATHER SERIES
ALL WEATHER SERIES: EXCELLENT PROTECTION IN THE
HARSHEST ENVIRONMENTS
The JBL ALL WEATHER SERIES is a family of high power,
lightweight, 2-way, full-range loudspeaker systems comprised of the Weather-resistant, all fiberglass enclosure
JBL Differential Drive dual voice coil and dual magnetic gap low
frequency 12" and 15" woofers and 2432H high-frequency 38mm Differential Drive low frequency driver
(1.5 in) exit, 75mm (3 in) voice-coil compression driver. The large U-Type mounting bracket included
format Progressive Transition wave-guides provide excellent high- Variety of coverage patterns for versatile
frequency coverage patterns. The waveguides are rotatable so the installation use
loudspeaker system can used in either the vertical or horizontal
Available in an -LS model for EN54-24 compliance
orientation. AW200-LS and AW500-LS are EN54-24 compliant.
AW266/AW266-LS
AW295/ AW295-LS
Page 263
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HIGH POWER 15" TWO-WAY FULL-RANGE ALL-WEATHER 400 watt continuous power rating (-LS)
LOUDSPEAKER 120 x 60 coverage pattern
The AW526 loudspeaker is comprised of one 15" JBL Differential 400W 70/100V transformer included
Drive 2265H woofer and 2432H high-frequency compression
Durable U-type mounting bracket included
driver. The large format Progressive Transition waveguide provides
excellent coverage and allows for vertical or horizontal orientation.
Page 264
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
AWC SERIES
The AWC Series is ideal for speech and music in
a wide variety of applications, including sports Highly weather-resistant IP56 rating
facilities, racetracks, stadiums, fairgrounds, rodeos,
skating rinks, themed entertainment venues, cruise
AWC129
COMPACT 12" ALL-WEATHER TWO-WAY COAXIAL
ships, water parks, outdoor background music/ LOUDSPEAKER
paging systems, swimming pools, and a wide The AWC129 is a compact two-way highly weather-resistant full-range
variety of other outdoor or indoor venue types. loudspeaker system which is ideal for speech and music-fill in a wide
variety of applications.
The AWC82 has a high-power coaxial 200 mm
400 watt power handling provides high SPL capability
(8 in) low frequency driver and 25 mm (1 in) high
Consistent 90 x 90 broadband pattern control
frequency compression driver, while the AWC129
is comprised of a high-power co-axial 300 mm Highly weather-resistant IP56 rating
(12 in) low frequency driver and 25 mm (1 in) high
frequency compression driver. The AWC159 is
AWC159
COMPACT 15" ALL-WEATHER TWO-WAY
comprised of a high-power co-axial 380mm (15
COAXIAL LOUDSPEAKER
in) low frequency driver and 38mm (1.5 in) high The AWC159 is a compact two-way highly weather-resistant full-range
frequency compression driver, and the AWC15LF loudspeaker system which is ideal for speech and music-fill in a wide
utilizes a 380mm (15 in) low frequency driver for variety of applications.
consistent LF output. All full-range models feature 500 watt power handling provides high SPL capability
a unique tapered pole-piece design that transitions
Consistent 90 x 90 broadband pattern control
to the cone of the low frequency driver to form a
Highly weather-resistant IP56 rating
large diameter pattern control waveguide for the
high frequencies, both eliminating high-frequency AWC15LF
beaming, which is common among this category COMPACT 15" ALL-WEATHER LOW-FREQUENCY
of speaker, and extending pattern control to the SPEAKER
lowest possible frequencies. The result is extremely The AWC15LF is a compact highly weather resistant loudspeaker for
consistent coverage wide 120 for AWC82 and augmenting the low frequency capability of a sound system, and is
more focused 90 for AWC129 and AWC159 on ideal for use with other AWC full-range loudspeakers.
a broadband basis. Available in light gray or black. 500 watt power handling capacity
low frequency extension down to 45 Hz
Highly weather-resistant IP56 rating
Page 265
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CBT SERIES
LINE ARRAY COLUMN LOUDSPEAKERS
The JBL CBT Series line array columns with Constant Beamwidth Technology break new
ground in performance, versatility, and affordability. Designed for venues that would typically
use larger point-and-shoot speakers or powered columns, the CBT models incorporate
patented technical advancements that allow them to vastly outperform competitive systems,
with a level of user-friendliness that virtually eliminates the challenges of delivering great
sound. With a slim compact design in fiberglass reinforced ABS enclosures, the CBT Series
fits well into virtually any decor. Available in black or white.
CBT 50LA-1
CBT LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH EIGHT 2" DRIVERS 150 watt power handling provides high SPL
capability
The CBT 50LA-1 is the most compact of the models. At 150 watts, it
holds its own against larger competitive columns. Response to 80 Hz Built-in 70V/100V transformer plus 8 ohm direct
works well for speech or music. Voicing can be set for music (flat) or capability
speech via a switch. Swivel (pan)/tilt wall bracket included
CBT 50LA-LS
CBT LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH EN54 CERTIFICATION 150 watt power handling provides high SPL
capability
COMMERCIAL SOUND PRODUCTS
CBT 100LA-1
CBT SERIES
CBT LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH SIXTEEN 2" DRIVERS 325 watt power handling for high SPL
The CBT 100LA-1 contains sixteen 2" drivers in a slim, compact Vertical coverage switchable
cabinet, providing excellent pattern control. Vertical coverage is between 40 degrees and 15 degrees
adjustable via a switch and voicing is switchable between music Built-in 70V/100V transformer plus
(flat) or speech setting, making this model a great choice for a wide 8 ohm direct capability
variety of environments.
CBT 100LA-LS
CBT LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH EN54 CERTIFICATION 325 watt power handling for high SPL
Same as above CBT 100LA-1 but certifried for EN54 applications. Vertical coverage switchable
between 40 degrees and 15 degrees
Built-in 70V/100V transformer plus
8 ohm direct capability
CBT 70J-1
CBT TWO-WAY LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH 500 watt power handling provides high SPL
ASYMMETRICAL VERTICAL COVERAGE capability
The CBT is a two-way speaker with high fidelity and response Vertical coverage switchable between 45 degrees
down to 60 Hz, 500W power handling, high sensitivity and high SPL and 15 degrees
capability. This model provides Asymmetrical Progressive Gradient Sixteen 1" soft dome tweeters and four high
coverage sending more sound toward the far area of the listening power LF drivers
space.
Page 266
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CBT 200LA-1
CBT LINE ARRAY COLUMN WITH THIRTY-TWO 2" DRIVERS 650 watt power handling provides high SPL
capability
With a height of 200 cm (6.6 ft), CBT 200LA-1 is the tallest model,
providing useful pattern control down to below 200 Hz. The top and Vertical coverage switchable between 30 degrees
bottom speaker modules allow individual adjustment of music (flat)/ and 15 degrees
speech voicing and vertical pattern settings. Setting in Asymmetrical Provides extended pattern control down to 200
Progressive Gradient coverage mode (top narrow; bottom broad) Hz
sends more sound toward the far listening area versus close for
more even SPL near-to-far in the listening space.
CBT SERIES
array, bolts onto back, 70V/100V taps at 120W, 60W, 30W (plus 15W
for 70V), gland nuts for water tight seal.
CBT200LA-1
MTC-CBT-SMB1 Stand Mount Bracket fits all models for portable (Not to scale.
Please note
applications. Note: For stability, CBT 70J+E array system and CBT dimensions.)
200LA-1 requires larger, heavier-duty stand than JBL SS2-BK.
MTC-CBT-FM1 Low-profile, close-to-wall mounting bracket for use CBT 70J-1 + 70JE-1
Array System
with CBT 50LA-1, CBT50LA-LS, and CBT 100LA-1 and CBT 100LA-
LS.
CBT100 LA-1/CBT-100LA-LS
MTC-CBT-FM2 Low-profile, close-to-wall mounting bracket for use (shown in white -WH,
with and without grille)
with CBT 70J-1 and CBT 70J-1/70JE-1 array.
CBT 50LA-1/
CBT50LA-LS
Page 267
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTROL 62P
CONTROL 67HC/T
CONTROL 60 SERIES
CONTROL 65P/T
CONTROL 62P
COMMERCIAL SOUND PRODUCTS
2.5" ULTRA COMPACT SATELLITE PENDANT SPEAKER 25 watt continuous power rating
The Control 62P is great for speech and mid-high music applications Can intermix with Control 52 and Control 42C
(external high-pass required) in visually sensitive applications. For full- satellite speakers
CONTROL 60 SERIES
range applications, up to 4 pieces can be driven from a Control 50S/T 140 nominal coverage angle
or 40CS/T subwoofer. Available in Black or White.
CONTROL 65P/T
5.25" COMPACT FULL-RANGE PENDANT SPEAKER 75 watt continuous power rating
The Control 65P/T incorporates JBL's exclusive RBI Radiation 120 conical coverage pattern
Boundary Integration technology to provide very consistent, wide Max SPL @1m: 105dB pink noise, 111 dB peak
coverage throughout the listening space. Available in Black or White.
CONTROL 67P/T
6.5" EXTENDED FULL-RANGE PENDANT SPEAKER 75 watt continuous power rating
The Control 67P/T incorporates a larger enclosure and high power 120 conical coverage pattern
6.5" transducer for extended bass output capability. Available in Black Max SPL @1m: 109dB pink noise, 115 dB peak
or White.
CONTROL 67HC/T
6.5" HIGH CEILING PENDANT SPEAKER 75 watt continuous power rating
The Control 65HC/T has well controlled narrow coverage, ideal for Well-controlled 75 conical coverage pattern
improved voice intelligibility and musical clarity in high-ceiling venues Max SPL @1m: 112dB pink noise, 118 dB peak
or in rooms with difficult acoustics. Available in Black or White.
Control 60PS/T
8" PENDANT SUBWOOFER WITH CROSSOVER 150 Watt continuous power rating
The Control 60 PS/T provides bass and extension, high impact and Low Frequency extension down to 42 Hz
good transient response for high-fidelity sound systems. Available in Max SPL @ 1m: 107 dB pink noise, 113 dB peak
Black or White.
ACCESSORIES
MTC-PC60: Terminal Cover for C65P/T, C67P/T, C67HC/T & C60PS/T
MTC-PC62: Terminal Cover for C62P
Page 268
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CONTROL 50 SERIES
SURFACE-MOUNT SUBWOOFER-SATELLITE SYSTEM
CONTROL 50
The Control 50 Series subwoofer-satellite loudspeaker system
provides high fidelity sound in any location where full-range high
fidelity foreground/background music is required from a surface-
mount system.
The Control 50S/T subwoofer can be utilized with either two of four
Control 52 satellite speakers. The Control 50 system is mono. Both
the Control 50S/T and Control 52 can be intermixed in systems
along with the Control 40 Series in-ceiling models Control 40CS/T
subwoofer and Control 42 satellite speaker to match the form
factor requirements of a wide variety of applications.
CONTROL 50 SERIES
CONTROL 52
2.5" SURFACE-MOUNT SATELLITE LOUDSPEAKER 50 watt continuous power rating
The Control 52 satellite loudspeaker produces superb high fidelity Wall-mount brackets included
sound via a low distortion 2.5" driver. The included wall bracket 150 x 150 nominal coverage angle
allows each speaker to be angled up to 45 degrees off-axis.
CONTROL 50S/T
8" SURFACE-MOUNT SUBWOOFER SYSTEM 300 watt continuous power rating
The Control 50S/T subwoofer contains a high-power, long excursion, Selectable 70V/100V for distributed lines or low
8" driver which provides extended low frequency response. The impedance
Control 50S/T installs quickly with its included two-piece easy-mount Usable with Control 42C and Control 62P Models
wall-bracket.
CONTROL 50PACK
PACKAGED SURFACE-MOUNT SUBWOOFER-SATELLITE Versatile four satellite speaker system
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM Wall mount brackets included
The Control 50Pack includes four Control 52 satellite speakers and Low Frequency Down to 32 Hz (-10dB)
one Control 50S/T subwoofer. Available in Black and White.
Page 269
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTROL CONTRACTOR
SURFACE MOUNT SPEAKERS
The Control Contractor Surface speakers are compact systems with
rugged, molded high impact polystyrene shells. Designed for wide-ranging
indoor and outdoor (except SB-2) applications, the Control Contractor
Series offers versatility, ease-of-installation and paintability. JBLs
Invisiball mounting technology revolutionizes ease-of-installation with
The CONTROL 25AV-LS built-in hardware easily secured with a standard hex wrench from the front
is Kitemark approved and (except Control CRV). Mounting bracket is included. Available in black or
UL1480 UUMW listed for
use in fire alarm and/or white (except Control SB2).
emergency communication
systems.
CONTROL CRV
CONTEMPORARY CURVED DESIGN LOUDSPEAKER 75 watt continuous program power rating
The Control CRV brings high design and versatility to both indoor Combinable in half-round or full-round clusters
and outdoor commercial applications. The CRV incorporates dual 4" Available in black or white finish
woofers and a 3/4" titanium tweeter.
CONTROL CRV
L to R:
CONTROL 23/23T
CONTROL 25/25T
CONTROL 25AV & AV-LS
CONTROL 28/28T-60
Page 270
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CONTROL 29AV-1
PREMIUM INDOOR/OUTDOOR MONITOR SPEAKER 300 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 29AV-1 utilizes high power components and a complex Compression driver HF
network to achieve smooth high fidelity performance and a well- 110 x 85 HF coverage with rotatable horn
controlled defined coverage from a compact loudspeaker.
CONTROL 30
HIGH OUTPUT THREE-WAY MONITOR SPEAKER 500 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 30 is a three-way high output speaker designed for Conforms to Mil Spec 810 and IEC529 IP-X4
multiple uses. Weather resistance has been maximized, making the 120 x 120 HF coverage
Control 30 suitable for outdoor applications. Includes 70V/100V multi-
tap transformer.
CONTROL SB2
STEREO INPUT DUAL COIL 10" SUBWOOFER 340 watt continuous program power rating
The Control SB-2 functions as the subwoofer section of left/right Slot loaded vented bandpass design
music systems, preserving the stereo separation. The dual coil Not outdoor capable
10" transducer has been optimized to compliment four Control 23
speakers.
ACCESSORIES MTC-xxH* Horizontal Array Brackets: Allows SB-2 Installation Brackets: The MTC-SB2W wall/
horizontal arraying of two Control 23, 25 or 28 corner bracket allows mounting of the subwoofer
MTC-PC2: The MTC-PC2 Panel Cover provides speakers. MTC-H brackets can be interconnected onto a wall surface or into a corner. The MTC-
sealed entrance protection for input terminals and to form a suspended ring for mounting 6 or 3 SB2C ceiling bracket enables suspension of the
strain relief for incoming speaker wire. speakers in a 360 cluster module. SB-2 from above, projecting downward into the
MTC-xxSSG and MTC-xxWMG: SSG stainless listening area.
MTC-xxV* Vertical Array Brackets: Allows vertical
steel retrofit grilles for Control 23, 25, and 28. end- to-end mounting of up to three Control 23, PMB-BK and PMB-WH: Control CRV pole-mount
WMG WeatherMax grilles add a foam and 25, or 28 speakers. bracket for 4-speaker 360 hanging pendant
tight-weave backing to break up driving rain. cluster.
MTC-xxCM* Ceiling Brackets: The curved arm
allows installation of Control 23, 25, 28, 29AV or Various adaptors for installing via threaded pipe
MOUNTING BRACKETS
30 speakers down from a ceiling. or rod available from third party. Contact JBL for
MTC-xxUB*: U-brackets for installing Control information.
MTC-30MK-WH: Marine grille kit for Control 30
29AV, 30 and SB210. Available in black or white.
(white only). * These models are available in different sizes.
Specify speaker model when ordering.
CONTROL SB2
Page 271
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTROL CONTRACTOR
EASY TO INSTALL IN-WALL SPEAKERS
The Control 100 Speakers are premium in-wall speakers designed for
applications where top performance from a loudspeaker with minimal visual
impact is required. The Control 100 Series speakers are voiced similarly to
other JBL control Contractor models, allowing mixing with surface-mount
and in-ceiling speakers within a single listening space. The premium sound
quality makes these loudspeakers ideal for critical listening environments,
yet they are high power and rugged enough to handle venues requiring
126W/WT 128W/WT high-SPL heavy duty-cycle music.
surround for long life and high reliability, and extended polepiece
magnet design for long excursion and high reliability. The pure titanium
dome high frequency driver is loaded with a built-in EOS (Elliptical
Oblate Spheroidal) waveguide for low distortion and a smooth
frequency response. A low-diffraction swivel mounting system
enables the user to direct high frequencies where required without
the diffraction distortion inherent in other aimable tweeter designs. A
high-slope crossover network maintains natural midrange sound and
produces more even coverage throughout the listening area.
The Control 126W has a 6.5" woofer and 1" titanium dome tweeter.
The Control 126W has a 8" woofer and 1" titanium dome tweeter. Both
are ideal for critical listening applications where top performance and
minimal visual impact is required.
The speakers fit into the wall space of ordinary stud-wall construction.
An optional rough-in frame is available for installing the speakers into
standard stud walls in new construction projects. As is the case with
all Control Contractor speakers, the baffles and grilles are paintable to
match any dcor.
Page 272
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CONTROL 312CS
HIGH OUTPUT 12" CEILING LOUDSPEAKER 400 watt continuous power rating
The Control 312CS is a high output 12" subwoofer that is an Kevlar reinforced 12" woofer
excellent addition to JBL Control 321, 322, and 328 loudspeaker Clean contemporary grille and optional back box
systems.
ACCESSORIES
Premium accessories include best-in-class back boxes made of heavy 16 gauge metal and lined with 12" MDF, as well
as contemporary grilles and an optional higher power transformer. A variety of grilles. Please visit our website for more
information.
CONTROL 312CS
CONTROL 328C/CT
CONTROL 321C/CT
CONTROL 322 C/CT
Page 273
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Control 226C/T
6.5" COAXIAL CEILING LOUDSPEAKER 150 watt continuous power rating
Control 226C/T is a compact, easy-to-install speaker with integrated Excellent clarity for speech and vocals
backcan for blind-mounting into ceilings. It features a top-quality Consistent 120 broadband pattern control
60W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V line distribution systems.
The transformer may be bypassed, allowing the Control 226C/T to be
COMMERCIAL SOUND PRODUCTS
PREMIUM ACCESSORIES
MTC-200BB6: Backcan for Control 227C and MTC-SG6/8: Square grille for Control 227C and MTC-19NC & MTC-19MR: New-construction and
227CT. 13.3 inches (337 mm) max diameter 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.4 inches mud rings fit Control 226 for new construction
x 8.1 inches (206 mm) deep. (340 mm) x 13.4 inches (340 mm). applications requiring pre-installation rings.
MTC-RG6/8: Round grille for Control 227C and MTC-TB6/8: Tile bridge for Control 227C and
227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT. 13.6 inches 227CT. Also fits Control 328C & 328CT.
(345 mm) in diameter
CONTROL 227C
& 227CT CONTROL 226C/T
Assembly with
Backcan
and Grille
CONTROL 227CT
CONTROL 227C
Page 274
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CONTROL 40 SERIES
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE SMALL FORMAT CEILING
SPEAKERS WITH CONICAL RBI
The Control 40 Series Ceiling Speakers are designed to work perfectly in environments
that require a premium, in-ceiling speaker with an extremely wide bandwidth and
consistent coverage. Consisting of three 6.5" coaxial models, a 2.5" ultra-compact
satellite speaker and in-ceiling subwoofer, the Control 40 Series can be configured in
many different ways to accommodate a full range of applications. JBL focused on ease-
CONTROL 45C/T
Shown without grille of-installation by including an integrated backcan, grille and tile rails (except Control
42C), locking 2-pin connectors and two knockouts. The Control 40 Series speakers are
designed for use in air handling spaces.
CONTROL 47HC
CONTROL 40 SERIES
The Control 47HC is designed for applications that require a narrow
focused beamwidth pattern and very consistent coverage, such 8 ohm and 70V/100V operation
as for increasing clarity, intelligibility and SPL when in high-ceiling Narrow 75 coverage pattern
applications.
Control 45C/T
5.25" COAXIAL CEILING LOUDSPEAKER 150 watt continuous program power rating (8
ohm)
The Control 45C/T is a premium loudspeaker designed for
applications that can benefit from extremely wide bandwidth 8 ohm and 70V/100V operation
and very consistent coverage from a ceiling speaker with a small Consistent 120 broadband pattern control
footprint.
CONTROL 42C
2.5" ULTRA COMPACT SATELLITE SPEAKER 30 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 42C is an ultra-compact in-ceiling satellite loudspeaker Small unobtrusive design
designed for use with the Control 40CS/T subwoofer. It offers an High fidelity sound for subwoofer-satellite
unobstrusive design which is ideal for a wide range of installations. systems
CONTROL 40CS/T
8" HIGH IMPACT CEILING SUBWOOFER 100 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 40CS/T is a direct radiating, high impact 8" subwoofer Switchable 70V/100V or Low-z
designed for powerful bass response in an in-ceiling loudspeaker. It Passive crossover network for easy system install
features a built in crossover network and four high-passed outputs
enabling it to be used as a sub/sat system.
CONTROL 42C
CONTROL 47C/T
CONTROL 47HC CONTROL 40CS/T
CONTROL 47LP
Shown without grille Shown without grille
Shown without grille
Page 275
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTROL 20 SERIES
PREMIUM SMALL FORMAT CEILING SPEAKERS
The Control 20 Series ceiling speakers deliver high power handling,
24C/CT overload protection and exceptional sound level capability and are
packaged as complete assemblies, including integral backcan,
front grille and tile bridge support hardware (except Control 26-DT).
Innovative design features such as titanium-coated tweeters and
JBL's unique diffraction-horn loading provide broad, even coverage
through the listening area.
26C/CT
26CT-LS
19CS/CST
CONTROL 26-DT
6.5" COAXIAL CEILING SPEAKER 60 watt transformer for
70V/100V distributed lines
The Control 26-DT is an 6.5" coaxial ceiling speaker designed to fit
into a standard 8" ceiling speaker backcan. A high quality transformer 90 nominal coverage
is included for 70V/100V distributed lines. angle
26-DT
CONTROL 19CS & 19CST
8" CEILING SUBWOOFER 200 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 19CS uses advanced technology to produce powerful Simple installation and wire connecting method
bass from a low profile ceiling speaker. The optional 19CST has a Low frequency response down to 42Hz (-10dB)
special subwoofer band transformer for 70V/100V operation.
ACCESSORIES
Trim Rings: Allow for installation into existing MTC-48TRx12: Tile Rails for 4 x 4 ceiling tiles
New Construction Bracket: MTC-xxNC* ceiling speaker cutouts that are larger than the (pack of 12 rails)
Plaster Ring Bracket: MTC-xxMR* speakers normal cutout size. MTC-xxTR*.
* These models are available in different sizes. Specify speaker model when ordering.
Page 276
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CONTROL 10 SERIES
AFFORDABLE BLIND-MOUNT CEILING SPEAKERS
Control 10 Series in-ceiling loudspeakers meet the increased market
demand for superior sound quality, installation-friendly features and value,
delivering a level of sonic performance unmatched by comparably priced
products. They are ideal for applications where excellent sound quality is
needed for medium-volume music playback and paging.
CONTROL 12C/T
3" FULL-RANGE COMPACT CEILING SPEAKER 40 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 12C/T is a high fidelity speaker with a 3 full-range 130 conical coverage angle
driver and a wide frequency range of 68 Hz to 17 kHz. The short Max SPL@1m: 97dB average, 103dB peak
(4.7in./120mm) blind-mount backcan allows easy installation in
shallow ceiling spaces.
CONTROL 10 SERIES
60 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 14C/T contains a co-axially mounted 4 woofer and 120 conical coverage angle
soft dome tweeter. The liquid-cooled soft dome tweeter provides Max SPL@1m: 102dB average, 108dB peak
clear, pleasant sound over a wide coverage area. Blind-mount
backcan for quick and easy installation.
CONTROL 16C/T
6.5" TWO-WAY COAXIAL CEILING SPEAKER 100 watt continuous program power rating
The Control 16C/T is the largest Control 10 Series model, containing 110 conical coverage angle
a co-axially mounted 6-1/2 woofer and soft dome tweeter. Max SPL@1m: 108dB average, 116dB peak
High 91 dB sensitivity allows for high maximum SPL with wide
bandwidth. Blind-mount backcan for quick and easy installation.
ACCESSORIES
New Construction Brackets & Trim Rings: The Control 10 Series speaker utilize the
Control 20 Series NC New Construction Brackets, MR Plaster Ring Brackets, and TR
Trim Rings.
Control 12C/T and 14C/T utilize MTC-24NC, MR & TR.
Control 16C/T utilizes MTC-26NC, MR & TR.
MTC-48TRx12: Tile Rails for 4 x 4 ceiling tiles (pack of 12 rails).
14C/T
12C/T
16C/T
Each speaker is equipped with a selector for
100V, 70V or 8 ohm direct operation.
Page 277
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
8100 SERIES
SCULPTED GRILLE DUAL-CONE CEILING SPEAKERS
High sensitivity at a cost-effective price point, the 8100 Series is an
easy to install loudspeaker solution for a wide variety of commercial
sound applications. With its contemporary grill design, the 8100 Series
loudspeakers are ideal for a variety of settings ranging from restaurant
and retail settings to professional offices and reception areas. All models
feature 6 watt transformer for 70V/100V distributed lines.
8124
4" FULL-RANGE CEILING SPEAKER Frequency response (-10dB): 60 Hz -18 kHz
The 8124 is a 4-inch (100 mm) full-range loudspeaker, featuring Dog-ears for easy Blind Mount installations
a high sensitivity driver that provides 130 conical coverage in a For areas not requiring backcan
lightweight (2.5 lb) package.
8128
COMMERCIAL SOUND PRODUCTS
8138
8" FULL-RANGE CEILING SPEAKER Frequency response (-10dB): 95 Hz -18 kHz
The 8138 is an 8-inch (200 mm) full-range loudspeaker designed for Installs to in-ceiling backboxes with 4 mounting
use with MTC-BB8 pre-installl in-ceiling backcan, resulting in high points on an 11.25" mounting circle
sensitivity performance at a cost effective price point. Clear, high-fidelity performance when used in JBL
pre-install backcan
ACCESSORIES
Because of the very light weight of 8124 and 8128, tile rails may not be required for
some in-ceiling applications. They are not packaged with these models, however
MTC-RAIL tile rail sets and MTC-8124C and MTC-8128C C-Rings are available
separately. The 8138 is designed for use with MTC-81BB8 backcan and MTC-81TB8
The 8100 Series is
tile bridge. equipped with a
contemporary
grille, allowing
the speakers
to blend with
a variety of
8128 interiors.
8124
Page 278
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CSS8004 COMMERCIAL
SOLUTION
CSS8018
CSS8008
SERIES
CSS CEILING AND SURFACE-MOUNT SPEAKERS
The JBL Commercial Series provides affordable performance
for paging and background music applications in retail stores,
restaurants, schools and other facilities.
CSS8004
4" COMMERCIAL CEILING SPEAKER 30W continuous program power rating
The CS8004 is a 4" ceiling speaker designed for paging and 5W multi-tap transformer for 25V/70V/100V
background music applications. High sensitivity across the product operation
line provides maximum sound level, even at low tap settings. Very wide 175 coverage pattern
CSS8008
8" COMMERCIAL CEILING SPEAKER 30W continuous program power rating
The CS8008 is a 8" ceiling speaker designed for paging and 5W multi-tap transformer for 25V/70V/100V
CSS8018
8" COMMERCIAL CEILING SPEAKER 40W continuous program power rating
The CS8018 is a 8" ceiling speaker designed for paging and 10W multi-tap transformer for 25V/70V/100V
background music applications. High sensitivity across the product operation
line provides maximum sound level, even at low tap settings. Very wide 110 conical coverage pattern
ACCESSORIES FOR CSS8004, CSS8008 and CSS8018
MTC-BB4x6: Pre-install backcan for CSS8004. Pack of 6 pcs.
MTC-BB8x6: Pre-install backcan for CSS8008 and CSS8018. Pack of 6 pcs.
MTC-TR4/8x12: Tile rails for CSS-BB4 and CSS-BB8 backcans. Pack of 12 pcs. for 6 speakers.
CSS-1S/T
5.25" COMPACT TWO-WAY LOUDSPEAKER 60W continuous program power rating
The CSS-1S/T is a versatile, compact two-way 10W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V operation
loudspeaker designed for use on 100V or 70V 120 x 120 coverage pattern
distributed speaker lines or in 8 ohm direct
mode. Aimable wall-mount bracket is included.
CSS-1S/T
CSS-H15 / CSS-H30
15 WATT / 30 WATT PAGING HORNS 15W or 30W continuous program power rating
The CSS-H15 and H30 paging 15W or 30W multi-tap transformer for 70V/100V
horns provide excellent operation
voice range clarity. The wide 70 x 90 (H15) or 50 x 70 (H30) coverage
coverage pattern allow the pattern
horns to cover larger audience
areas, and they are designed
for demanding environmental
conditions. CSS-H15 / CSS-H30
Page 279
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
INTELLIVOX
DIGITALLY CONTROLLABLE, BEYOND BEAM STEERING
COMMERCIAL SOUND PRODUCTS
INTELLIVOX
The biggest challenge facing a sound system designer is devising a system which will have a high direct to reverberant sound
ratio, maximizing the sound that arrives directly to the listeners ear, while reducing the sound energy from walls, ceilings and
other acoustically reflective surfaces. With the Intellivox DDC (Digital Directivity Control), DDS (Digital Directivity Synthesis)
technologies, and WinControl software it's possible to control the vertical directivity pattern of Intellivox products and aim the
sound where you want it - at the listener.
The standard Intellivox DC and DS column speakers are 134mm wide, 92 mm deep and available in 6 lengths. 1150mm,
1800mm, 2800mm, 3800mm, 4300mm and 5000mm. The longer the array, the more control you have over the directivity.
They each have an array of 4 inch drivers with built in amplification and DSP. The DC/DS 115 has 2 additional tweeters to
extend the frequency range.
The Intellivox DSX products have the same dimensions as their DC/DS equivalent, and include a small horn array, extending
the frequency response to 18 kHz.
For an even wider frequency range we also manufacture the DC/DS 808 and 1608 with 6.5 inch drivers, making the speakers
better suited to Music as well as speech. The electronics module for these units comes separated in a 3RU enclosure.
Page 280
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
Page 281
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
STUDIO MONITORS
STUDIO MONITORS
STUDIO MONITORS
SMOOTH ACCURATE RESPONSE AT THE MIX POSITION JBL PROFESSIONAL IS THE PROUD RECIPIENT
OF THE 2005 TECHNICAL GRAMMY
JBL Studio Monitors go beyond accurateall the way to stunningby The National Academy Of Recording Arts and
incorporating features that reduce the effect of problems in the room. Sciences Presented the 2005 Technical GRAMMY
We start with the latest JBL transducer and network technologies Award to JBL Professional for Continual Mastery and
Innovation in Concert, Studio, Cinema and Broadcast
for ultra-flat response and exceptional dynamic range. Then we
Sound and Monitors to Ensure Exacting Standards for
incorporate features that optimize monitoring accuracy in your the Most Accurate Sonic Experience.
workspace. So even if you work in a small home studio, youll have
clear sound at the mix position. All models in the line are engineered Linear Spatial Reference (LSR) Technology
for use in the most demanding production environments. With JBL Much of what you hear at the mix position is
Studio Monitors mixing is a pleasure. reflected - not direct sound. LSR Technology ensures
mid and high frequency response of our speakers is
neutral at the mix position. As a result, the reflected
sound that reaches the mix position is smooth and
accurate.
Stunning Sound
Starting with application-designed and built
transducers engineered for extremely accurate
response and superb power handling, the stunning
sound of the JBL Studio Monitors makes long mix
sessions a pleasure. Meeting higher standards
than any other loudspeaker manufacturer, JBL's
demanding tests ensure that our speakers give you
accurate mixes year after year.
Page 282
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
STUDIO MONITORS
The D2 high-frequency compression
Until now, the impressive large-format monitoring experience driver in the M2 provides smooth
has been unattainable in small and medium-size rooms. With the extended high frequency response
to 40 kHz, with extraordinary output
introduction of the M2 Master Reference Monitor, JBL brings world-
and ultra-low distortion. The advanced Image Control
class large-format monitoring to a broad range of production spaces. waveguide produces remarkable imaging, neutral
Leveraging a new generation of high-output, ultra-low distortion JBL broad-band in-room response and enhanced high-
transducers, the M2 provides an in-room response of 20 Hz to 40 frequency coverage.
kHz, with the high SPL
and dynamic range 2216ND Differential Drive Low
required for demanding Frequency Transducer
music and film The 2216ND is made with two
production. The M2s neodymium magnets and dual
voice coils employing patented low
revolutionary Image
thermal coefficient of resistance
Control waveguide wire. This allows very high output
ensures stunning with minimal power compression,
imaging across a wide resulting in deep distortion-free
listening area. With bass even at very high SPL.
a footprint of only
14 inches deep and Crown Power
20 inches wide, the The M2 System is bi-amplified and tuned with Crown
M2 two-way system iTech 5000HD or ITech4x3500HD amplifiers for
unmatched power and transient response. Multiple
outperforms many
systems can be networked and centrally controlled
larger and more costly using Harman System Architect Software. Optional
3-way and 4-way configurations include BSS Soundweb London sig-
systems, making nal processing and I/O. Each speaker can be calibrated
big, detailed sound and optimized for room placement and acoustics.
an option for artist
studios, mastering
facilities, small mix
stages and screening
rooms. M2 (shown with removable grille)
Page 283
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
7 SERIES
NEXT GENERATION MONITORING DEVELOPED FROM
NO
M
THE GROUND UP FOR POST AND BROADCAST FACILITIES. IN
E E
JBLs new 7 Series Studio Monitors answer the call for next generation multi-
channel monitoring in post and broadcast production control rooms. Leverag-
ing patented technologies developed for JBLs flagship M2 Master Reference
Monitor, 7 models deliver detailed imaging, extended frequency response and
remarkable output from compact enclosures. Centrally amplified and tuned, and
easily installed, 705i and 708i Studio Monitors are the heart of an elegant, scal-
able system for broadcast and post facilities working in 5.1, 7.1 surround sound
and immersive audio formats.
Next Generation Transducers Next Generation Scalable Systems for any size Post or
Meeting the dynamic range and extended frequency response requirements Broadcast control room
of todays production formats, 7 Series models leverage JBL next generation
ultra-low distortion drivers that deliver extraordinary output and remarkable
frequency response.
LSR708i LSR705i
8" TWO-WAY STUDIO MONITOR 5" TWO-WAY STUDIO MONITOR
RESPONSE -1.5 dB @ 45 23kHz RESPONSE -1.5 dB @ 45 23kHz
FREQUENCY RANGE 35Hz 36 kHz FREQUENCY RANGE 39Hz 36 kHz
MAX SPL (80 Hz - 20 kHz) >108 dB SPL / 1m MAX SPL (80 Hz - 20 kHz) >101 dB SPL / 1m
Dimensions (H x W x D): 17.25 x 9.75 x 11 in. Dimensions (H x W x D): 10.5 x 5.875 x 8.125 in.
(438 x 248 x 280 mm) (267 x 149 x 206 mm)
Page 284
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
LSR6300 SERIES
EXCEPTIONAL ACCURACY AND PERFORMANCE
The award-winning JBL LSR6300 Series professional
loudspeakers deliver the exceptional accuracy and per-
formance needed in demanding music, post audio and
broadcast applications. Each model provides ultra-flat
LSR6300 SERIES
response, extraordinary SPL capability and technology
to optimize performance in any size production envi-
ronment. All models are shielded, ready for mounting
and THX pm3 approved.
2004 WINNER
LSR6325P-1
COMPACT POWERED 5.25" TWO-WAY
Peak SPL of 109dB
STUDIO MONITOR
The LSR6325P-1 provides exceptional Front panel volume and power
performance for use in applications where controls
accuracy is a must, but space is limited. With Integrated mounting points
a 5.25" high-excursion woofer, 1" damped
titanium composite tweeter, and 150 watts
of amplification, it outperforms many larger
systems.
STUDIO MONITORS
LSR6300 SERIES
LSR6328P
8" POWERED TWO-WAY STUDIO MONITOR Peak SPL of 111dB
The LSR6328P is the choice for stereo and multi-
channel music and post audio applications where Differential Drive technology for
accuracy and high SPL are required. With ruler flat extended low frequency response
response from 50 Hz to 20 kHz, low frequency Integrated mounting points for
extension to 36 Hz, boundary compensation and installation
JBL's new RMC system, the LSR6328P gives
you exceptional low frequency performance in
any room.
LSR6332
12" PASSIVE HIGH SPL THREE-WAY Peak SPL of 112dB
STUDIO MONITOR
The LSR6332 is the ideal choice if you need a Differential Drive technology with
larger monitor with high SPL for mid-field, soffit dynamic braking
or behind the screen applications. This three-way Rotatable sub-baffle for horizontal
non-powered system features a 12" Differential or vertical orientation
Drive woofer, 5" Kevlar midrange speaker, and 1"
titanium composite tweeter.
LSR6312SP
12" POWERED SUBWOOFER Peak SPL of 115dB
The LSR6312 powered subwoofer is based on
a 12" Differential Drive woofer and 260 watts of Sophisticated LCR bass
management system
power. An integral bass-management system
provides all the features you need for today's Direct LFE input with selectable
multi-format surround production. JBL's RMC input sensitivity
Calibration Kit included.
Page 285
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
LSR4300 SERIES
STUDIO MONITORS
LSR4300 SERIES
LSR4328P
8" POWERED TWO-WAY STUDIO MONITOR Peak SPL of 112dB
The LSR4328P is a bi-amplified system with
a 8" woofer and a 1" silk-dome tweeter. It Convenient mounting points for
also features JBL's exclusive RMC Room mounted installation
Mode Correction that analyzes and corrects Integrated handles for ease of
the response of each speaker in the room for positioning
absolute accuracy at the mix position.
Page 286
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
LSR310S
LSR305
LSR308
3 SERIES
STUDIO MONITORS
3 SERIES
EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE REMARKABLE IMAGING
PRICED WITHIN REACH OF ANY STUDIO
LSR305
5" TWO-WAY POWERED MONITOR
The 3 Series Powered Studio Monitors are the first to incorporate Bi-amplified studio monitor with magnetically-
JBLs groundbreaking Image Control Waveguide from our flagship shielded 5" low frequency transducer and
M2 Master Reference Monitors. Unprecedented detail, imaging 1" soft-dome high frequency transducer
and depth clearly reveal micro-dynamics in reverb tails, subtleties and Image Control Wave Guide. Class-D 41
of mic placement, and a tangible sense of a center channel speaker. watt RMS amplifier for LF, and 41 watt RMS
A broad, room-friendly sweet spot ensures equal dimension amplifier for HF.
and transparency for everyone in the room. With legendary JBL
transducers and custom-designed power amplifiers, the 3 Series LSR308
will boost the image in your studio. 8" TWO-WAY POWERED MONITOR
Bi-amplified studio monitor with magnetically-
shielded 8" low frequency transducer and
1" soft-dome high frequency transducer
LSR305
and Image Control Wave Guide. Class-D 56
5" Two-Way Powered Monitor watt RMS amplifier for LF, and 56 watt RMS
Frequency range : 43 Hz - 24 kHz amplifier for HF.
Max Peak SPL : 108 dB
Amplifier Power : 80 w
LSR310S
10" POWERED STUDIO SUBWOOFER
Down-firing high excursion subwoofer system
LSR308 with a 10" woofer and JBL's patented Slip
Stream port which deliver impressive low
8" Two-Way Powered Monitor frequency extension and output. Class-D
Frequency range : 37 Hz - 24 kHz 200 watt RMS amplifier. A JBL first, the
Max Peak SPL : 112 dB included XLF Extended Low Frequency setting
lets you hear your tracks with the augmented
Amplifier Power : 100 w
bass tuning used in todays dance clubs.
Page 287
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTROL MONITORS
COMPACT PROFESSIONAL INSTALLATION MONITORS
The JBL Control Series speakers offer well balanced sound and
exceptional power handling, making these speakers ideal for any
installation requiring professional control monitor performance from a
compact source.
CONTROL 1 PRO
CONTROL 1 PRO
COMPACT 5.25" PASSIVE TWO-WAY
80 Hz to 20 kHz Frequency Range
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM
The Control 1 Pro is a high-performance compact Includes mounting bracket
loudspeaker system incorporating monitor-grade, Available in black or white finishes
magnetically shielded transducers, a professional
crossover network and full-range SonicGuard
CONTROL 1 PRO-WH overload protection.
CONTROL MONITORS
STUDIO MONITORS
CONTROL 2P
COMPACT 5.25" POWERED TWO-WAY 80 Hz - 20 kHz Frequency Range
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM
The Control 2P compact powered reference Stereo headphone jack for
headphone monitoring
monitor system combines JBL's legendary
loudspeaker design with powerful amplification to Can be wall mounted with optional
deliver rich, accurate performance for demanding MTC-2P kit
CONTROL 2P audio applications.
CONTROL 5
COMPACT 6.5" PASSIVE TWO-WAY Molded enclosure with shielded
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM magnet structure
The Control 5 is a high-performance, wide range
control monitor suitable for use as the primary 55 Hz - 20 kHz Frequency Range
sound source in a variety of applications. All Available in black or white finishes
transducers are magnetically shielded for use in
close proximity to video monitors.
CONTROL 5
Page 288
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
5742
SCREENARRAY SERIES
ULTRA HIGH POWER LARGE FORMAT LOUDSPEAKER
SYSTEMS
The 5742 four-way and 5732 three-way Ultra High Power ScreenArray
speakers provide extreme power for large format auditoriums and are
designed as the ideal large format loudspeaker system. Both systems
feature a 150 watt, 4 titanium diaphragm high frequency driver on JBLs
patented Optimized Aperture waveguide.
THX approved
Ultra high power for large auditoriums
Both 3-way and 4-way speakers
5732
5732
DUAL 15" THREE-WAY CINEMA Peak SPL of 128dB
LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM Flat front waveguide for easy baffle
The 5732 tri-amplified system is ideal for premier wall installation
5742
cinemas and post production facilities requiring
Shallow 18" depth for minimum
(Rear View) enhanced power and headroom. The 5732 behind-screen depth requirements
features a powerful 700 watt midrange section
with dual 8" Differential Drive transducers coupled
with a dual 15" low frequency section.
5732
(SideView)
Page 289
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SCREENARRAY SERIES
THE MOST POPULAR CINEMA LOUDSPEAKERS
THROUGHOUT THE WORLD
With the advent of digital cinema, today's cinema patron is even more
demanding of perfect coverage in every seat of the auditorium, wide
dynamic range and extended bandwidth and inaudible levels of distortion.
Continuing to provide cinema exhibition venues and post production
facilities with unprecedented audio performance and advanced
technology, JBL introduced the "Next Generation" of its award winning
ScreenArray digital cinema loudspeakers. Since their introduction, JBL
ScreenArray systems have become the choice for premium cinemas
4722 & throughout the world. With significant improvements in
4722N
performance and design, the new ScreenArray systems
will continue to be the most popular cinema loudspeakers
throughout the world.
Page 290
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
SCREENARRAY SERIES
3732T
THE MOST POPULAR CINEMA LOUDSPEAKERS
THROUGHOUT THE WORLD
The ScreenArray Series features true three-way system design enhanced
by advanced engineering. JBL Professionals best technical innovations
3732 [T]
3731T are integrated in a system design that provides superior coverage,
maximum power handling, and uniform acoustic power output, along
with extremely low distortion.
Page 291
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
JBL STANDARD
5674
CINEMA SYSTEMS
COMPACT AND COST EFFECTIVE CINEMA SOLUTIONS
In order to meet the requirements for JBL quality at lower prices, the
3000 and 5000 Series ScreenArray speaker systems were developed.
The systems provide smooth and accurate reproduction of cinema
soundtracks while being compact and very cost-effective.
The 5674 has earned THX Approval and is the same system used in The
Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Samuel Goldwyn Theater
and The Directors Guild Theater in Los Angeles. The JBL 5674, truly the
worlds finest three-way loudspeaker.
CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS
Hollywood, California
3677 Academy Award and Oscar image
3252N 3678 AMPAS. THX Lucasfilm, LTD.
5674
QUAD 15" THREE-WAY CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM
Peak SPL of 117dB
The 5764 features four JBL 15" low-frequency transducers in a
unique DiamondQuad array. This array orientation allows the four Flat-front design for easy baffle wall installation
drivers to create maximum output, while minimizing destructive Fully adjustable horn bracket for precise
interference caused by multiple drivers operating in the same band- directional control
pass region.
3252N
DUAL 15" TWO-WAY CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM
The JBL 3252N Screen Channel system provides smooth and Peak SPL of 124dB
accurate reproduction of cinema soundtracks in a compact and
cost effective 400 watt system. The convenient single enclosure, Fully passive operation
featuring dual 15" low frequency drivers and a Teonex diaphragm All in one enclosure for simple installation
high frequency driver, requires no field assembly.
3677
15" TWO-WAY CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEM
The 3677 combines classic JBL performance with a natural sound 90 x 40 Flat Front Bi-Radial horn
quality for both music and dialog. The ideal small system when mini-
Shallow cabinet profile minimizes behind screen
mum depth behind the screen is required. For extraordinary conve-
space requirements
nience, the all-in-one enclosure requires no field assembly.
3678
All in one enclosure for simple installation
Page 292
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
CINEMA SURROUND
SYSTEMS
SURROUND SOLUTIONS FOR THE MODERN CINEMA
No other manufacturer provides a wider, more cost effective range of surround
speaker solutions to meet the demands of modern cinema sound reproduction
than JBL Professional.
9320
12" HIGH POWER CINEMA SURROUND
High power 400 watt, 12" large format cinema
The 9320 Cinema Surround speaker offers high power handling with surround
extended bass response for extended dynamic range required for
Large PT Progressive Transition Waveguide
large format cinemas and multi-channel surround formats. The 9320
is a powerful, two-way full range surround comprised of an M12-8 120 x 60 coverage
300mm (12") low frequency driver and a 2408H-1 380mm (1.5") voice Multiple M10 threaded mounting points on top,
coil compression driver. The large format Progressive Transition bottom and sides
waveguide provides exceptional 120 x 60 coverage and is rotatable
for speaker use in a vertical or horizontal position.
SCS 8
8" SPATIALLY CUED CINEMA SURROUND
250 watt power handling
The SCS 8 is a two-way, full range cinema surround loudspeaker
ideal for multi channel surround formats for medium sized 120 x 120 consistent broadband pattern
control
auditoriums. The SCS 8 is comprised of a high-power coaxial 203
mm (8 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 in) high frequency Overload protection
compression driver.
SCS 12
12" SPATIALLY CUED CINEMA SURROUND
400 watt power handling
The SCS 12 is a two-way, full range, high power cinema surround
loudspeaker ideal for multi channel surround formats and is Extraordinary clarity surround with extended
frequency response
designed for overhead installation as well as for the standard on-wall
installations. The SCS 12 is comprised of a high power coaxial 305 High power passive crossover network
mm (12 in) low frequency driver and a 25 mm (1 in) high frequency
compression driver.
Page 293
2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CINEMA SURROUND
SYSTEMS
SURROUND SOLUTIONS FOR THE MODERN CINEMA
No other manufacturer provides a wider, more cost effective range of
surround speaker solutions to meet the demands of modern cinema
sound reproduction than JBL Professional.
8320
CINEMA LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS
CINEMA SURROUND SYSTEMS
8340A 8350
8320
COMPACT 8" CINEMA SURROUND
Peak SPL of 122dB
Features a 8" low frequency driver and a 1" soft dome driver
combined with Internal Thermomaster technology allowing for 150 100 x 90 coverage
watts of power. Special cabinet shape incorporates 20 angled
front baffle
8340A
10" HIGH POWER CINEMA SURROUND
Peak SPL of 126dB
An unbeatable choice when very high power handling, high
sensitivity, extended bass response and a remarkably compact 100 x 80 coverage
cabinet are the requirements. Special cabinet shape incorporates
8350
20 angled front baffle
Mann Graumans
Chinese Theatre;
Hollywood,
California
Page 294
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
SUBWOOFERS
HIGH PERFORMANCE 18" SUBWOOFERS FOR CINEMA
3635 4181
4642A
5628
4645C 4641
4181
Cost effective 500 watt subwoofer system featuring an advanced 500 watt continuous power rating
technology 18" transducer mounted in a direct radiator, bass-reflex Usable response to 28 Hz
enclosure. It's ideal for use with digital soundtracks.
Low power compression
4641
When a 600 watt cinema subwoofer is what you need, the 4641 is 600 watt continuous power rating
the perfect cost effective choice. The 4641 features one 18" JBL Usable response to 25 Hz
2241 low frequency transducer.
Approved by Luscasfilm, Ltd. for THX
4642A installations
Dual 18" subwoofer system featuring two JBL 2241H low frequency 1200 watt continuous power rating
transducers. This high-performance, cost effective system is Usable response to 22 Hz
ideal when smooth response at the lowest audible frequencies is
required. Approved by Luscasfilm, Ltd. for THX
installations
4645C
The industry standard and features a single JBL 2242 SVG low 800 watt continuous power rating
frequency transducer for the highest output with lowest distortion. Usable response to 22 Hz
Approved by Luscasfilm, Ltd. for THX
5628
installations
5628 Dual 18 ultra high power, lightweight, subwoofer featuring 4000 Watts Continuous power rating
two JBL 2269H Ultra Long Excursion 18 Differential Drive Usable response to 18Hz
woofers.
16,000 W peak power handling
Page 295
Harman
Harman Professional 2015
Catalog 2015
Professional Catalog
2450H/J
2426H/J
2451H/J
LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS
2242H
TRANSDUCERS & DRIVERS
2242H
SVG SERIES CONE TRANSDUCERS
Incorporates JBLs patented Super Vented Gap technology for improvement in power handling capability while minimizing
power compression.
2426H/J
25MM 1" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER
Incorporates JBLs titanium diamond diaphragm for ruggedness and outstanding frequency response.
2451H/J
38MM 1.5" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER
The 38 mm exit on the 2451H/J compression driver allows the Coherent Wave phasing plug to directly couple with
Optimized Aperture Bi-Radial horns for lower distortion and better coverage control. The large format 100 mm
(4 in) diaphragm design includes JBLs exclusive three dimensional diamond pattern which increases the drivers output in
the 5 kHz to 20 kHz range when combined with the Coherent Wave phasing plug.
2450H/J
49MM 2" EXIT COMPRESSION DRIVER
The 2450H/J uses the optimized configuration of the Coherent Wave phasing plug design, offering coherent summation of
acoustical power up to much higher frequencies than previous designs. It also incorporates a neodymium rare-earth magnet
assembly that provides the equivalent electromechanical conversion efficiency at two-thirds the size and one-third the
weight required by previous large format compression driver designs.
Page 296
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
HORNS &
ACCESSORIES
HIGH QUALITY COMPONENTS FROM JBL
OPTIMIZED APERTURE
MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL HORN
MODEL 2352
2509A
2370A
2382A
LOUDSPEAKER COMPONENTS
HORNS
2352
OPTIMIZED APERTURE MID-SIZE BI-RADIAL HORN
The Optimized Aperture Mid-Size Bi-Radial Horns are designed to provide high sound pressure level at low distortion over
the bandwidth of 630 Hz to beyond 18 kHz with very uniform horizontal and vertical coverage from an optimum size horn.
Extensive modeling was used to optimize the coverage pattern, reducing both distortion and size.
The horns small vertical mouth dimension (just slightly larger than the compression driver used to drive the horn) allows
very compact single and multiple horn/driver systems to be put together. Should vertical pattern control be required below
2 kHz, two or more horns may be stacked vertically to restore full Bi-Radial performance.
2509A
HORN/DRIVER MOUNTING SYSTEM
The 2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is designed to facilitate easy installations and quick adjustability in a variety of
applications. It is manufactured of rugged 18" steel and finished in black matte. The 2509 Professional Mounting Bracket is
not intended for suspension applications.
The 2509A is a two piece system that allows aiming and rotation in three planesvertical, horizontal and rotation around
axis. The width of the mounting slots and an included adaptor gasket allow use with the 2350 Series and the 2380 Series.
Page 297
Harman
Harman Professional 2015
Catalog 2015
Professional Catalog
COOLING SYSTEM
DETAIL
SURROUND
DETAILS
18SWS1000
Recommended for use as a subwoofer in a bass reflex or horn Cone is reinforced with non pressed synthetic
Bandpass extension into the very low frequency zone. for greater durability, better damping, and reduced
standing waves.
High power output with low distortion.
Exclusive MCS - Multi Cooling System for high
Magnetic assembly was designed with Finite Element Analysis SPL with less power compression.
(FEA) for precise utilization and distribution of the magnetic field.
Die-cast Aluminum frame is durable and made to
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 15SWS800 15SWS1000 15SWS1100 15SWS1200 18SWS800 18SWS1000 18SWS1100 18SWS1200
Diameter 15 15 15 15 18 18 18 18
Impedance () 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
RMS (W) 800 1,000 1,100 1,200 800 1,000 1,100 1,200
Musical Program (W) 1,600 2,000 2,200 2,400 1,600 2,000 2,200 2,400
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 93 95 95 95 95 96 97 96
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 35 to 1,500 38 to 2,000 35 to 3,500 40 to 20,000 30 to 1,500 37 to 2,000 30 to 3,000 37 to 20,000
Resonance (Hz) 37 36 37 41 32 37 34 35
Voice Coil diameter in. (mm) 4 (100)
Edge wound
Voice Coil 4 Layer Cu 4 Layer Al Edge wound Al 4 Layer Al 4 Layer Cu 4 Layer Al 4 Layer Al
Al
Magnet Weight oz. (g) 120 (3,400) 121.34 (3,400) 120 (3,400) 120 (3,400) 120 (3,400) 121.34 (3,440)
Basket Die cast aluminum with epoxy finish
Page 298
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
12MB3P 10MB3P
MIDBASS LINE
or m-roll style to increase linearity during large
excursions. Added advantages include the reduction
of standing waves and improved acoustic coupling.
For midbass cabinets that require high power handling,
efficiency, high fidelity, and low distortion. Efficient venting cools the voice coil which reduces
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 8MB4P 10MB3P 12MB3P
Diameter 8 10 12
Impedance () 8 8 8
RMS (W) 250 300 500
Musical Program (W) 500 600 1,000
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 97 100 101
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 80 to 5,000 150 to 12,000 90 to 4,000
Kapton - Trademark Du Pont
Page 299
Harman
Harman Professional 2015
Catalog 2015
Professional Catalog
6W4P 8W4P
W4P waves.
MIDBASS LINE
Recommended for use in systems that require flat frequency response with
An excellent choice when small unobtrusive speakers are called for in houses
Durable copper voice coil on Kapton is large enough to handle a lot of power
Special resins are used to treat the long fiber paper cone increasing strength
Cloth (8) and foam (6) half roll surrounds are treated to improve stability
during high excursions, increase acoustic coupling and help dampen standing
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 6W4P 8W4P
Diameter 6 8
Impedance () 8 8
RMS (W) 100 150
Musical Program (W) 200 300
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 91 96
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 80 to 9,000 100 to 6,500
Kapton - Trademark Du Pont
Page 300
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
MIDBASS LINE
improves mechanical stiffness, damping, and reduces standing waves.
Recommended for smaller low frequency cabinets where high power handling, improves efficiency.
seamless linearity and low distortion sound is required.
High temperature structural adhesives permanently bonds
Ideal for touring and fixed installations. Recommended for use in sidefill and components increasing durability and reliability.
stage monitor speakers.
Double spiders control the alignment of the cone during high excursions.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 12WS600 15WS600 18WS600 15WS700
Diameter 12 15 18 15
Impedance () 8 8 8 8
RMS (W) 600 600 600 700
Musical Program (W) 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,400
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 95 97 98 98
Kapton - Trademark Du Pont
Page 301
Harman
Harman Professional 2015
Catalog 2015
Professional Catalog
CV5 Frame in reinforced steel and epoxy paint gives the set high
WOOFER LINE
Professional woofer, recommended for mid and low frequencies reinforcement and from the voice coil.
designed to meet the most diverse needs, ideal for mobile units or in environments
such as auditoriums, ballrooms and nightclubs. The use of high strong adhesive guarantees an optimal cohesion
and durability to the components.
The high efficiency in sound reproduction is due to the excellent combination of its
components.
The paper cone reinforced with long fibers, provides the array great stability, high
The voice coil is made of a very resistant to high Temperatures wire and winding in
Kapton former .
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 10CV5 12CV5 15CV5
Diameter 10 12 15
Power (W) 100 W 150 W 150 W
Musical Program (W) 250 W 350 W 400 W
SPL (dB) 91 dB 1W @ 1m (dB) 97 dB 1W @ 1m (dB) 99 dB 1W @ 1m (dB)
Frequency Resp 65Hz ~ 5500 KHz 70Hz ~ 5000 KHz 70Hz ~ 4000 KHz
Resonance (Hz) 80 Hz 70 Hz 70 Hz
Voice Coil diameter 32 mm 46 mm 46 mm
Magnet Weight (g) 440 g 560 g 920 g
Impedance 8
Die cast Aluminum with epoxy finish
Page 302
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
PW distortion.
WOOFER LINE
Aluminum dust cap dissipates heat from the voice coil improving
performance reproduction of the critical midrange frequencies and low Mechanically strong and weather resistant epoxy coated stamped
The right choice for two way loudspeakers that are used for sound
Precision wound copper voice coil is bonded to a Kapton former and coated
Paper cone reinforced with long fibers is specially treated to ensure faithful
Accordion edge fabric surround is specially treated to reduce fatigue and lower
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL 8PW7 10PW7 12PW7 15PW7 15PW6
Diameter 8 10 12 15 15
Impedance () 8 8 8 8 8
RMS (W) 140 150 250 300 400
Musical Program (W) 300 300 500 600 800
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 93 95 95 97 97
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 70 to 8,000 60 to 4,000 40 to 4,500 40 to 4,500 60 to 4,000
Resonance (Hz) 79 67 42 43 37
Voice coil Diameter in.(mm) 1.3 (32) 1.8 (46) 2.4 (60) 2.4 (60) 3 (75)
Magnet Weight oz. (g) 20 (560) 32 (920) 46 (1300) 46 (1300) 86 (2440)
Frame Material Stamped steel with epoxy finish
Page 303
Harman
Harman Professional 2015
Catalog 2015
Professional Catalog
PHENOLIC Magnetic Fluid in the gap (models D305 and D405) helps
Precisely formed phenolic diaphragm produces high fidelity sound through out the
midrange.
cancellations.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL D200 D250-X D305 D405
Throat diameter 1 2
impedance () 8
(1) (2) (2) (2)
RMS (W) 50 100 75 100
Musical Program (W) 100 200 150 200
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 107 107 110 110
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 500 to 7.000 400 to 9.000 400 to 9.000 300 to 7.000
Rec. a 12 dB/8 (Hz) 500 500 500
Voice coil diameter in(mm) 51 51 75 100
Magnet weight oz.(g) 290 332 1.600 2.640
Housing material Plastic Aluminum Plastic
Horn connection Screw on Bolt on
Page 304
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
Recommended for use in high performance compact, two-way, multi-way and Precisely designed Phase Plug is an acoustic transformer that helps
For use in sound reinforcement, side fill and stage monitor loudspeakers. Copper shorting ring on the pole piece reduces the modulation of the
High sensitivity and linear frequency response. center the voice coil and wicks away heat.
Pure TITANIUM Diaphragm is accurately shaped to produce high frequencies Repair of the driver is easy because the quick change diaphragm
with clarity. indexes to center and has a unique gold-plated contact system (model
D3305Ti).
Innovative IPF - Impregnated Polymer Fiber (model D3305Ti) diaphragm
surround reduces ringing and makes the high frequencies more linear.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL D202Ti D220Ti D220Ti OMF D3305Ti DPD D409Ti D405Ti D4400Ti
Throat diameter 1 2
Impedance () 8
RMS (W) 60 80 75 150 125 125
Musical Program (W) 120 160 150 300 2503 2503
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 106 109 108 111 109 112
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 1,000 to 20,000 1,000 to 21,000 500 to 20,000 400 to 20,000 400 to 18,000 400 to 20,000
Rec. X-over, 12dB/oct min. (Hz) 1,500 800 800 800
Kapton - Trademark Du Pont
Voice coil diameter in (mm) 1.7 (44) 3(75) 4 (100) 4 (100) 4 (100)
Kapton/CCAW
Voice coil Kapton/CCAW CCAW Kapton/CCAW
edgewound
Magnet Weight oz.(g) 8 (210) 24 (675) 57(1,600) 93 (2,640) 93 (2,640) 121.34 (3,440)
Housing material Plastic Aluminum Plastic Aluminum
Horn connection Screw on Bolt on Screw on
Page 305
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SOUND
DISPERSION
HL 4750-SLF
HL 14-25
HL 14-50N
HORN LINE
LONG THROW
HORN LINE
Several models available with different sound dispersion designed to fit almost any
application.
Optimized to increase directivity which raises max SPL, and to improve loading of
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL HL 14-25 HL 14-50N HL 4750-SLF
Throat 1 2 2
Material Plastic Aluminum Fiberglass
Sound Dispersion HxV 45 x 45 45 x 45 40 x 20
Low Frequency Limit. (Hz) 600 600 400
Driver Connection Screw on Bolt on Bolt on
Width in. (mm) 6.1 (156) 6.1 (176) 17.5 (445)
Height in. (mm) 6.1 (156) 6.1 (165) 11 (280)
Length in (mm) 10.1 (258) 5.1 (134) 13.8 (352)
Page 306
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
SOUND
DISPERSION
HM17-25
HM3950-SLF
HM25-25
HORN LINE
MEDIUM AND SHORT THROW
HORN LINE
Ideal for sound reproduction in small, medium and large-size environments.
Several models available with different sound dispersion designed to fit almost any
application.
Optimized to increase directivity which raises max SPL, and to improve loading of
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL HM11-25 HM17-25 HM25-25 HM3950-SLF HM4750-SLF HC2325
Throat 1 1 1 2 2 1
Material Plastic Plastic Aluminum Fiberglass Plastic
Sound Dispersion HxV 60 x 60 60 x 40 90 x 60 60 x 30 90 x 40 100 x 40
Low Frequency Limit (Hz) 1,200 1,500 1,200 400 400 600
Driver Connection Screw on Screw on Screw on Bolt on Bolt on Screw on
Width in (mm) 4.5 (115) 6.3 (160) 10.8 (274) 15.3 (390) 17.5 (445) 10 (254)
Height in (mm) 4.5 (115) 5.7 (145) 6.5 (164) 8.1 (206) 11.4 (290) 5 (128)
Length in (mm) 3 (75) 4.1 (103) 5.9 (151) 9.2 (234) 8.3 (210) 5.7 (145)
Page 307
Harman Professional
Harman ProfessionalCatalog 2015
Catalog2015
SOUND
DISPERSION
Ideal super tweeter when the reproduction of high frequencies must define the temperature voice coil thats bonded to a Kapton former.
instruments.
Components are bonded with high temperature structural
Recommended for PA systems, stage monitors and most sound reinforcement adhesives to increase durability and improve reliability.
systems in general.
Easy diaphragm replacement for faster repairs.
Extremely high sensitivity and lower distortion.
The geometry of the magnetic circuit was optimized with Finite Element Analysis
(FEA) in order to efficiently utilize and distribute the magnetic field in the gap.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL ST200 ST304 ST350 ST400 BLK ST302-X
Impedance () 8 8 8 8 8
RMS (W) 70(1) 40(2) 100(2) 150(2) 125(2)
Musical Program (W) 140 80 100(2) 150(2) 250
SPL 1W @ 1m (dB) 105 106 111 111 106
Frequency Resp. @ -10dB (Hz) 2,000 to 20,000 3,500 to 18,000 2,500 to 20,000 3,000 to 20,000 3,500 to 20,000
Voice Coil Diameter 1.8 (46) 1.7 (42) 1.8 (46)
Sound Dispersion HxV 40 x 40 120 x 40 40 x 40
Magnet weight 8 (220) 11 (320) 17 (470) 15 (430) 440
Diaphragm Phenolic
Housing material Plastic
Page 308
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
Product Index
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
2206H 296 AM7315/95 & /64 257 CONTROL 28 & 28T-60 270
2226H/J 296 ASB4128 259 CONTROL 29AV-1 271
2241H 296 ASB6112 260 CONTROL 2P 288
2242H 296 ASB6115 260 CONTROL 30 271
2352 297 ASB6118 259 CONTROL 312CS 273
2370A 297 ASB6125 260 CONTROL 321C & 321CT 273
2380A 297 ASB6128 259 CONTROL 322C & 322CT 273
2382A 297 ASB6128V 259 CONTROL 328C & 328CT 273
2385A 297 ASB7118 260 CONTROL 40CS/T 275
2426H/J 296 ASB7128 260 CONTROL 42C 275
2450H/J 296 ASH6118 259 CONTROL 45C/T 275
2451H/J 296 AW266 & AW266-LS 264 CONTROL 47C/T 275
2509A 297 AW295 & AW295-LS 264 CONTROL 47HC 275
3252N 292 AW526 & AW526-LS 264 CONTROL 47LP 275
3635 295 AW566 & AW566-LS 264 CONTROL 5 288
Page 309
Harman Professional
Harman ProfessionalCatalog 2015
Catalog2015
Product Index
PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE PRODUCT PAGE
LSR6312SP 285 PRX718XLF 231 VRX918S 237
LSR6325P-1 285 PRX725 230 VRX918SP 237
LSR6328P 285 PRX735 231 VRX928LA 237
LSR6332 285 SCS 12 293 VRX932LA-1 237
LSR705I 284 SCS 8 293 VRX932LAP 237
LSR708I 284 STX812M 235 VT4880 243
MD1 251 STX815M 235 VT4880A 243
MD2 251 STX818S 235 VT4880ADP-DA 247
MD3 251 STX825 235 VT4881A 243
MD46 252 STX828S 235 VT4881ADP-DA 247
MD49 252 STX835 235 VT4882 243
MD52 252 VLA301 253 VT4882DP-DA 247
MD55 252 VLA301H 253 VT4883 243
MD7 251 VLA601 253 VT4886 242
PD5122 255 VLA601H 253 VT4887A 242
JBL PROFESSIONAL PRODUCT INDEX
Page 86
Page 310
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Harman
HarmanProfessional Catalog 2015
ProfessionalCatalog 2014
2015
Notes
JBL PROFESSIONAL
Page 87
Page 311
Harman Professional
Harman ProfessionalCatalog 2015
Catalog2015
JBL continually engages in research related to product improvement. New materials, production methods and design
refinements are introduced into existing products without notice as a routine expression of that philosophy. For this
reason, any current JBL product may differ in some respect from its published description but will always equal or
exceed the original design specifications unless otherwise stated.
A DESIGNED SOLUTION
COMPREHENSIVE AND VERSATILE AUDIO
JBL Commercial Series, a dynamic blend of the best HARMAN brands, knows for any business,
the audio system is essential to keeping your customers informed and captivated.
Leveraging the expertise honed by years of precision sound reproduction and technical innovation by
JBL and other HARMAN brands, JBL Commercial crafts top-quality components to offer you
high-performance yet affordable sound systems.
By providing a premium listening experience for decades in everything from large arenas to private homes,
JBL is one of the most recognized and respected brands in the audio industry. Capitalizing on JBLs legendary
achievements in audio engineering and technology enables JBL Commercial to set new standards in sound.
That means youll find that our integrated array of mixer-amplifiers, amps, mixers, speakers, microphones, and
wall controllers delivers precise, reliable sound in any commercial application, from soothing spas to bustling bars.
As your single-brand source, JBL Commercial Series simplifies the search for high-performance, comprehensive
and versatile audio solutions for your business.
Page 2
Page 314
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
MIXER - AMPLIFIERS
VERSATILITY MEETS Fanless, space-saving 1U design
SPECIFICATIONS
Page 3
Page 315
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Output
MODEL Channels Size
(per channel)
CSA140Z 40W 1 1U Half-rack
CSA180Z 80W 1 1U Half-rack
CSA1120Z 120W 1 1U Half-rack
CSA240Z 40W 2 1U Half-rack
CSA280Z 80W 2 1U Half-rack
CSA2120Z 120W 2 1U Half-rack
Page 4
Page 316
2014
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AMPLIFIERS
COMPACT POWER Auto-standby mode for energy savings
The rack-mountable JBL CST-2120 transformer module provides Switch-mode universal power supply
two channels of impedance and voltage matching for the CSA-2120
amplifier to drive 70V and 100V distributed speaker systems.
SPECIFICATIONS
CSA Output Power 120W per channel
CSA Channels 2
CSA Sensitivity (8 load) 1.4 Vrms
CSA Signal to Noise Ratio >100 dB
Weight & Size 2.9 lbs (1.3 kg) ; 1U, Half-Rack
Page 5
Page 317
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Energy efficient
The JBL Commercial Series Mixers (CSM) offer unmatched ease
of use, with a clean, front panel featuring only volume controls
Sleek industrial look with illuminated rings
for each channel, master volume adjustment, adjustable bass and making them easy to see and use
treble controls and a power switch. All of the front panel controls
are surrounded by an illuminated ring, making them easy to see Configurable output routing
and operate in darkened environments. All units include RJ45 (2-channel models only)
connectors for use with JBL CSR-V in-wall volume controls. All
models feature a universal power supply which enables the ability Supports the JBL CSR-V wall controller
to accept AC voltages from 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60Hz. via Ethernet cable
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL Inputs Outputs Size
CSM14 4 1 1U Half-rack
CSM28 8 2 1U Full-rack
Page 6
Page 318
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
MIXERS
is provided to ensure full fidelity at all zone volume levels.
Page 7
Page 319
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
68 Hz - 17 kHz bandwidth with wide 74 Hz - 20 kHz bandwidth with 62 Hz - 20 kHz bandwidth with
130 degree coverage wide 120 degree coverage wide 110 degree coverage
6W transformer for 70V and 100V 6W transformer for 70V and 100V 6W transformer for 70V and 100V
distributed speaker lines distributed speaker lines distributed speaker lines
High sensitivity (93 dB, 1W, 1m) High sensitivity (97 dB, 1W, 1m) High sensitivity of 97 dB
for maximum power efficiency for maximum power efficiency for maximum sound levels using
minimum amp power
C-Ring (MTC-8124C) and tile rails C-Ring (MTC-8128C) and tile rails
(MTC-RAIL) optional (MTC-RAIL) optional Requires (MTC-81BB8) backcan;
(MTC-81TB8) tile rails optional
Page 8
Page 320
2014
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Very wide 75 degree coverage 120 degree conical coverage 110 degree coverage
Requires CSS-BB4 pre-install backcan; Requires CSS-BB8 pre-install backcan; Requires CSS-BB8 pre-install backcan
tile rails optional tile rails optional
10W multi-tap transformer for Wide 70 horizontal by 90 vertical Wide 50 horizontal by 70 vertical
100V or 70V distributed speaker lines coverage for medium throw applications coverage for long throw applications
8 direct setting
UL-registered 15-watt multi-tap UL-registered 30-watt multi-tap
transformer, with 8 direct bypass transformer, with 8 direct bypass
120 Hz 16 kHz frequency response
Page 9
Page 321
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Control 25T is perhaps the most versatile of JBL Professionals Control Contractor
Series indoor/outdoor loudspeakers. Its robust nature makes the Control 25T a perfect
choice for restaurants, health clubs, outdoor theme and water parks or other applications
where foreground/background music and paging are required. The Control 25T can be
used in either 70.7V or 100V distributed line sound systems. Taps are provided at 30W,
15W and 7.5W.
80 Hz to 15 kHz
PENDANT SPEAKER
Excellent sound quality coupled with stylish design and easy installation makes the 5
(130mm) Control 65P/T ideal for a wide variety of applications including retail, restaurants,
hotels, casinos, fitness centers, convention centers, exhibit spaces, conference rooms,
atriums, museums, transit centers and other open-ceiling applications.
Page 10
Page 322
2014
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
LOUDSPEAKER ACCESSORIES
Comes in packs of 12 pieces 4 pieces per carton 4 pieces per carton
for 6 backcans
Integral clips for MTC-RAIL Integral clips for MTC-RAIL
Punch formed steel, zinc-plated
Spreads ceiling loading Spreads ceiling loading
Fits 8138 speaker and Fits 8138 speaker and Fits 8124 and 8128 speakers
MTC-81TB8 tile bridge MTC-81BB8 backcan
Page 11
Page 323
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PAGING MICROPHONES
AKG CGN321 STS
STREAMLINE PROFESSIONAL TABLETOP MICROPHONE SET
Perfect for all kinds of meetings, the CGN321 STS is a heavy duty, professional tabletop
microphone set with excellent shock absorbing properties. It features a CGN351 condenser
gooseneck microphone with a cardioid polar pattern on a slim, 30 cm long gooseneck. This
professional microphone is specially designed for inexperienced speakers who talk into the
microphone from widely varying angles.
Programmable functions: push to talk, push to mute, push on/off, low cut on/off
A single cable attached to the A single cable attached to the A single cable attached to the
CSPM-1 contains three conductors for CSPM-2 contains three conductors for CSPM-4 contains three conductors for
audio. Pressing the PTT button turns audio and three conductors for contact audio and five conductors for contact
the microphone on, and releasing the closure. Selecting a zone and pressing closure. Selecting a zone and pressing
PTT button turns the microphone off. and holding the PTT button will route and holding the PTT button will route
the microphone audio to that zone. the microphone audio to that zone.
Ideal for paging to 1 Zone 2 zone selection buttons 4 zone selection buttons
Ideal for use with CSMA models Ideal for paging to 2 zones Ideal for paging to 4 zones
and CSM-21 and CSM-32
Ideal for use with Ideal for use with CSM-32
CSM-21 and CSM-32
Page 12
Page 324
2014
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Includes:
SR45 receiver, HT45 handheld transmitter,
stand adapter, Switched Mode Power Supply
and AA battery
AKG PERCEPTION
WIRELESS 45 PRESENTER SET
For houses of worship, hotels, clubs and band applications
HARDWIRED MICROPHONES
AKG P3 S HIGH PERFORMANCE
DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
Designed for backing vocals, guitar and wind instruments
Page 13
Page 325
Harman Professional
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Catalog 2015
WALL CONTROLLERS
The JBL Commercial CSR series remote controls, including CSR-V, CSR-2SV, and CSR-3SV, can use analog DC voltage to
provide logic control ranging from source selection and volume. Wired with Cat 5 cable with universally accepted RJ-45
connectors up to 1000 feet (305 m) length, the CSR series remote controls allow you to remotely select the source and/or
control the volume on the CSM and CSMA. Using CSR-V remote control with your CSM and CSMA, you can remotely control
the volume of the source selected by the mixer. Using CSR-2SV or CSR-3SV remote control with your CSM and CSMA, you
can remotely control the source on the mixer and the volume of the source.
WALL CONTROLLERS
Up to 1000 (305m) from CSM device RJ-45 / Cat. 5 Connection RJ-45 / Cat. 5 Connection
For use with all CSMA and CSM models Up to 1000 (305m) from CSM device Up to 1000 (305m) from CSM device
For use with CSM-21 and CSM-32 For use with CSM-32
Page 14
Page 326
PLUGINS EFFECT PROCESSORS RECORDING I/O
RECIPIENT OF
TOUCHSTONE HERITAGE
WHEN YOU HEAR MUSIC, YOU HEAR LEXICON.
Lexicon occupies a unique position as a leading innovator in both professional and consumer audio industries. Since
the release of the first digital reverb in 1971, Lexicon has stood at the forefront of digital audio with a reputation as a
manufacturer of exceptional professional audio and home theater products and an inventor of new technologies. Years
of research, development, and experience allow us to continue expanding the boundaries of the listening experience.
Our professional products are prominent in the creation of worldwide music, television and film productions. These
products have won numerous awards. Lexicon processors have been embraced as the standard in professional signal
processing since the introduction of the 480L Digital Effects Processor, which has retained tremendous popularity for
over 20 years. It has since been replaced as the standard in professional signal processing by the 960L Multi-channel
Digital Effects System, which has itself garnered an impressive following of producers, artists, and engineers.
Growing demand for proprietary Lexicon technologies has led to its appearance in numerous applications with
dramatic results. Our processing is relied upon to enhance the sound of prestigious live halls and venues. Our critically
acclaimed LOGIC7 technologies have been successfully incorporated in several world-renowned automobiles,
including select models from BMW and Mercedes. LOGIC7 technologies have also been licensed to other audio
companies such as harman/kardon and AKG. Knowingly or unknowingly you experience Lexicon products and
technologies on a daily basis. Chances are that Lexicon processing was involved in the television program you watch
at home, the film you see at the cinema, or the song you listen to on the radio.
Page 328
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
CONTENTS
PCM
PCM Processors REC
Desktop Recording Studios
PCM96 Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
PCM96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 lambda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
PCM92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 omega. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
P Plugins
MX
MX Processors MPX Native. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
MX400XL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 LXP Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
MX400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 PCM Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
MX300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
MX200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
S
Product Specs . . . . . . . . 336-340
I-O Devices
I-O I-O 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
I-O 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
I-O 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
I-O FW810s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Page 329
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 330
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
POWERHOUSE
28 legendary Lexicon reverbs, room models,
modulation, delay, and pitch effects
for studio and live venues
HiQnet compatible
PCM SERIES
PCM92 REVERB AND EFFECTS
PROCESSOR
PCM
THE ULTIMATE PROCESSOR
for studio and live venues
28 Signature Lexicon reverbs, delays and
modulatioin effects
Page 331
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
You want the rich, luscious sound thats defined studio reverb for three decades: 17 Reverbs
a genuine Lexicon hardware processor. But you also want the flexibility of Including Surround Hall
programming high-quality effects right inside your DAW programwithout
7 Delays
bogging down your CPU or resorting to expensive processing cards. Have it all
Including Studio Delay
with the MX400XL.
Four processors let you add dual stereo or true surround effects to your recordings. 17 Reverbs
The built-in LCD display and front-panel parameter adjustment knobs make Including Vocal Hall
selecting and editing presets extremely easy. The MX400 features two output
7 Delays
pairs, two input pairs, and dual S/PDIF I/O; the MX400XL features two XLR
MX SERIES
The MX300 features two processors, so you can apply two effects simultaneously 16 Reverbs
or combine different effects in one of five routing options. The MX300 also includes Including Ambience Reverb
MX
stereo XLR inputs and outputs as well as TRS inputs and outputs for greater
7 Delays
versatility. Dedicated parameter knobs and an LCD screen make preset selecting
Including Reverse Delay
and editing extremely easy, on a dark stage or in the recording studio.
With two processors, the MX200 lets you apply or combine two reverbs or effects 14 Reverbs
to your recording at the same time, in one of four routing options. The front panel Including Surround Hall
Matrix displays which reverbs and effects are active, and all editing functions require
6 Delays
only a single button push or turn of a knob. Independent controls for each processor/
Including Tape Delay
effect provide instant access and control over parameters for the selected effect.
Page 332
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
IO 22 IO 42 IO 82
2X2 USB 2.0 DESKTOP 4X2 USB 2.0 DESKTOP 8X2 USB 2.0 DESKTOP
RECORDING STUDIO RECORDING STUDIO RECORDING STUDIO
The IO 22 is a great fit for songwriting The IO U42S features dbx 60V high- Say hello to the big brother of the IO
and home recording so compact youll voltage ultra-low noise microphone Desktop Series. In addition to all the
want to take it everywhere you go. If you preamps on every channel to provide features found on the IO 42 weve
get a moment of inspiration and want professional recordings that keep your added just a few inches to the sides
to capture something new, or youre a music sounding its best. The preamps and doubled your inputs! The IO 82 has
producer on the run, then the IO 22 has run on a 60V supply to guarantee stability all the I/O you need to record drums or
all the tools you need for high-quality and provide you optimal headroom and your band without sacrificing any more
recording without all the hassle. extremely low distortion. of your desktop.
I-O SERIES
44.1kHz to 96kHz sample rates, 44.1kHz to 96kHz sample rates, 44.1kHz to 96kHz sample rates,
24-bit resolution 24-bit resolution 24-bit resolution
Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in Pantheon II VST/AU reverb plug-in
with 6 legendary Lexicon reverbs with 6 legendary Lexicon reverbs With 6 legendary Lexicon reverbs
2 analog combi-jacks for mic/line inputs 4 analog combi-jacks for mic/line inputs 8 analog combi-jacks for mic/line inputs
2 analog 1/4 TRS balanced outputs 2 analog 1/4 TRS balanced outputs 2 analog 1/4 TRS balanced outputs
I-O
With a wealth of features including dbx 63V high-voltage, ultra-low noise mic dbx Type IV conversion feature
preamps, PantheonTM II reverbs, and a powerful hardware mixing console with Emulates tape saturation at high levels
integrated dbx dynamics (compressor, gate, limiter) the Lexicon IO FW810S is
Pro Tools 9 & 10 Compatible
more than just an 8-in, 10-out FireWireTM audio interface. Its a pro recording studio
contained in a single rack unit. dbx dynamics
Compressor, limiter, gate and EQ
on all 8 channels
Page 333
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The smallest and simplest of the three, the Alpha Studio is perfect for
solo artists. The Alpha is USB-powered so you can record anywhere you
take your laptop. Alpha also features a 8 headphone monitoring jack and
two unbalanced RCA line level outputs.
LAMBDA 4X2X2
4X2X2 DESKTOP
DESKTOP
RECORDING
RECORDING STUDIO
STUDIO
The Lambda Studio can record two tracks at once, and features
phantom power for condenser mics, MIDI In/Out, and a 8
headphone monitoring jack. Lambda is USB-powered, so it works
DESKTOP RECORING STUDIOS
OMEGA 8X4X2
8X4X2 DESKTOP
DESKTOP
RECORDING
RECORDING STUDIO
STUDIO
The heavy hitter of the three, the Omega Studio features eight inputs
and can record up to four tracks at once. Omega is also the only unit in
the family that includes S/PDIF digital I/O as well as the standard TRS
and XLR. Phantom power is available for condenser mics and Omega is
powered with an included AC power adaptor.
Now you can record high quality audio with your iPad
TM
Page 334
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The MPX Native Reverb Plug-In brings the classic Lexicon sound to
aspiring producers and engineers that are ready to elevate their mix.
For over 40 years Lexicon has been the reverb of choice for the top
studios, and now it can be yours. With 7 different reverb types and
over 100 studio-quality presets, the MPX Native Reverb Plug-In will
undoubtedly take your mix to the next level.
REVERB TYPES
Room Small Chamber
Large Plate Large Hall
Small Plate Small Hall
Large Chamber
LEXICON PLUGINS
uniquely complex algorithms, and each comes with an array of presets
to suit your needs. You can tailor each plug-in to your preference or let
Lexicons trained-ear professionals do the work for you. Place just one
instance of the LXP Native Reverbs into your mix, and you will soon
appreciate what distinguishes Lexicon from all others.
REVERB BUNDLE
Room
Plate
Chamber
Hall
P
The PCM Total Bundle includes everything in both our award winning
Native Reverb Bundle as well as all of the Native Effects Bundle. The
PCM Total Bundle delivers an artful blend of 14 legendary Lexicon
reverb and effects plug-ins with hundreds of the most versatile and
finely-crafted studio presets. A powerhouse bundle of heritage and
innovation, the PCM Total Bundle is the ultimate studio plug-in package
for creating professional, inspirational mixes within popular DAWs.
Page 335
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PCM
PCM SERIES
PCM92 PCM96 PCM 96 SURROUND
[PCM96SUR-A]
+4 dBu mode; +20dBu max
Output Level +20 dBu +4 dBu mode; +20dBu max
-10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max
-10 dBv mode; 8.21 dBu max
THD <0.003%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ 4dBu <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBu <0.002%, 20Hz - 20kHz @ +4dBu
Crosstalk (1kHz) <-90dB, 20Hz to 20kHz @+20dBu -90dB, 20Hz to 40kHz -75dB, with a +20 dBu signal
Internal Audio DSP 32/64-bit floating point 32/64-bit floating point 32/64-bit floating point
SYNCHRONIZATION TL Word Clock Input 75 Ohms, BNC TL Word Clock Input 75 Ohms, BNC TL Word Clock Input 75 Ohms, BNC
CONTROL INTERFACE
Memory Cards Compact Flash Type I Compact Flash Type I
Format Supports all size memory cards Supports all size memory cards
MIDI In/Thru/Out 5-pin DINs In/Thru/Out 5-pin DINs In/Thru/Out 5-pin DINs
TRS connector
Footswitch N/A N/A
for independent momentary footswitches
GENERAL
100240 VAC 50/60Hz, <14 Watts Automatic switching, 100240 VAC 50/60Hz, 20 Watts Automatic switching, 100240 VAC 50/60Hz, 26 Watts
Power
(3-pin IEC connector) (3-pin IEC connector) Automatic switching, (3-pin IEC connector)
S
Weight 8 lbs (3.63 kg) 8.65 lbs (3.93 kg) 14.25 lbs (4.48 kg)
Operating Temperature 59 to 95F (15 to 35C) 59 to 95F (15 to 35C) 59 to 95F (15 to 35C)
Maximum Humidity 75% relative humidity max. 75% relative humidity max. 75% relative humidity max.
Page 336
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MX
MX SERIES
MX200 MX300 MX400 / XL
+4 dBu or 10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), +4 dBu or 10 dBV nominal (software adjustable), +4 dBu or 10 dBV nominal (software adjustable),
Output Level 20 dBu maximum 24 dBu maximum 24 dBu maximum
48kHz or 44.1kHz 48kHz or 44.1kHz 48kHz or 44.1kHz
THD+N <0.007% 10Hz 20kHz <0.0019% 10Hz 20kHz <0.0019% 10Hz 20kHz
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Dynamic Range >107 dB (A-weighted) A/A >109 dB (A-weighted) A/A >109 dB (A-weighted) A/A
Crosstalk typical <80 dB 20Hz 20kHz typical <80 dB 20Hz 20kHz typical <80 dB 20Hz 20kHz
DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUT
Connectors Dual RCA phono (S/PDIF) Dual RCA phono (S/PDIF) Dual RCA phono (S/PDIF)
Format S/PDIF 24-bit S/PDIF 24-bit S/PDIF 24-bit
Sample Rate 44.1 or 48kHz 44.1 or 48kHz 44.1 or 48kHz
Processing Delay 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz 3.7 ms @ 48 kHz
10Hz to 22kHz 10Hz to 22kHz 10Hz to 22kHz
Frequency Response
0.5 dB @ 48kHz 0.5 dB @ 48kHz 0.5 dB @ 48kHz
CONTROL INTERFACE
USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT USB 1.0 for MX-EDIT
USB Editor/Librarian and Editor/Librarian and Editor/Librarian and
VST/Audio Units plug-ins VST/Audio Units plug-ins VST/Audio Units plug-ins
MIDI In and Out/Thru 5-pin DIN In/Thru 5-pin DIN In/Out 5-pin DIN
Footswitch phone jack phone jack phone jack
GENERAL
100-120 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 Watts
Power 9 VAC 1.3A 50/60Hz, 18 Watts 117 VAC or 230 VAC, 18 Watts
220-240 VAC 50/60Hz, 18 Watts
Size (W/H/D) 19 x 1.75 x 7.25 (483 x 44 x 185mm) 19 x 1.75 x 7.25 (483 x 44 x 185mm) 19 x 1.75 x 7.25 (483 x 44 x 185mm)
Weight 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg) 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg) 5.8 lbs (2.6 kg)
S
REVERBS MX200 MX300 MX400 DELAYS MX200 MX300 MX400
Page 337
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
I-O
I-O DEVICES
I-O 22 I-O 42 I-O 82
MICROPHONE INPUTS
Connectors (2) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot (4) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot (8) Female XLR Pin 2 Hot
Impedance 3k Ohms balanced 3k Ohms balanced 3k Ohms balanced
Phantom Power +48 Volts +48 Volts +48 Volts
Max Gain +58 dB +58 dB +58 dB
<0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output <0.01%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu output
(mic input to main output) (mic input to main output) (mic input to main output)
THD+N
<0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu <0.008%, 1kHz, +4 dBu
(mic input to main output) (mic input to main output) (mic input to main output)
LINE INPUTS
Connectors (2) TRS balanced or unbalanced (4) TRS balanced or unbalanced (8) TRS balanced or unbalanced
20k Ohms balanced 20k Ohms balanced 20k Ohms balanced
Impedance
13k Ohms unbalanced 13k Ohms unbalanced 13k Ohms unbalanced
Max Input Level +32 dBu +32 dBu +32 dBu
Frequency Response +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz
<0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out) <0.015%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4dBu (line in to main out)
THD+N
<0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu <0.005%, 1kHz, +4 dBu
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
INSTRUMENT INPUT
Connectors (1) TS unbalanced (2) TS unbalanced (2) TS unbalanced
Impedance 1M Ohms 1M Ohms 1M Ohms
Max Input Level +13 dBu +13 dBu +13 dBu
Frequency Response +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz +0/1.0 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz
<0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu <0.05%, 20Hz - 20kHz, +4 dBu
THD+N (instrument in to main out) (instrument in to main out) (instrument in to main out)
<0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu <0.007%, 1kHz, +4dBu
LINE OUTPUTS
Connectors (2) TRS balanced or unbalanced (2) TRS balanced or unbalanced (2) TRS balanced or unbalanced
Level >+18 dBu maximum >+18 dBu maximum >+18 dBu maximum
Impedance 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal. 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal. 32 Ohms bal, 16 Ohms unbal.
Headphone Output (1) stereo jack, 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms (2) stereo jack, 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms (2) stereo jack, 350mW per channel @ 50 Ohms
DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUT
Connectors N/A Dual RCA phono Dual RCA phono
Format N/A S/PDIF 24-bit S/PDIF 24-bit
D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW 44.1kHz, 48kHz, 88.2kHz, or 96kHz determined by DAW
DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz - 20kHz
A/D (24 Bit) 102 dB typical, A-weighted 102 dB typical, A-weighted 102 dB typical, A-weighted
D/A (24 Bit) 106 dB typical, A-weighted 106 dB typical, A-weighted 106 dB typical, A-weighted
A/D/A (24 Bit) 101 dB typical, A-weighted 101 dB typical, A-weighted 101 dB typical, A-weighted
S
CONTROL INTERFACE
USB Version 2.0, Type B socket; Version 2.0, Type B socket; Version 2.0, Type B socket;
MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN In/Out 5-pin DIN In/Out 5-pin DIN
GENERAL
Power adaptors available for Power adaptors available for Power adaptors available for
Power
100240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 12 Watts 100240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 18 Watts 100240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 Watts
Packaged approx. 3.5 lbs. Packaged approx. 5 lbs. Packaged approx. 6 lbs.
Weight
Unit alone approx. 2.5 lbs. Unit alone approx. 3.1 lbs. Unit alone approx. 4 lbs.
HEADPHONE CONNECTIONS 1 2 2
Page 338
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
I-O
I-O FW810S
I-O FW810S I-O FW810S
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Connectors TS unbalanced
Impedance 500k Ohms
Max Input Level +10 dBu
Frequency Response +/2.5 dB, 20Hz - 20kHz
THD+N <0.08%, 1kHz - +4dBu
Page 339
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
REC
DESKTOP RECORDING STUDIOS
ALPHA STUDIO LAMBDA STUDIO OMEGA STUDIO
MICROPHONE INPUTS
Connectors Two female XLR Pin 2 Hot Two female XLR Pin 2 Hot Two female XLR Pin 2 Hot
Impedance 600 Ohms balanced 600 Ohms balanced 600 Ohms balanced
Phantom Power N/A +48 Volt DC +48 Volt DC
Gain +44 dB +44 dB +50 dB
EIN (150 Source) -115 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gain -120 dB A-weighted @ 44 dB gain -120 dB A-weighted @ 50 dB gain
Frequency Response +0, 0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz
THD+N <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz <.005%, 20Hz - 20kHz
INSERT INPUTS
Connectors N/A Two TRS balanced or unbalanced Two TRS balanced or unbalanced
Second Level (tip) N/A +19 dBu maximum +19 dBu maximum
Max Return Level (ring) N/A +19 dBu maximum +19 dBu maximum
LINE INPUTS
Connectors Four TRS balanced or unbalanced Four TRS balanced or unbalanced Four TRS balanced or unbalanced
Impedance 20k Ohms balanced, 10k Ohms unbalanced 20k Ohms balanced, 10k Ohms unbalanced 20k Ohms balanced, 10k Ohms unbalanced
Max Input Level +12 dBu +13 dBu +22 dBu
Frequency Response +0, 0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.5 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.2 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz
THD+N <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz <.009% A/D, 20Hz - 20kHz
INSTRUMENT INPUT
Connectors One mono jack One mono jack One mono jack
Impedance 1 M unbalanced 1 M unbalanced 1 M unbalanced
Max Input Level +8.5 dBu +8.5 dBu +19 dBu
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Response +0, 0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz +0, 0.25 dB 20 Hz - 20kHz, ref. 1kHz
THD+N <.0125% A/D <.0125% A/D <.0125% A/D
<74dB any input or output to any recording channel, <74dB any input or output to any recording channel, <74dB any input or output to any recording channel,
Crosstalk
20Hz - 20kHz <95dB at 1kHz typical 20Hz - 20kHz <95dB at 1kHz typical 20Hz - 20kHz <95dB at 1kHz typical
LINE OUTPUTS
Connectors Two TRS balanced or unbalanced Two TRS balanced or unbalanced Two TRS balanced or unbalanced
Level +16 dBu maximum +16 dBu maximum +19 dBu maximum
Impedance 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbalanced 1k Ohms bal, 500 Ohms unbalanced 110 Ohms
Headphone Output One 1/8 stereo jack 20mW per channel @ 50 Ohms One 1/8 stereo jack 25mW per channel @ 50 Ohms One 1/4 stereo jack 100mW per channel @ 50 Ohms
DIGITAL INPUT AND OUTPUT
Connectors N/A N/A Dual RCA phono
Format N/A N/A S/PDIF 24-bit
D/A - A/D Sample Rate 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW 44.1kHz or 48kHz, determined by DAW
DYNAMIC RANGE 20Hz - 20kHz
A/D (24 bit) 96 dB typical, A-weighted 96 dB typical, A-weighted 104 dB typical, A-weighted
D/A (24 bit) 100 dB typical, A-weighted 100 dB typical, A-weighted 105 dB typical, A-weighted
A/D/A (24 bit) 95 dB typical, A-weighted 95 dB typical, A-weighted 103 dB typical, A-weighted
Analog Path 109 dB typical, A-weighted 109 dB typical, A-weighted 118 dB typical, A-weighted
CONTROL INTERFACE
USB Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supported Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supported Version 1.1, Type B socket; 1.1 hubs are not supported
MIDI In/Out 5-pin DIN In/Out 5-pin DIN In/Out 5-pin DIN
S
GENERAL
Power USB Bus-Powered USB Bus-Powered PS0913-B 9VAC adapter requires 18 Watts @ 120V
Weight 1.1 lbs. (0.49 kg) 1.92 lbs. (0.86 kg) 2 .65 lbs. (1.2 kg)
Page 340
RECIPIENT OF
THE 2014 TECHNICAL
GRAMMY AWARD
Thank you.
www.lexiconpro.com
HARMAN 2015
s
o m panion
ew c
e t your n
Me
ge 2
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
SERIESNAME SERIES
over. Martin also offers a range of advanced lighting controllers
Like pets rely on their owners, products rely on passionate and media servers, as well as a complete line of smoke ma-
people. Although we, at Martin Professional, develop and man- chines as a complement to intelligent lighting. Martin operates
ufacture innovative and high-tech products for the industry the industrys most complete and capable distributor network
based on feedback and market demands, we also realize that it with local partners in nearly 100 countries. Founded in 1987 and
is when people apply their passion to working with our prod- based in Aarhus, Denmark, Martin is the lighting division of
ucts that magic happens. global infotainment and audio company HARMAN International
Industries.
Check out the passionate people in our industry on Wall of Ded-
ication: wall.martin.com For more information visit martin.com
Follow us on:
facebook.com/MartinProfessional
youtube.com/MartinProfessional
twitter.com/martin_global
linkedin.com/company/martin-professional-as
wall.martin.com
martin.com
Page 3
Page 344
LIGHTING Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENTERTAINMENT LIGHTING
SERIESNAME SERIES
ENTERTAINMENT
This extremely bright LED profile fixture combines top-quality white Flat field, crisp image, high contrast
light with a fast, yet smooth CMY color mixing system and crisp
Pure white 6500 K LEDs combined with fast,
gobo projection on surfaces as well as mid-air.
responsive and even CMY color mixing
With all this and the new Animotion FX system that allows
never-before-seen beam animations, the market is now finally Very low weight and compact design
seeing the first real 700/800 W discharge lamp replacement in a Full feature set including a truly versatile gobo
profile fixture that effectively harnesses cutting-edge LED technology. set and 1:3 zoom
Consistent photometric performance via LED
technology
Page 4
Page 345
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
The MAC Quantum Wash features tight The MAC Aura is an award-winning wash The MAC 101 is a remarkably small, super
beams, beautiful wash fields, a mar- light that lighting designers have turned light and easy-to-use LED moving head
ENTERTAINMENT LIGHTING
ENTERTAINMENT
ket-leading color palette, and uniform to the world over due to its versatility as a wash light with an amazingly bright beam
mixing that combines to accommodate powerful beam and wash luminaire of the for such a compact luminaire. It features
SERIESNAME SERIES
the most demanding applications, highest caliber. The result of out-of-the- rapid movement and calibrated colors.
offering brightness and perfection. box creative thinking,
RGBW LED color mixing with unique Aura eye-candy effects Bright and tight beam (13 field angle)
and expressive Colorganics system
LIGHTING
for superior default white and deep Single-lens wash with fully pre-mixed 2400 lumens output
saturated colors color
Ultra-compact, low weight design
1:6 zoom for tight beams and even Broad color palette, RGBW color mixing
washes
MAC Aura XB
SUPER BRIGHT SINGLE LENS WASH
The MAC Aura XB takes an award-winning, innovative, compact LED wash light
to the next level, incorporating many new features first introduced on the MAC
Quantum Wash.
Page 5
Page 346
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ENTERTAINMENT LIGHTING
surpasses what has previously been exceptional feature set, superior light output and performance never before
possible in terms of brightness, efficiency quality and a highly efficient optical seen in a fixture this size or one using
SERIESNAME SERIES
7 extremely efficient high-power LEDs 26 000 lumens: Excellent light quality 26 000 lumens excellent light quality
with a very flat and uniform field with a very flat and uniform field
8000 lumens output sufficient to replace
575 watt HID fixtures 1:5 zoom: Fast zoom with auto-linked 1:5 zoom fast zoom with auto-linked
focus focus
Crisp and clean projection with no color
artifacts Fat beam front lens: 140 mm front lens 7-slot color wheel fixed colors for added
exceeds the size of any other fixture in color choice
this segment for just the right fat beam
look
The MAC Viper AirFX is a new concept that combines hard-edge, mid-air effects and a
beautiful wash field in one luminaire. Featuring a great selection of all-new gobo designs,
hard-edge effects remain stunning across the fixtures entire zoom range.
Page 6
Page 347
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
ENTERTAINMENT
pencil beam of high intensity light and is a whole new dimension to the lighting internal barndoor system (shutters) that
available as an easy-to-install front lens designer toolbox. enables designers to shape and control
SERIESNAME SERIES
replacement kit for any standard MAC light projection with great precision.
Viper AirFX.
Front lens replacement kit - Easy Unique multi-beam effect 33 000 lumens excellent light quality
installation on any MAC Viper AirFX with a flat and uniform field
LIGHTING
1, 2, 3 or 4 individually-controllable rays
Precision micro-fresnel front lens of light 1:5 zoom - 13.5 to 59 continuous and
fast zoom
Delivers high intensity pencil beams for
Front lens replacement kit - easy
long throws Internal barndoor system
installation on any MAC Viper AirFX
The Atomic 3000 DMX is a powerful and rugged, 3000 W high-impact strobe. It has
been the industrys favorite strobe light for over a decade.
Page 7
Page 348
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SERIES
CONTROL
CONTROL
SERIESNAME
The new M6 is the flagship of the Martin M-Series consoles. 2 x Positionable BriteTouch widescreens
Through an innovative design, the M6 offers power, flexibility and the (sunlight readable, multi-touch)
renowned ease of use of the M-Series software.
2 x External DisplayPort touchscreens up to
With 44 direct access playbacks, onboard processing for up to 64
1920x1080 per output
DMX Universes, 2 multi-touch screens, 2 additional touchscreens, 17
encoders and the newly designed FastBlend T-bar module, the M6 is FastTouch 3.5 touchscreens
more than just a lighting console.
1 x LiveBlender split T-Bar with 8 x FastBlend
RGB buttons
Page 349
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
M1 M2GO M2PC
STATE-OF-THE-ART, ALL-IN- POWERFUL LIGHTING CONSOLE AFFORDABLE PC-BASED
ONE LIGHTING DESK IN A SMALLER FORM LIGHTING CONTROLLER
M1 is the next generation lighting Equipped with a fast, dual-core processor M2PC is the complementary control
controller from Martin Professional. With with no external computer required, the surface to Martins M-PC controller
the full power of a larger desk and the M2GO answers the demand for a more software. Featuring the same layout and
agility of a smaller one, the M1 is a state- powerful lighting console in a smaller portable size as the M2GO, the M2PC
SERIESNAME
of-the-art, all-in-one lighting desk. form. It offers a professional level of delivers a professional level of features
features in a portable package. directly from any PC.
CONTROL
CONTROL
High resolution folding touchscreen Built-in Industrial Dual Core CPU, 32GB USB 2.0 Connection to Windows PC
SERIES
SSD, 4GB RAM, HDMI, VGA, Dual Gigabit
Digital LCD buttons for fast and direct Artnet and Maxnet 3.5 touchscreen for fast and direct
parameter access parameter access
3.5 touchscreen for fast and direct
Multiple wing attachment (M-Series parameter access 4 digital encoders for parameters
Module)
4 digital encoders for parameters 8 customizable function keys
Martin M-Touch
INNOVATIVE CONTROL SURFACE
Martin M-Touch is a powerful yet simple control surface for the Martin M-Series
controllers, the most affordable professional lighting solutions on the market. Fully
compatible with all M-Series consoles and M-PC software.
The most powerful controller of its class with full 512 DMX channels,
expandable to 65 000 channels
Page 9
Page 350
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
most popular PC-based controllers for valuable playback and backup resource Invaluable as a high quality production or
well over a decade. for the M-Series. sales presentation tool.
CONTROL
CONTROL
SERIESNAME
Control of up to 100 fixtures, 2048 DMX Same software as M-Series Real-time 3D visualization of the scene
channels from multiple viewports simultaneously
Up to 128 Universes
Large fixture library and user-configu- Fixture beams show true-life light
rable editor Windows Pro tablet compatible distribution
Martin M-DMX interface with 2 x 512 M-PC is free to download and use Import of 2D and 3D AutoCAD DXF files
channels DMX In/Out
M-PC is available for purchase in two
LED-Trix plug-in included for program- different packages:
ming color-mixing fixtures
M-PC 2U comes with a 2-port Martin
M-DMX Interface Box and gives
control of two DMX universes.
Page 10
Page 351
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
SERIESNAME
proper data over long or several runs of maintain proper data over long or several DMX merger, DMX splitter hub, fail safe
DMX signal. runs of DMX signal. device.
CONTROL
CONTROL
DMX Splitter / Booster DMX Splitter / Booster Artnet to DMX conversion
SERIES
Opto-isolated DMX Output ports Opto-isolated DMX Output ports DMX to Artnet conversion
DMX loop through port with built-in DMX loop through port with built-in 10 Factory Presets
termination termination
10 User Presets
5-pin XLR Input and Outputs 3-pin XLR Input and Outputs
Martin M-DMX
FULLY-FEATURED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM
The Martin M-DMX Interface features two 5-pin XLR female connectors,
providing two DMX 512 universes via USB from any Windows-based PC.
It communicates with Martin M-PC, all Martin M-Series consoles, Martin
LightJockey (with Martin One-Key) and Martin ShowDesigner 6.
Plugand-play solution: comes complete with USB cable and installation notes
Page 11
Page 352
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
driven by the award-winning Martin P3 accessories for a wide variety of looks. mm) can be combined with a wide
System Controller. variety of lenses and diffusers.
LED VIDEO
LED VIDEO
SERIESNAME
Robust and touring-friendly - ready to Extensive range of field-exchangeable Wide range of pixel pitch, lens and
tour straight from the box optical accessories for a wide variety of diffuser options for flexibility of look
looks
Easy to assemble and configure Fully outdoor-rated and customizable
- requires just one person Easy setup, mapping and configuration in terms of product length and color
Fully calibrated for optimal image
Bright and fully calibrated for optimal Easy set-up and cabling for clean
quality and full cross-rental
consistency installation
compatibility
The Tripix 300 and Tripix 1200 are attractively designed IP66-rated LED strips
using tricolor LEDs for superior color mixing directly at the lens. The result is an
absence of color shadows and a broad color palette, including stunning whites,
subtle pastels and vibrant saturated colors.
Page 12
Page 353
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
The VC-Grid family of creative LED video The VC-Strip family of narrow LED video The VC-Feeder is a smart, multi-protocol
modules enables the integration of vid- strips brings dynamics into set designs, driver box for the VC-Dot series. A
eo into a wide array of applications such interiors, art installations, stairs, compact design and IP65 rating make it
as TV studios, interiors, art installations, custom-shaped LED video screens and perfectly suited for installation close to a
SERIESNAME
custom-shaped LED video screens and more. string of VC-Dots.
more.
LED VIDEO
LED VIDEO
Individually controllable pixels Individually controllable pixels High-quality, 16-bit-per-color image
SERIES
processing technology
Available in 15, 25, 30 and 60 mm pixel Available in 15, 25, 30 and 60 mm pixel
pitch pitch IP65 rated for permanent outdoor or
indoor use
High-quality 16-bit per color (48-bit per High-quality 16-bit per color (48-bit per
pixel) image processing technology pixel) image processing technology P3/DMX controllable (automatic protocol
detection)
Pixel-level brightness and color Pixel-level brightness and color
calibration for optimal image quality calibration for optimal image quality Intuitive mapping and addressing via P3
System Controller family
P3/DMX controllable (automatic P3/DMX controllable (automatic
protocol detection) protocol detection) Hybrid power + data input (single cable
for power and data input)
Intuitive mapping and addressing via Intuitive mapping and addressing via
P3 System Controller P3 System Controller Hybrid power + data thru
(to daisy-chain multiple
Combined power/data input (single Combined power/data input (single VC-Feeders)
cable for power and data input) cable for power and data input)
Hybrid power + data output
Combined power/data thru (to daisy- Combined power/data thru (to daisy- (to a string of VC-Dots)
chain multiple VC-Grids) chain multiple VC-Strips)
Surface- and truss-mountable
Custom designs of VC-Grids available Length of VC-Strip can be customized
upon request (pixel pitch and module on-site (simple cutting) to fit integration
dimensions) needs
Page 13
Page 354
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
LED VIDEO
LED VIDEO
SERIESNAME
Can assume any form for creative Can assume any form for creative Can assume any form for creative
freedom freedom freedom
Bright at 2.5 cd per Dot Bright at 7.5 cd per Dot (raw mode) Bright at 22.5 cd per Dot
(raw mode) (raw mode)
Maximum 64 Dots per string
Maximum 100 Dots per string Maximum 36 Dots per string
P3-PC
OFFLINE EDITOR, TECHNICIAN TOOL AND BUDGET-FRIENDLY
CONTROLLER
The P3-PC works as a PC-based P3 System Controller for smaller Martin LED
display setups up to 20 736 pixels; as an off-line editor for the P3-100, P3-200 and
P3-300 System Controllers to preprogram shows anywhere on a PC.
Page 14
Page 355
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
The P3-100 System Controller is a robust The P3-200 System Controller combines The P3-300 System Controller combines
video signal processing and distribution all the celebrated features of the P3-100 the award-winning and intuitive P3 work-
unit that allows video to join with lighting yet adds SD-SDI, HD-SDI and 3G-SDI flow with a brand new high-performance
and scenic technologies for true visual input capability for optimized use in TV/ video processing engine. It has the look
SERIESNAME
integration. Broadcast environments. and feel of the P3-100 and P3-200, but a
lot more power under the hood.
LED VIDEO
LED VIDEO
Built in scaling and SD-SDI, HD-SDI and 3G-SDI video inputs Most user-friendly LED video processor
SERIES
de-interlacing for use with professional broadcast on the market
equipment
Supports both DVI Compatible with all Martin LED video
(up to SXGA@75Hz) as well DVI-D video input products (panels and creative products)
as analog video signals
(CVBS, S-Video & Component) Supports input resolutions up to full HD Integration with lighting controls
(1920x1080) (DMX, Art-NET) and automation
systems
P3 PowerPort 1500
INTEGRATED POWER AND DATA PROCESSOR
The P3 PowerPort 1500 is an integrated power and data processor for Martins
range of creative LED video products (VDO Sceptron Family, Exterior PixLine
Family and entire VC Range). When driven by one of Martins award-winning P3
System Controllers.
Page 15
Page 356
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ARCHITAINMENT
ARCHITAINMENT
fountains, pools, building facades, fountains, pools, building facades, color shadows and a broad color palette,
landscaping and cruise ships. landscaping and cruise ships. including stunning whites.
SERIESNAME
One high-power pre-mixed LED: no color Four high power pre-mixed LEDs: no color Uniform color mixing using powerful
separation or shadows separation or shadows tricolor LEDs
Broad color palette (RGBW) Broad color palette (RGBW) No color separation or shadows
Color calibration ensuring uniform colors Color calibration ensuring uniform colors Easy to control: 64 built-in programs and
across fixtures across fixtures auto addressing
Exterior 400 IP
INTEGRATING TEXTURES, PATTERNS AND GRAPHICS
The Exterior 400 Image Projector is a powerful tool for integrating textures,
patterns and graphics in outdoor lighting designs. At over 7000 lumens, the
fixture can be used for bright and dynamic logo projection.
Page 16
Page 357
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
For lighting designs requiring uniform For lighting designs requiring perfect For white light designs requiring the
color washes at great distances, the color mixing at the fixture and no color added flexibility of color temperature
Exterior 400 provides extremely bright separation, the Exterior 410 steps in control from warm to cold white, the
light (5300 lm) at narrow to wide beam with very powerful pre-mixed LEDs. At Exterior 420 offers one of the most
SERIESNAME
ARCHITAINMENT
ARCHITAINMENT
angles. Great for lighting the tops of 5600 lumens, the Exterior 410 is also powerful white light units on the
structures. extremely bright. market.
Extremely bright (5300 lumens) Super even color mixing at the fixture Extremely bright white light (5900
SERIES
lumens) with color temperature control
Broad color palette (RGBW) No color separation
Very broad color temperature range
Very low power consumption Extremely bright (5600 lumens) (2700 - 6500 K)
(max 139 W)
Very low power consumption
(max 139 W)
Exterior 430
FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING JUST ONE COLOR
Great for applications requiring just one color, the Exterior 430 offers very bright
Red, Green, Blue, Warm White or Cold White options. The Exterior 430 also uses
a unique color calibration system in its Red, Green and Blue units to ensure
uniformity across fixtures and over time.
Page 17
Page 358
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EFFECTS
ATMOSPHERIC EFFECTS
SERIESNAME SERIES
ATMOSPHERIC
The JEM Hazer Pro is a top of the range haze machine designed for Finest haze production in its class
the highly demanding professional market.
Water-based fluid with long hang time
Its ability to produce exceptionally fine atmospheric haze in a short Battery powered automatic shutdown prevents
period of time while operating at low noise levels makes it an ideal clogging
choice for rental houses, medium to large shows, theatres, TV
studios, clubs, bars, cruise ships, theme parks and more. Low noise
Lightweight
Robust yet small and lightweight, the JEM Hazer Pro is capable of
dispersing an even, continuous haze with superior optical clarity Variable haze and fan controls with 1%
and reflectivity, the perfect small-particle haze for highlighting todays increments
highly defined light beams. A high-quality air pump system ensures 2.5 liter fluid capacity - 10 hours on full output
smooth distribution while a unique mixing channel allows the haze
to optimize before being expelled. Standard C+ Haze fluid
Page 359
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
The Magnum 1200 delivers a powerful The Magnum 1800 is a high-powered The Magnum 2500 Hz is an easy-to-
punch of fog. It is built tough to meet the fogger suitable for any installation - from use, plug and play hazer suitable for
heavy demands of 24/7 nightlife. the largest to the smallest. Highly DJs, smaller venues, bars, and clubs.
ATMOSPHERIC EFFECTS
ATMOSPHERIC
flexible, the Magnum 1800 is built sleek With a large fluid container and optional
SERIESNAME SERIES
and rugged. DMX, the hazer is ideal for permanent
installations.
EFFECTS
290 m/min fog output 580 m3/min fog output Output and density level control
850 W heat exchanger 1150 W (240 V) / 1000 W (110 V) heat 2500 m/min fog output
exchanger
8 min heat-up time Integrated fan
9 min heat-up time
Optional flying kit 900 W heat exchanger
Magnum 2000
THE AUTHORITY IN PORTABLE FOG MACHINES
The industrys most specified fog machine ever, the Magnum 2000 is the authority
in portable fog machines. Few other portable foggers can match the output of the
Magnum 2000 or its logical plug-and-fog simplicity.
Continuous output
Page 19
Page 360
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ATMOSPHERIC EFFECTS
compact fog heads (each with a 1000 W more versatile. Advances in control, effective Jem heavy fog fluids and a
SERIESNAME SERIES
heater) deliver a continuous, high volume rotation, speed range and increment closed loop refrigeration system for an
of dense white fog. adjustment have raised the bar. easy-to-produce heavy fog solution.
ATMOSPHERIC
Base unit allows heads to be positioned New external design Density control: low, medium or high
up to 50 meters away
Instant response on speed control Continuous output
Up to 4 heads in one system
Lower minimum speed 80 m/min fog output
Continuous output
Digitial electronics 3500 W heat exchanger
JEM AF-2
THE IDEAL HIGH-OUTPUT FAN
Jem AF-2 fan has been updated for greater performance including improvements in
response, speed range and speed control. Fully DMX controllable, the AF-2 is the
ideal high-output fan for a host of applications from staged events to theme parks,
cruise ships and more.
Compact remote
Page 20
Page 361
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
ATMOSPHERIC
of 16 individually DMX controlled output demanding professional market. Its ability larger venues. Using an advanced
SERIESNAME SERIES
heads, all serviced by one centralized to produce exceptional atmospheric haze water-based fluid that gives a compara-
base. effects in a short period of time. ble performance to oil.
Optional self-sealed connectors for easy Finest haze production in its class Water based fluid - comparable
EFFECTS
service performance to oil
Small particle, even haze
System is DMX controllable Long hang time
Continuous output1 minute heat up
Pre-programmed stand-alone macros time Integrated airflow director for smooth
haze distribution
On-board control panel Water-based fluid with long hang time
Stored settings from last operation and
Optional multifunctional remote control Low noiseLightweight programmable fast access keys
Continuous output Optical Density Timer Control system Easy to use and set-up
(ODTC)
700 m/min fog output (per head) Gas pressure readout on display
Variable haze and fan controls with 5%
Produces high quality CO effect with our increments Inert gas operation with low gas
special formulated Pro Stream Simulation pressure warning (via display and RDM)
fluid 2.5 liter fluid capacity
3.5 L fluid storage in machine (approx.
Create variable smoke output Max operating time at min output 200+ hours operation at low output)
(2.5 L) - 70 hours
1500 W heat exchanger External gas cylinder with quick-
Sealed fluid system for transportation connect fittings (self-sealing type)
2 x 25 liter fluid capacity
Advanced Pump Technology (APT) Low gas consumption
Temperature control for different fluid
options and applications Shutdown with automatic start-up Expected max gas consumption 0.25 kg
cleaning mode (if shutdown not per per hour
Automatic tank changeover formed correctly)
DMX control with RDM as standard
Shutdown button prevents clogging
Robust, precision preset regulator
RDM ready without gauges for maximum durability
Page 21
Page 362
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
ATMOSPHERIC EFFECTS
compact version that makes big-time fog from an optically translucent haze to an fog delivery from subtle to massive.
SERIESNAME SERIES
and haze effects even more manageable. immensely dense white-out of fog. Ideal for a variety of settings from small
venues to huge stadiums and arenas.
ATMOSPHERIC
Onboard DMX, 3 & 5 pin Onboard DMX 3 & 5 pin DMX interface
On-board control panel On-board control panel Prepared for multifunctional digital
remote
Pre-programmed stand-alone macros Optional hand-held remote control
RDM capable
For vertical or horizontal effect For vertical or horizontal effect projection
projection Floor standing or truss mounting
Output and density level control
2500 m/min fog output Neutrik PowerCon connector
Continuous output
Output and density level control 1200 m/min fog output
5000 m/min fog output
Continuous output Continuous output
Integrated high velocity fan
2 x 1500 W heat exchanger Tough and solid design
2 x 2500 W heat exchanger
Integrated high velocity fan 1800 W heat exchanger
18 min heat-up time
9.5 liter fluid capacity 7.5 min heat-up time
2 x 9.5 liter fluid capacity
9 min heat-up time Indirect Fluid Sensing System
Different fluid options for different
Low fluid sensing applications Proprietary Pro Steam Simulation fluid
solution
Optional multifunctional remote control Low fluid sensing
Different fluid options for different
Different fluid options for different applications
applications
Leaves no oil residue on light fixtures
Page 22
Page 363
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
SERIESNAME
RUSH
RUSHSERIES
RUSH MH 1 Profile Plus SUPER BRIGHT LED PROFILE
MOVING HEAD
This super bright LED profile moving head is even brighter than its LED profile moving head
predecessor RUSH MH 1 Profile with 50% more output. Efficient
optics with an increased beam angle from 13 degrees to 16 degrees Super bright - efficient optics
punches out a variety of effects and colors from two gobo wheels and Rotating gobo wheel
two color wheels. For added versatility and effect, it also houses an
electronic dimmer and strobe, iris and 3-facet prism and an improved Fixed gobo wheel
cooling system for quieter operation. 2 x color wheels
Page 23
Page 364
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
effects are possible with auto trig shows It houses a fixed gobo wheel and color wheel and color wheel with a multitude
and music trig sound activation. wheel. of effects.
RUSH
SERIESNAME
LED wash light moving head Powerful beam moving head Powerful beam moving head
Compact yet powerful Sharp, narrow long-throw beam Sharp, narrow long-throw beam
20 fixed beam angle Fixed gobo wheel with 7-step iris Fixed gobo wheel
RUSH MH 5 Profile
SMALL FOOTPRINT AND LOW WEIGHT
This compact and bright LED profile moving head with efficient optics punches
out a variety of effects and colors. With two color wheels, two gobo wheels and
rotating prism the MH 5 Profile offers full effect in a super compact housing,
making it perfect for DJs, bands, clubs, bars and cruise ships.
2 x color wheels
Page 24
Page 365
Harman Professional Catalog 2015 Harman Pro Group 2015
SERIESNAME
for floor or truss mounting. It offers electronic dimming and strobe. the ideal mirror ball spot light or
decorative table spot.
RUSH
RUSHSERIES
Bright LED PAR Can Bright LED PAR Can Bright white LED pin spot
20 fixed beam angle Single-lens wash with fully premixed Flexible, adjustable bracket
color
Electronic dimming and strobe Ideal mirror ball or table spot
10 to 60 zoom
Flexible bracket floor or truss-mounted Totally silent
RUSH DC 1 Aqua
AQUATIC DECORATION EFFECT
This compact and bright LED fixture projects brilliant aquatic decoration effects.
With full electronic dimming, five selectable colors plus open white, split color
options and a variable speed of effect all controlled via stand alone or DMX
modes, it offers a variety of ranging moods from chill to warm.
Page 25
Page 366
Harman Pro Group 2015 Harman Professional Catalog 2015
preprogrammed effect, letter and DMX-controllable full-house effect effects. It punches out 10 intense and
number macros. light gives magical effects. narrow long-throw beams.
RUSH
SERIESNAME
White LED strobe/blinder More than 80 magical beams Powerful and intense multi-beam effect
5x5 matrix panel 15 gobos and 7 colors for a large variety Two moveable bars with narrow
of dance floor looks long-throw beams
Individually controllable LEDs
Unique twinkle animation effect 10 individually controllable 10 W
RGBW LEDs
The RUSH Gobo Projector 1 is ideal for applications that require a compact
fixture for easy LED gobo projection. Ideal for clubs, bars, restaurants and
shopping malls, this silent gobo projector provides easy adjustment of focus.
Speed and direction are controlled by easy-touch buttons.
Page 26
Page 367
RUSH
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 370
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Vi SERIES
Vistonics II touchscreen interface relieves the burden
of complex mental mapping
with pristine audio quality
FaderGlow illumination of fader tracks for at a glance
status display
With groundbreaking Soundcraft Vistonics and FaderGlow Simultaneous mixing of up to 96 inputs on 24 faders
technologies combining visual information and operational in 3 banks into 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return
pairs assignable to any of the input or output channels
controls in one area, Vi Series live sound consoles remove the
32 Mono or stereo Group/Aux/Matrix busses
burden of complex mental mapping, freeing the operator to
40-bit floating point digital audio processing
concentrate on the mix. A simple touch of the screen is all it takes
Cat5 or Cat7 connection to remote stagebox
to access channel functions including routing, input gain, digital
Optional Fibre Optic interface
gain trim, delay, high and low pass filters, 4-band parametric EQ,
Lexicon / BSS Audio processing
compressor, limiter, gate, de-esser and pan.
96 inputs to mix
16 VCA Groups and 4 independent Mute Groups
Partnering a compact control surface with a powerful SCore
4-band fully parametric EQ on every input and output,
Live processing engine and remote stageboxes, Vi4 delivers with HPF and LPF on every input
simultaneous mixing of up to 96 inputs on 24 faders in 3 banks GEQ on every bus.
into 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return pairs assignable to any 8 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors
of the input or output channels. Pristine sound quality is assured Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on
by ultra-low noise mic amp designs and advanced 40-bit floating every output
point digital audio processing, while FX come courtesy of 8 Delay adjustable on every input and output
independent Lexicon multi-FX units, with BSS graphic EQ on Add Vi option cards for more interfacing options
every bus output. Rapid configuration and powerful automation Redundant PSU
features, radio mic status monitoring and extensive ViSi Connect
I/O expansion (EtherSound, CobraNet, Dante, MADI, etc.)
complete the package.
Page 371
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 372
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Vi MIXING
Vi SERIES
Vistonics II touchscreen interface relieves the burden
of complex mental mapping
in a standalone console
FaderGlow illumination of fader tracks for at a glance
status display
With groundbreaking Soundcraft Vistonics and FaderGlow Simultaneous mixing of up to 64 inputs on 16 faders
technologies combining visual information and operational in 4 banks into 35 outputs, with 24 insert send/return
pairs assignable to any of the input or output channels
controls in one area, Vi Series live sound consoles remove the
24 Group/Aux/Matrix busses
burden of complex mental mapping, freeing the operator to
40-bit floating point digital audio processing
concentrate on the mix. A simple touch of the screen is all it takes
Cat5 or Cat7 connection to remote stagebox
to access channel functions including routing, input gain, digital
Optional Fibre Optic interface
gain trim, delay, high and low pass filters, 4-band parametric EQ,
Lexicon / BSS Audio processing
compressor, limiter, gate, de-esser and pan.
Local I/O: 32 Inputs, 32 Outputs or 48 inputs, 16
outputs.
The Vi1 is a complete standalone console package with 32 4 AES inputs and 2 S/PDIF inputs
channels of analogue inputs and 32 analogue outputs. The Vi1 64 inputs to mix
can also be configured to be 48 mic inputs by 16 line outputs. 8 VCA Groups and 4 independent Mute Groups
in addition to the analogue I/O, there are 6 digital inputs and 6 4-band fully parametric EQ on every input and output,
digital outputs in one chassis. Input to mix capacity is 64 channels with HPF and LPF on every input
by adding a stagebox route able to 24 busses all with GEQ and GEQ on every bus.
compression. 4 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors
Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on
every output
Delay adjustable on every input and output
Add Vi option card for more interfacing options
Redundant PSU
Page 373
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
expander modules. The Vi3000 is the first Soundcraft console to GEQ on every bus.
incorporate a Dante interface as standard, for seamless digital 4 independent stereo Lexicon FX processors
audio networking with Dante-enabled devices. Compressor and gate on every input, compressor on
every output
Add Vi option cards for more interfacing options
The Vi3000 can also accommodate the new Soundcraft Realtime
Redundant PSU
Rack, a hardware/software unit designed in collaboration with plug-in
manufacturer Universal Audio that provides access to 74 industry-
standard UAD plug-ins.
Page 374
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
PLUG-IN INTEGRATION
Vi SERIES
Realtime Rack ultimate Bundle Inlcudes:
powered by Universal Audio 1176 Classic Limiter Collection, 1176LN Legacy Limiter,
1176SE Legacy Limiter, API 500 Series EQ Collection, API
Vision Channel Strip, dbx 160 Compressor, CS-1 Channel
Introducing the Soundcraft Realtime Rack, powered by Universal Strip, Cambridge Equalizer, Cooper Time Cube Delay/
Audio. The Realtime Rack hardware and software allow users of Modulation, DreamVerb Reverb, Empirical Labs Fatso
JR/SR, EMT 140 Plate Reverb, EMT 250 Digital Reverb,
Soundcraft Vi consoles to integrate UAD Powered Plug-Ins with
EP-34 Tape Echo, Fairchild Tube Limiter Collection,
(48 kHz) sub-2 millisecond latency and have full snapshot store Harrison 32C Equalizer, Helios 69 Equalizer
and recall with Soundcrafts CUE/Snapshot system. Realtime Rack Lexicon 224 Reverb, Little Labs IBP, Little Labs VOG,
Manley Massive Passive, Moog Filter
can run 16 channel strips each with up to 8 plug-ins inserted.
MXR Flanger Doubler, Neve 1073, Neve 1081, Neve 31102,
Up to 4 Realtime racks can be daisy chained to allow processing Neve 33609, Neve 88RS, Oceanway Studios, Precision,
of 64 channels simultaneously. Realtime Racks robust SHARC- Buss Compressor, Precision De-Esser, Precision Enhancer
Hz, Precision Enhancer kHz, Precision Equalizer, Precision
based processors run audio over standard Optical MADI
K-Stereo, Precision Limiter, Precision Maximizer, Pultec
connections and dual-redundant internal power supplies ensure Passive EQ Collection, Pultec EQP-1A Legacy Equalizer,
that audio signals keep running even in the event of a power Pultec Pro Legacy Equalizer, RealVerb Pro Reverb, Roland
CE-1, Roland Dimension D, Roland RE-201
supply failure. SPL Transient Designer, SSL E Channel Strip, SSL G Bus
Compressor, Studer A800 Tape Machine, Teletronix LA-
Durable 1U Rack enclosure 2A Limiter Collection, Teletronix LA-2A Legacy Limiter,
4 SHARC DSPs onboard Teletronix LA-3A Limiter, Trident A-Range
Dual-redundant internal power supplies with failover detection
Realtime Rack core bundle includes:
Each Realtime Rack unit processes up to 16 channels of a MADI
stream (add additional units for 32, 48 or 64 channels) 1176LN Legacy Limiter, 1176SE Legacy Limiter
Runs a huge library of UAD Powered Plug-Ins & UAD Direct dbx 160 Compressor, CS-1 Channel Strip, Lexicon 224
Developer Plug-Ins Reverb, Pultec EQP-1A Legacy Equalizer, Pultec Pro
Legacy Equalizer, RealVerb Pro Reverb
Dual-Thunderbolt host connectivity Studer A800 Tape Machine, Teletronix LA-2A Legacy
One set of MADI optical I/O (64 channels @48 kHz) Limiter
Word Clock I/O (BNC) and Input termination
Sample Rate support from 44.1 kHz to 96 kHz
Clock Support for the following formats: Internal, MADI, Word Clock
Page 375
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
with integrated lighting control FaderGlow illumination of fader tracks for at a glance
status display
Up to 80 inputs to mix (with external stagebox or
With up to 80 channels to mix, intuitive analogue-style operation, option card)
built-in Lexicon FX, sophisticated 4-band fully parametric EQ, full 8 stereo channels
dynamics processing, a comprehensive range of ViSi Connect 20 Aux busses to 14 mixes
expansion options, flexible routing and grouping and remote User-assignable fader layers
iPad control, the Si Performer is a remarkable live sound mixer. 4 FX busses
4 mono or stereo Matrix mixes
But thats just the beginning. The unique integration of a DMX512 LR, Mono and LCR Pan modes
port and lighting control interface into an intuitive control surface 4 stereo Lexicon effects engines
that enables sound and lighting fader functions to be combined in 8 VCA groups
layers, delivers comprehensive show control in a single, compact 8 Mute groups
package. The possibilities are endless. From theatre productions Expansion cards available for MADI, CobraNet, AES/
to gigging bands and music venues, houses of worship to live EBU, Aviom A-Net, Riedel RockNet, BLU link and
Dante
productions and corporate AV events, any single-operator
Multi Digital expansion card for multitrack recording to
application in which sophisticated digital audio mixing is a pre- a DAW
requisite can now be enhanced with integrated lighting control, Harman HiQnet integration
where freely assignable fader layers allow inputs, busses and DMX lighting control
DMX controls to be conveniently assigned anywhere on any fader
layer. 16, 24 and 32 mono mic input versions are available.
Page 376
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Si SERIES
16, 24 and 32 mono input frame sizes
with an intuitive, analogue-style workflow FaderGlow illumination of fader tracks for at a glance
status display
Up to 66 inputs (with external stagebox or option card)
Si Expression exploits cutting-edge DSP technology, classic British 6 stereo channels
sound quality and the equivalent of no less than 392 rack-units 20 Aux busses to 14 mixes
of built-in FX, GEQ and Dynamics from Lexicon, BSS and dbx to User-assignable fader layers
deliver Soundcrafts most powerful, cost effective, small format 4 FX busses
digital console ever. 4 mono or stereo matrix busses
L/R and Mono busses
A range of three mixers is identical in features, the only decision 4 stereo Lexicon effects engines
being how many faders and local mic amps are required. With a BSS GEQ on every bus
massive 66 input processing channels, all Si Expression consoles 4 Mute groups
have busses, output processing and connectivity to match the Colour touchscreen
versatility of the inputs. A range of ViSi Connect cards dramatically tOTEM one-touch easy mixing
expands I/O options while Compact and Mini stageboxes further
D.O.G.S Direct Output Gain Stabalisation
extend I/O power and flexibility. A Multi Digital card enables live
Expansion cards available for MADI, CobraNet, AES/
multitrack recording to a DAW. Intuitive, analogue-style control EBU, Aviom A-Net, Riedel RockNet, BLU link and
lies at the heart of the Si Expression concept, with features like Dante
assignable fader layers, a colour touchscreen and Soundcraft MADI-USB Combo card for simultaneous stagebox and
32 channel recording capability
FaderGlow lighting the way to a better mix, while ViSi Remote
Harman HiQnet integration
Control allows mixing on an iPad from anywhere in the venue.
Page 377
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
TUNE THE MIX Optimise the front of house mix from anywhere in the
room
from anywhere in the venue
Set mic gains and 48V from the stage
Adjust monitor levels while standing next to the artist
Soundcraft ViSi Remote 2.1 is an iOS application that allows Adjust channel strip settings remote from the console
remote control of Soundcraft Vi, Si Compact, Si Performer and Use to extend the fader count of an existing control
Si Expression mixing consoles wirelessly from your iPad device surface
using no additional hardware other than a wireless access router Use in standalone mode for familiarisation with console
connected to the Harman HiQnet Ethernet port of the console. functions
Control a network of consoles (e.g. FOH and Monitor)
With ViSi Remote you are free to roam your venue and adjust Provide a separate surface for DMX functionality (Si
Performer only)
mixes and other audio parameters directly from the iPad!
Allow multiple users on the same console to control
their own mixes
With 2.1 comes full channel and bus metering, including noise Have a global metering overview or meter bridge as
gate and compressor graphs, as well as the previous ViSi 2.0 an extension of the console
additions of the channel strip settings. This functionality will be
added to Vi consoles in a future update.
Page 378
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
A fully-configurable stagebox offering a The Mini Stagebox 16 (2U) provides 16 The Mini Stagebox 32 (3U) provides
high-density of I/O connections in 4U analogue inputs and 8 analogue line 32 analogue inputs and 8 analogue
of rack space. Standard configuration outputs making a 16x8 matrix. The mini line outputs, with 4 pairs of AES
ViSi CONNECT
is 32 mic/line inputs, 8 line outputs, 8 stagebox 16R adds more control to outputs, providing a total I/O capacity
channels of AES/EBU outputs and 2 the user allowing gain/48v control to of 32 inputs and 16 outputs. The mini
slots for ViSi Connect expansion cards. be selectable between the Main and stagebox 32R adds more control to
Connects via Cat-5 or optical fibre Aux ports on the stagebox card using the user allowing gain/48v control to
MADI. The Compact Stagebox comes internal dipswitches. The PSU is integral be selectable between the Main and
complete with twin redundant power and the stagebox is supplied with the Aux ports on the stagebox card using
supplies. card installed and corresponding MADI- internal dipswitches. The PSU is integral
USB card to allow simultaneous remote and the stagebox is supplied with the
I/O and recording capability (Vi console card installed and corresponding MADI-
MADI cards sold separately). USB card to allow simultaneous remote
I/O and recording capability (Vi console
MADI cards sold separately).
Vi STAGEBOX
STANDARD STAGEBOX FOR Vi SERIES CONSOLES
Page 379
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Digigram EtherSound card allows The Soundcraft A-NET 16V card provides The CobraNet card allows up to 32
up to 128 channels of audio (64 direct digital connection on a single Cat5e channels of input or output signals (or a
inputs/64 outputs) to be connected to cable from the Aux or Group outputs combination of both) to be received by
the rack via a single Cat5 connection. into an Aviom A-NET Pro16 Series or sent from console onto a CobraNet
A second Cat5 connection allows Personal Mixer (compatible with A-16II network. The card must be used as the
ViSi CONNECT Vi EXPANSION CARDS
daisy chaining or full redundancy and A-16R). The Pro16 System enables Conductor for the network. By default,
capability, ensuring the network remains musicians on stage to be fed with up to the card is configured for 32 outputs.
uninterrupted should a cable be broken. 16 subgroups of instruments or vocals Available in both stagebox and local rack
Available in both stagebox and local rack which they can then mix to their own versions.
versions. This card is only available via taste using their own on-stage controller.
Digigrams distribution network. The card includes a switchable test tone
and stereo pair linking via DIP switches.
Available in both stagebox and local rack
versions.
In addition to the optional card choices, The Vi RockNet card supports 64 The ADAT card provides two optical
an optical MADI interface is fitted as inputs and 64 outputs to the RockNet eight-channel ADAT inputs and outputs,
standard, allowing direct connection system, and enables a Vi console to with selectable 44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz
to a Pro Tools HD recording system become a part of a RockNet digital audio operation. Optical inputs and outputs are
via a third party converter box or any network, providing remote control of any provided on Toslink connectors and can
MADI compatible device (eg SSL XLogic RockNet microphone preamplifier. be used to record to, for example, an
Delta-Link). Along with the ADAT card, Alesis HD-24 hard disk recorder or other
the MADI card offers a simple recording This card is only available via the Riedels device with ADAT inputs and outputs,
solution for the Vi Series. Additional distribution network. and receive playback audio. In 96kHz
MADI cards may be fitted by exchanging operation, the number of channels is
with other I/O cards, to connect limited to eight, i.e. four per I/O.
additional stageboxes.
Page 380
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
AES/EBU
AES/EBUOUT
OUT AES/EBU
AES/EBUIN
IN
PUSH
PUSH PUSH
PUSH
1/2
1/2 1/2
1/2
LOCK
LOCK LOCK
LOCK
PUSH
PUSH PUSH
PUSH
3/4
3/4 3/4
3/4
LOCK
LOCK LOCK
LOCK
PUSH
PUSH PUSH
PUSH
5/6
5/6 5/6
5/6
LOCK
LOCK LOCK
LOCK
PUSH
PUSH PUSH
PUSH
7/8
7/8 7/8
7/8
LOCK
LOCK LOCK
LOCK
The Dolby E card decodes the audio The 3G SDI card can de-embed up to Each stagebox analogue input card (8
channels from a Dolby E or Dolby Digital 16 audio channels from an SDI (Serial inputs) can be replaced by an optional
stream and allows them to be patched Digital Interface) stream, and re-embed AES/EBU input card which holds 4
into separate inputs on the console them back on to the stream for onward pairs of AES/EBU inputs, with built-in
for mixing. Each card provides two full transmission in a broadcast environment, Sample Rate Convertors. Similarly, each
This card provides two eight-channel The Blu Link card provides up to 32 The Dante card allows 64 channels to be
TDIF I/O interfaces with 48 kHz inputs and 32 outputs to/from a BSS Blu sent to/received from a Dante network.
operation with wordclock sync outputs Link ring and can be used to interface to As well as providing audio exchange
on BNC connectors. Inputs and outputs BSS London networked audio systems, with other Dante-enabled equipment,
are provided on standard 25-pin D-type or to the PMC Personal Monitoring the card also allows 64 channels of
connectors (female). Controller. The Vi Blu Link card contains audio to be connected directly to a
internal DIP switches that allow a block PC or Mac computer for recording
of 32 sequential channels from the total or processing, by using a standard
of 256 available to be addressed by the Ethernet connection.
card. This is separately selectable for Routing and setup of the network
inputs and outputs. is done using an external computer
running Dante Controller software.
Page 381
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The MADI I/O card can establish a The MADI I/O card can establish a The CobraNetcard allows sending and
64-channel MADI input and output link 64-channel MADI input and output link receiving of up to 32 audio channels
to a remote device such as stage rack, to a remote device such as stage rack, to/from a CobraNet network. DIP
another console or Broadcast feed to another console or Broadcast feed to switches on the card allow setting the
an OB. Optical inputs and outputs are an OB. The Dual Cat5 MADI card features number of input or output channels
ViSi CONNECT Si EXPANSION CARDS
provided on SC connectors available a main and auxiliary interface available for seen by the console. The card must be
in multi-mode or single mode, with a redundant link. used as the Conductor for the network.
the auxiliary interface available as a By default, the card is configured for 32
redundant link. outputs.
The AVIOM A-NET 16 card allows the The AES/EBU - Option 2 is an XLR-based The AES/EBU - Option 1 is a D-Type
desk to digitally feed an Aviom A-Net card with 2 pairs of AES/EBU inputs and connector based AES/EBU input/output
Pro-16 chain. With this standard, 16 outputs (4-in/4-out). card with 4 pairs of inputs outputs
mono signals can be fed to any number (8-in/8-out). A separate BNC connector
of Aviom personal mixers (such as the for wordclock output is provided.
A-16 II), connected in a daisy chain
configuration. The A-Net card will be
the start of the chain and provide the
audio and synchronization data to the
chain. DIP switches on the front panel
allow grouping two adjacent channels
to one stereo channel, and generating a
test tone.
Page 382
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The Si RockNet card supports 32 The Blu Link card provides up to 16 inputs The Multi Digital card offers a 32x32
inputs and 32 outputs to the RockNet and 16 outputs to/from a BSS Blu Link digital audio interface between an Si
system. The card enables the respective ring and can be used to interface to BSS Series console and Mac or PC enabled
Soundcraft Si console to become a part London networked audio systems, or to with USB or Firewire. The card runs at
of the RockNet digital audio network and the PMC Personal Monitoring Controller. 48KHz and is compatible with any major
enables remote control of any RockNet The Si Blu Link card contains internal DAW. In addition to the Firewire/USB
microphone pre-amplifier. DIP switches that allow a block of 16 ports, the Multi Digital card provides 8
This card is only available via the Riedel sequential channels from the total of 256 further channels of ADAT in and out at
distribution network. available to be addressed by the card. 48KHz.
This is separately selectable for inputs
ViSi CONNECT
and outputs.
DANTE MADI-USB
Si DANTE CARD Si MADI-USB COMBO CARD
The Si Dante card allows 64 channels The MADI-USB Combo Card provides
to be sent to/received from a Dante a Cat5 MADI stream for use with
network. As well as providing audio Soundcraft stageboxes and other MADI
exchange with other Dante-enabled devices as well as an ultra-low latency
equipment, the card also allows 64 multi-channel USB interface for live and
channels of audio to be connected studio recording to DAWs and other
directly to a PC or Mac computer for recording systems. The 64x64 MADI-USB
recording or processing, by using a Combo Card comes configured to provide
standard Ethernet connection. 32x32 channels via MADI and 32x32
Routing and setup of the network channels via USB. More channels can be
is done using an external computer transported via MADI at the expense of
running Dante Controller software. the USB connection for a maximum of 64
MADI input/output paths.
Page 383
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
MIX WITH GREAT BRITISH SOUND Frame sizes: 10-channel with 6 mic preamps, 12-channel
with 8 mic preamps, 16-channel with 12 mic preamps,
22-channel with 16 mic preamps
Drawing on over 40 years experience in live sound mixing, the Iconic Soundcraft Ghost Mic Preamps with ultra-low
Signature Series combines a superb analogue control surface with noise performance
the unrivalled British sound of Soundcraft in a powerful, compact, Renowned Sapphyre British EQ with Sweepable
Mid-Band(s) per Channel (3-band on 10 & 12, 4-band on
professionally specd mixer. 16 & 22)
dbx Limiters (High-ratio Compressors) on input
Available in 10, 12, 16 and 22-channel frame sizes, Signature channels
Series mixers inherit technology from Soundcrafts professional Lexicon Effects including Reverbs, Delays, Choruses
consoles. Ghost mic preamps deliver stunning audio fidelity and and Modulations (2 Effects Engines on Signature 22)
class-leading performance, with high headroom, wide dynamic Switchable Hi-Z inputs for Guitars, Bass, and other
instruments
range and superb signal to noise ratio, while Sapphyre EQ lends
Hi-Pass Filters (low-cut) and 48V Phantom Power on all
a uniquely musical quality. mic channels
2-in/2-out USB playback and recording
The Lexicon Effects Engine powers your mix with studio-grade Comprehensive Soundcraft GB series audio routing
Reverbs, Delays, Choruses and Modulations while Soundcraft with pre/post aux busses, FX busses, subgroups with
GB Series audio routing ensures maximum flexibility with pre/ routing switches
post switching on each Aux and subgroups with powerful routing Premium-quality faders (60mm on 10/12-channel,
100mm on 16/22-channel)
and switching options as well as dedicated outputs.
Robust metal construction for installation build quality
and reliability
Enabling simple playback and recording, Signature Series mixers Internal universal power supply
are loaded with a 2-channel USB audio interface, ideal for playing
music from a computer and capturing the stereo mix of a live
performance or rehearsal.
Page 384
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SIGNATURE SERIES
Frame sizes: 12-channel with 8 mic preamps, 22-channel
with 16 mic preamps
MIX AND RECORD WITH Ultra-low latency multi-channel USB playback and
recording interface
GREAT BRITISH SOUND Iconic Soundcraft Ghost Mic Preamps with ultra-low
noise performance
Renowned Sapphyre British EQ with Sweepable
Drawing on over 40 years experience in live sound mixing and
Mid-Band(s) per Channel (3-band EQ on 12 & 4-band EQ
recording, the Signature Multitrack mixers bring together an ultra- on 22)
low latency USB recording interface, a superb analogue mixer and dbx Limiters (High-ratio Compressors) on input
the unrivalled British sound of Soundcraft. channels
Lexicon Effects including Reverbs, Delays, Choruses
and Modulations (2 Effects Engines on Signature 22 MTK)
Available in 12 and 22-channel frame sizes, Signature MTK mixers
Switchable Hi-Z inputs for Guitars, Bass, and other
inherit technology from Soundcrafts professional consoles.
instruments
Ghost mic preamps deliver stunning audio fidelity and class-
Hi-Pass Filters (low-cut) and 48V Phantom Power on all
leading performance, with high headroom, wide dynamic range mic channels
and superb signal to noise ratio, while Sapphyre EQ lends a Comprehensive Soundcraft GB series audio routing
uniquely musical quality. with pre/post aux busses, FX busses, subgroups with
routing switches
Includes Lexicon MPX-L Reverb multi-format (VST/AU)
The Lexicon Effects Engine powers your mix with studio-grade
plug-in for use with DAWs
Reverbs, Delays, Choruses and Modulations while Soundcraft
Premium-quality faders (60mm on 12-channel, 100mm
GB Series audio routing ensures maximum flexibility with pre/ on 22-channel)
post switching on each Aux and subgroups with powerful routing Robust metal construction for installation build quality
and switching options as well as dedicated outputs. and reliability
Internal universal power supply
Primed for live or studio recording, Signature MTK mixers feature
a superb low-latency USB recording/playback interface, capturing
every channel for further mixdown and production sessions with
a DAW.
Page 385
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 386
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
GB SERIES
16, 24, 32 and 40 channel frame sizes
Page 387
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
The GB2 also features two stereo input channels, with separate
mic and line inputs. In normal use, the mic inputs are routed to
the local channel and the line inputs act as a stereo return to the
mix bus. Selecting the LINE input to the local channel overrides
the Mic inputs.
Page 388
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
EASY TO INSTALL
GB SERIES
Rotatable rear connector panel for rack or desktop use
easy to operate 12/2 channel version with 12 mono inputs and 2 stereo
inputs, stereo Sub Group Output, Mix and Mono Sum
Outputs total inputs to mix 26
This 19 rack-mountable mixer is designed specifically for smaller 16 channel version with 16 mono inputs, Stereo Mix
installations in churches and performance venues, or for small and Mono Sum outputs total inputs to mix 22
portable PA systems. Available in two variants, the GB2R offers 8 (GB2R 16) or 10 (GB2R 12/2) busses
either 16 mono inputs to a stereo mix output, or a 12.2 version 2 stereo inputs (GB2R 12/2 only)
with 12 mono inputs, two full-feature stereo inputs and 2 group GB30 mic preamp and precision equalisation circuitry
busses, each model having 6 auxiliary sends. As always with 6 Aux Outputs
Soundcraft consoles, emphasis has been placed on operational Direct Outputs on every mono channel
simplicity, clear and intuitive layout and the highest possible audio 100mm faders
performance. The Soundcraft GB2R inherits both the GB30 Mic Switchable +48V phantom power on every mic input
preamplifier and GB30 Equaliser designs from the GB4 and GB8. 100Hz high pass filter
Internal switched mode power supply
rotatable pod, allowing cable access from the top of the mixer if
sat on a table-top, or from the rear when mounted in a 19 rack.
On the stereo inputs on the 12.2 model, connectors are provided
for both Mic and Line inputs. With Mic signals routed to the
local channel, the Line inputs are available as stereo returns to
the main mix bus. Two stereo returns and a 2-track (for example
CD replay) input are provided, which means that the GB2R-
12.2 model can offer up to 26 inputs to mix in a mixer just 19
(485mm) wide. Every input has a pre/post switchable direct
output for recording or effects sends, while an internal universal
voltage PSU avoids external power supply connections.
Page 389
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 390
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
FX16ii
with built-in effects 16 mono channels with UltraMic preamps
4 stereo returns
4-bus architecture with sub-group routable to mix
16 direct outputs and built-in effects helped make the original
24-bit Lexicon effects processor
Spirit FX16 a huge hit in a wide range of applications. Now the
Direct ouputs individually switchable pre/post fade
FX16ii brings the concept up to date with the latest 24-bit, digital
100mm faders
Lexicon effects processor.
Inserts on all mono channels
Inserts on stereo mix bus
The FX16ii offers a combination of powerful live and recording
3-band EQ with swept mid band on mono inputs
features; each channel has a Direct Output which is individually
100Hz high-pass filter
switch-able pre or post fader to enable use with 16-track recording
+48V phantom power
systems. The Lexicon effects work just as well in the live as
2 sub-group outputs
well as the recording environment with a tap tempo function, 3
Rack mountable with rotating rear panel (10U high)
parameter controls, user effects settings store ability, effects clip
LED and 32 powerful and editable effects to choose from.
The use of the latest PCB surface mount technology means that
FX16ii
the Soundcraft FX16ii fits all of these features into a rugged,
compact frame which can be optionally rack-mounted into a 10U
space via Soundcraft FX16iis rotating connector pod which allows
cables to be connected conveniently behind the rack and save
rack space.
Page 391
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 392
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SMALL-FORMAT MIXING
EFX SERIES
Frame sizes 8 mono + 2 stereo and 12 mono + 2 stereo
Built- in Lexicon 24-bit effects
with studio-quality effects
Precision GB30 mic preamps
+48V phantom power
The Soundcraft EFX Series combines all the features of the
1 configurable auxiliary bus
popular Soundcraft EPM mixer with a built-in 24-bit, digital
1 dedicated FX send
Lexicon effects processor, expanding the Soundcraft low-cost, XLR-type and 1/4 metal jack connector sockets
multipurpose compact range. The Effects section fits neatly into 2-track playback inputs and record outputs
the mixers compact framework which is available in 8 or 12 mono Aux send globally switchable pre or post fade
input variants, both with 2 stereo channels and an effects send 3- band EQ with swept mid band (mono inputs)
on each channel. There are 32 effects to choose from with a tap 3- band EQ on stereo inputs
tempo function, 3 effects parameter controls and a user effects Inserts on all mono inputs
setting store facility. An effects channel level clip LED and Mute 10-segment LED output metering
function gives the user even more flexibility. Headphone output
Simple rack mounting options available (8U high)
The emphasis with the Soundcraft EFX is very firmly on quality
build and audio performance, with an easy to understand control
surface. The Soundcraft EFX uses the highly-transparent GB30
EFX8
Mic amp (designed by Graham Blyth) and also used on the larger
LX7ii and GB Series professional consoles).The Soundcraft EFX
also offers all the features of the Soundcraft EPM most notably a
configurable aux send, XLR and metal jack connector sockets,
EFX12
RCA phono stereo playback inputs and record outputs, 3-band
EQ with a swept mid on the mono inputs, 3-band EQ on the 2
stereo inputs, TRS insert sockets, inserts on all mono inputs, ten-
segment LED output metering and a headphone output.
Page 393
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NOTES
SOUNDCRAFT INFORMATION
Page 394
Harman Professinal Catalog 2015
Vista 1 MB.
32 fader console with
meter bridge.
The 32-fader version offers 20 channel strips, optimised for input Integrated jingle player from a USB memory stick
channel operation, and 12 additional versatile strips for operating Online/offline editor software
output and input channels. By using the standard Vistonics screen Snapshot automation
and rotary controls, up to 52 outputs are under immediate control. Support for the Studer Vista Compact Remote Bay
A total of up to 96 channels can be accessed from the desk and laid VistaMix automated microphone mixing
out in any order. The 22-fader version is ideal for applications such Harman HiQnet support broadcast/ newsroom
automation systems
as OB trucks where space is at a premium. An additional model,
Redundant PSU
Vista 1 MB, features 22 faders and an integrated meter bridge.
Standard I/O comprises
- 32 high-quality mic/line inputs with phantom power
Two Lexicon FX engines are built-in. Each engine can be configured as and lowcut filter
4 Mono, 2 Stereo or one 2in/4out or 4in/4out Surround FX. Powerful - 32 analogue line outputs
channel and bus processing includes parametric EQ and dynamics - 8 stereo AES/EBU inputs and outputs
on input channels and busses, with 30-band graphic equalisers - Desk operator headphone
also available on the busses. Mix formats include 2CH stereo, LCR, - Slots for additional D21m I/O cards
LCRS and 5.1. The internal 5.1-to-stereo downmix function allows System extendable using additional Studer D21m I/O
frames and D21m I/Ocards
for simultaneous live productions in both formats. The Vista 1 also
Studers RELINK input/output sharing system with
includes Studers world famous Virtual Surround Panning (VSP). other Studer Vista and OnAir consoles
Support for the whole Studer stagebox range via a
MADI link, such as the 4U Studer Compact Stagebox
Page 396
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Vista SERIES
FLEXIBLE MIXING 22,32 or 42 motorised faders
Studer FaderGlow and Vistonics user interface
for live events and broadcast production
Optional TFT configurable meterbridge
> 200 DSP channels, including 5.1 surround channels
The Vista 5 M3 is a highly flexible, compact digital mixer for use in
True broadcast monitoring, talkback, red light control
broadcast production, live sound and performance venues. and eight general-purpose control inputs/outputs
Input level and gain reduction LED bargraph meter in
The 32-fader desk consists of 20 channel strips, optimised every fader strip
for input channel operation, and 12 additional versatile strips Built-in configurable touch meter for loudness metering
for operating input or output channels. By using the standard Full mix-minus (nx) system for live two way
Vistonics screen and rotary controls, up to 52 outputs are under operations
immediate control. A total of up to 240 channels can be accessed Online/offline editor software
from the desk and laid out in any order, with the Vistonics Snapshot automation
system giving instant control over all related channel functions. VistaMix automated microphone mixing
DSP power and I/O are specified by the customer. The total Support for the Studer Vista Compact Remote Bay
I/O capacity, comprising various cards including mic/line, ADAT, Integration with popular broadcast automation
systems (EMBER, etc.)
TDIF, AES/EBU, SDI and MADI, may exceed 1700 inputs and
I/O sharing using Studer RELINK
outputs. The 42-fader version has an additional bay of 10 input
Uses Studer SCore Live processing and D21m I/O
faders which allows an operator to control 42 input channels system for multiple, customised configurations and
simultaneously, but equally importantly allows true two person extensive range of I/O cards
operation of the desk. The 22-fader version delivers Vista mixing
power in applications such as OB trucks where space is at a
premium, providing all the flexibility of the D21m I/O system.
Mix formats include 2CH stereo, LCR, LCRS and 5.1. The internal
5.1-to-stereo downmix function allows for simultaneous live
productions in both formats. The Vista 1 also includes Studers
world famous Virtual Surround Panning (VSP). All models are
available with or without the TFT meterbridge.
Page 397
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
SETTING NEW STANDARDS 32-, 42-, 52-, 62- and 72 fader versions
Studer FaderGlow and Vistonics user interface
for broadcast system redundancy
Expanded control surface with extensive dedicated
control functions
Marking an enormous step forward in large-scale mixing console Comprehensive channel and loudness metering
technology for broadcast applications, the Vista X, together with Fully surround-capable with versatile panning and
the Studer Infinity Core, delivers an unsurpassed user interface monitoring functionality
providing control of 800 or more audio DSP channels and more Virtual Surround Panning to take mono sources and
than 5,000 inputs and outputs. create a realistic sound field (stereo up to 7.1)
Studers acclaimed VistaMix automated microphone
mixing algorithm
Studers acclaimed Vistonics user interface, FaderGlow
Available in custom colours and finishes
status display and comprehensive metering (including Loudness)
Uses Studer SCore Live processing and D21m/D23m
ensure smooth workflow and trouble-free live transmission, while I/O system for multiple, customised configurations and
features like VistaMix further enhance the operator experience extensive range of I/O cards
with automated control of unscripted, multi-mic productions such
as game shows. INFINITY CORE
Vista X exists for pain free live production, with dedicated controls
for extensive snapshot filtering, buttons for talkback and user-
programmable functions, configurable matrix busses, dedicated
mute groups and stress free outside source management. Vista
X also interfaces with all major DAW systems, bringing DAW
integration to a new level and greatly enhancing the workflow.
Quad Star technology uses four processors to achieve aviation- Big productions demand a lot of processing muscle. Available in
200, 400 and 800 channel versions, the new Studer Infinity Core
standard levels of redundancy in the control surface while CPU-
delivers unprecedented capacity with superb sonic quality, and up
based DSP makes it viable to provide two completely independent to 5000 inputs and outputs.
DSP cores running in parallel with instant change over.
Page 398
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Vista SERIES
INFINITE POWER 32-, 42 and 52-fader versions with optional built-in
meter bridge
in a scalable format
Studer FaderGlow and Vistonics user interface
Sophisticated built-in Dynamic Automation system
The new Studer Vista V console harnesses the Quad Star with DAW remote control
technology from the acclaimed Vista X to deliver a powerful, Ember and Pro-Bel protocol support for use with
dependable and flexible broadcast audio mixing solution in broadcast/newsroom automation systems
a compact form factor for applications where space is at a Fully surround-capable with versatile panning and
monitoring functionality
premium.
Studers acclaimed VistaMix automated microphone
mixing algorithm
Available as a 32-, 42- or 52-fader surface with or without the Easy integration into popular AoIP broadcast networks
built-in meter bridge, Vista V is primed for critical production including Dante, Livewire, AES67, etc.
environments with aviation-standard levels of redundancy in the Uses Studer SCore Live processing and D21m/D23m
control surface and CPU-based DSP making it viable to provide I/O system for multiple, customised configurations and
extensive range of I/O cards
two completely independent DSP cores running in parallel with
instant change over. INFINITY CORE
Page 399
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 400
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Vista SERIES
SURROUND EFFECTS Fully integrated optional FX for Vista consoles
Legendary Lexicon PCM96 Surround FX
with Vistonics control
Processes 8 independent mono, 4 stereo or 2
surround signals
Studer now offers Lexicon high quality broadcast surround Direct integration with SCore Live for lowest
effects for the Vista consoles range. FX are controlled through possible latency
the widely acclaimed Vistonics user interface and connection to Full Vistonics control
the consoles DSP engine is made directly via two high-capacity Hundreds of presets with individual control over 16
multichannel HD Links. effect parameters
Up to 3 Vista FX units can be cascaded to create a
maximum of 24 FX machines
One lightweight 2U chassis holds the equivalent of two Lexicon
PCM96 Surround devices, with a minimum of operating elements.
It offers the highest quality effects for eight mono, four stereo or
two surround signals, combined with Studer Vistonics, the most
user-friendly and intuitive control interface available.
* Double-width cards
Page 402
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
When using the D21m I/O system the DSP core itself does not
provide I/O, but is connected to the first D21m frame within
the system (acting as a hub) by using Studer proven HD Link
technology. At the DSP core side, the connection is made directly
to the DSP card(s). From that frame it is possible to run optical-
fiber MADI links to multiple places, up to several kilometres
away. A maximum of six remote I/O boxes (stage boxes) may be
connected to one hub frame.
Page 403
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
HUGE CHANNEL COUNTS Fully configurable I/O system for huge channel counts
Two A-Link ports
with comprehensive I/O quality
1,536 inputs and 1,536 outputs
Internal 3072 x 3072 router
Featuring an enhanced channel count architecture that allows
Comprehensive range of I/O cards available
customers of Vista X and Vista V digital consoles to transfer
12 single width card slots per frame
a huge number of channels, the D23m I/O system works
Redundant hot-swappable power supplies
seamlessly with Infinity Core and A-Link interface technology.
The audio between the mixing console or router system and the
D23m connects via the A-Link interface. The A-Link HD card hosts
a powerful processor to operate all required patching and may
be used as the sync master to the system, or may be slaved to a
variety of external synchronisation signals.
The D23m can host up to 12 I/O cards with a total of 1,536 inputs
and 1,536 outputs, dependent of the I/O cards fitted.
The D23m I/O system comes with two A-Link ports and two hot-
swappable power supplies (including secondary regulators) for
secure, redundant operation. Status displays on the front panel
indicate the status of the frame or the status of installed cards.
Page 404
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
A949.0422xx
A949.0423xx
A949.0421 A949.0420 A949.0424xx
Page 405
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
RJ45 connectors for twisted-pair cable features an additional word clock output on
plastic-clad fibre (PCF;
a BNC socket. The auxiliary interface can be used as a redundant link or, in 96 kHz
optional).
operation, to extend the number of channels from 32 back to 64.
Optical inputs and outputs are provided on
TosLink connectors available in APF (980/1000
m all-plastic fibre) and PCF (200/300 m
plastic-clad fibre) versions. Channels limited to
8 in 96/88.2 kHz operation.
Page 406
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
BNC - 5037475
Details: www.digigram.com Sub-D - 5037474 Details: www.riedel.com
Page 407
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Page 408
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
A949.04113x,
A949.04133x,
A949.0415 A949.04143x A949.0437
Page 409
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
5033340.V. 5045044.V
such as BSS London BLU 800, dbx provides a digital audio network that
PMC or Crown PIP-BLU interfaces uses standard Internet Protocols over
amongst others. both 100 Mbps and 1 Gbps Ethernet.
Dante uses audio independent, high
accuracy network synchronization
standards to ensure all Dante devices
are synchronized at all times. Dante
runs on standard computer networking
hardware, and does not require
dedicated network infrastructure.
5045304/5045305
DUAL/QUAD MADI
CARD D23M ONLY
The D23m MADI I/O cards can establish SFP modules are used for the front panel MADI interfaces, these hot pluggable
a fully redundant dual or quad 64-channel devices are available in a variety of optical and electrical formats:
MADI input and output link to the D23m
frame or Vista1 (dual MADI only), with 5050474 SFP optical, multi-mode, wavelength 1310nm,for 50/125 or 62.5/125m fibre
44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz operation. Two 5050475 SFP optical, single-mode, wavelength 1310nm, for 9/125m fibre
different versions are available: 5050481 SFP electrical, BNC 75
5045304-xx D23m Dual MADI (2 x 64
MADI channel count to the D23m backplane may be set for all four interfaces
channel MADI links,
in 8 channel steps individually from 8 channels to 64 channels. MADI outputs
cable redundant)
may be set to 56 channel mode for compatibility with legacy equipment.
5045305-xx D23m Quad MADI (4 x
MADI inputs may be in either 64 or 56 channel mode.
64 channel MADI links,
cable redundant)
Page 410
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
OnAir SERIES
THE HYBRID SOLUTION 12-channel, 6-fader console with Studer NANO SCORE
DSP and I/O Engine, 100 mm faders
for radio broadcasting and production
6-fader add-on expansion module, 100mm faders
Super slim design for ergonomic table top installation
The OnAir 1500 a 12-channel, 6-fader console (expandable Flush-mount and 19 rack-mount options available
to 12 faders), is designed as a flexible hybrid solution for radio Full channel processing, including four-band EQ,
broadcasting and production. Its ideal for studios needing an compressor, limiter, expander, gate and de-esser
additional professional grade fader unit and additional I/O or a Comprehensive monitoring and talkback with unique
compact and cost effective mixing console for a production room headphone split mode and internal speaker
or studio. Integrated USB playback and record functions make the OLEDs (Organic LED) in fader strips and central module
provide clearest displays
OnAir 1500 a very compact yet complete mixer.
Ergonomic, easy-to-learn Touch n Action user
interface
With simple point-to-point connectivity, the OnAir 1500 can USB jingle playback and bus recording facilities
be easily moved around as a backup or secondary unit, with a I/O Expansion through standard Studer D21m card
recommended maximum distance of 60 m away from its core slots
when connected via high-quality Cat5 cabling. Complete integration with Radio Automation Systems,
Studers Call Management System, and RELINK our I/O
sharing technology
Flexibility is increased with addition of the 6-fader extension bay,
Advanced timer functionality
creating either a 12 fader surface, or 6 faders can be remotely
Standard I/O:
placed in a producers bay or used as a redundant surface. The
- Inputs: 16 Mic/Line, 4 stereo AES (with SRC), D21m
system can bridge the gap between on-air and production needs, card slot, USB
offering an all inclusive design of features and function to improve - Outputs: 16 Line Out, 4 stereo AES, D21m card slot,
ease and efficiency of executing great programming in either USB
setting, all of the time. - Control: 8 x GPI, 8 x GPO, Ethernet
- Busses: 1 stereo PGM, 1 stereo RECORD, 1 stereo PFL,
4 N1 busses (AUX), 1 Audition, CR and ST monitoring
(stereo)
Page 411
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
of-use for Radio Broadcast. A totally self-contained system, the Large TFT colour touch screen using Studers Touchn
Action user interface
control surface, I/O breakout, DSP Core and power supply are all
Full integration with Studers Call Management System
integrated within a single compact chassis. (CMS)
Integration of Radio Automation Systems easily
The fader strips include a graphical OLED screen, which contains accomplished using the Monitora protocol via serial
a channel label, level and gain reduction meter and parameter interface or TCP/IP
readouts, adjustable via a rotary encoder and two push buttons Large number of inputs and outputs in many standard
signal formats
below the display. The large TFT colour touch screen uses Studers
Interfaces on XLR and SUB-D outlets (microphone
patented Touchn Action system, where only the most important inputs, headphone outputs, line and AES I/Os)
functions have hardware control elements in the channel strip Internal audio system also offers interfaces to digital
making the operation of the console very simple and stress-free. multichannel formats such as MADI, ADAT and IEEE-
1394 Firewire
The OnAir 2500 provides the user with a large number of Can support I/O Sharing via Studers RELINK
technology
inputs and outputs in many standard signal formats. As well
as interfaces on XLR and SUB-D outlets (microphone inputs,
headphone outputs, line and AES I/Os), the internal audio system
also offers interfaces to digital multichannel formats such as
MADI, ADAT and IEEE-1394 Firewire. Integration with Studers
Call Management System (CMS) is seamless,and the OnAir 2500
can also support I/O Sharing via Studers RELINK technology.
Page 412
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
OnAir SERIES
ONAIR 2500 MIXING Modular version of the OnAir 2500 for installation in
custom studio furniture
in a modular format
Three standard configurations available with 12, 18
and 24 faders
As its name implies, the OnAir 2500 Modulo is a modular version Motorised fader option
of the successful OnAir 2500 Broadcast console for installation in Separate modules for fader bays and master section,
custom studio furniture. with a rack-mountable mainframe housing power
supply and host processing
OLED in every channel strip for comprehensive visual
The OnAir 2500 Modulo has separate modules for fader bays and display
master section, along with a rack-mountable mainframe which Large TFT colour touch screen using Studers Touchn
houses the power supply and host processing. These modules Action user interface
can be recessed into a desktop for a clean installation with all Full integration with Studers Call Management System
cables integrated within the furniture and the mainframe hidden (CMS)
Page 413
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
3000 will be totally familiar to Studer users, as the wide range of Programmable user authorization system
compact and elegant control surface modules incorporates the Extensive monitoring and talkback system
same patented TouchnAction philosophy as the highly Share I/O with other Studer OnAir and Vista consoles
using Studer RELINK.
successful predecessor, the Studer OnAir 2000, using colour GUI
Complete integration with radio playout systems
screens.
Integrated with Studer CMS Call Management System
Page 414
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
OnAir SERIES
ONAIR 3000 MIXING Modular version of the OnAir 3000 for installation in
custom studio furniture
in a modular format
Ergonomic, easy to learn TouchnAction user interface
Completely modular and configurable desk surface
As its name implies, the OnAir 3000 Modulo is a modular version Immediate system overview and fast parameter access
of the successful OnAir 3000 Broadcast console for installation in via colour fader screens
custom studio furniture. From 3 to 48 channel faders, standard or motorised
(option)
The OnAir 3000 Modulo has separate modules for fader bays and Based on the latest powerful Compact SCore or SCore
Live DSP engine and D21m I/O system
master section, along with a rack-mountable mainframe which
Programmable user authorization system
houses the power supply and host processing. These modules
Extensive monitoring and talkback system
can be recessed into a desktop for a clean installation with all
Share I/O with other Studer OnAir and Vista consoles
cables integrated within the furniture and the mainframe hidden with Studer RELINK.
appropriately. Complete integration with radio playout systems
Integrated with Studer CMS Call Management System
Page 415
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
NOTES
STUDER INFORMATION
Page 416
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Products Index
Page 417
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Products Index
Page 418
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
Products Index
Page 419
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
Products Index
Cone Transducers & PCM Total Plugin Bundle . . . . . 335 Exterior 410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Signature Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Compression Drivers . . . . . . . . . 296 Exterior 420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Signature Series Multi-Track . . 385
Horns & Accessories . . . . . . . . 297 Exterior 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 GB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Subwoofer Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 MARTIN Jem Ready 365 Hazer . . . . . . 359 GB4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Midbass Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Magnum 1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 GB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Woofer Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Mac Quantum Profile . . . . . . 345 Magnum 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 GB2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Compression Driver . . . . . . . . . . 304 Mac Quantum Wash . . . . . . . 346 Magnum 2500 Hz . . . . . . . . . . 360 LX7ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Horn Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Mac 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Magnum 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 FX16ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Super Tweeter Line . . . . . . . . . . 308 Mac Aura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Magnum Club Smoke . . . . . . . 361 EPM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Mac Aura XB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Jem AF-1 MkII . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 EFX Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Mac 350 Entour . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Jem AF-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
JBL Commercial Mac Viper Profile . . . . . . . . . 347 Jem Glaciator X-Stream . . . . 361
Mac Viper Performance . . . . 347 Jem Hydra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 STUDER
CS Mixer-Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . 315 Mac Viper AirFX . . . . . . . . . . 347 Jem Compact Hazer Pro . . . . 362
CS Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Mac Viper Beam . . . . . . . . . . 348 Jem Ready 365 Hazer . . . . . . 362 Vista 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
CS Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Mac Viper Wash DX . . . . . . . 348 Jem Roadie Compact . . . . . . . 363 Vista 5 M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
JBL Ceiling Loudspeakers . . . . 320 Mac Viper Quadray . . . . . . . . 348 Jem Roadie X-Stream . . . . . . 363 Vista X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
JBL Indoor/Outdoor Atomic 3000 DMX . . . . . . . . . 348 Jem ZR44 Hi-Mass . . . . . . . . . 363 Vista V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 M6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Rush MH 1 Profile Plus . . . . . 364 Compact Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
JBL Pendant Loudspeakers . . . 322 M1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Rush MH 3 Beam . . . . . . . . . . 365 Vista FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
JBL Loudspeakers M2GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Rush MH 2 Wash . . . . . . . . . . 365 Compact Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 M2PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Rush MH 4 Beam . . . . . . . . . . 365 D21m I/O Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Paging Microphones . . . . . . . . . 324 Martin M-Touch . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Rush MH 5 Profile . . . . . . . . . . 365 D21m I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . 404-410
Wireless Microphones Sets . . 325 Martin ShowDesigner . . . . . 351 Rush PAR 1 RGBW . . . . . . . . . 366 OnAir 1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Hardwired Microphones . . . . . 325 LightJockey 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Rush Pin 1 CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 OnAir 2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Wall Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Martin M-PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Rush PAR 2 RGBW Zoom . . . 366 OnAir 2500 Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Martin RDM 5.5 Splitter . . . . 352 Rush DC 1 Aqua . . . . . . . . . . . 366 OnAir 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Martin RDM 5.3 Splitter . . . . 352 Rush Strobe 1 5x5 . . . . . . . . . . 367 OnAir 3000 Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . 415
LEXICON Ether2DMX8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Rush Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Martin M-DMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Rush Multi-beam 2 . . . . . . . . . 367
PCM Processors VDO Fenix 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Rush Gobo Projector 1 . . . . . . 367
PCM96 Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 VDO Sceptron Family . . . . . . . 353
PCM96/PCM92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Exterior PixLine Family . . . . . 353
Tripix 300 / 1200 . . . . . . . . . . 353 SOUNDCRAFT
MX Processors VC-Grid Family . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
MX400/MX400XL . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 VC-Strip Family . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Vi6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
MX300/ MX200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 VC-Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Vi4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
VC-Dot 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Vi2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
IO Series VC-Dot 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Vi1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
IO 22/42/82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 VC-Dot 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Vi3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
IO FW810S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 P3-PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Realtime Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
P3-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Si Performer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Desktop Recording Studios P3-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Si Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 P3-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 ViSi Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Lambda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 P3 PowerPort 1500 . . . . . . . . . 356 Compact Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Omega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Exterior 400 IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Mini Stagebox 16R . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Exterior 50 IP68 . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Mini Stagebox 32R . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Lexicon Plugins Exterior 100 IP68 . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Vi Stagebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
MPX Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Tripix Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Vi Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380-381
LXP Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Exterior 400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Si Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382-383
Page 420
Harman Professional Catalog 2015
2014
www.akg.com
AKG Acoustics
AKG Acoustics GmbH
Lembckgasse 21-25, A-1230 Vienna/AUSTRIA, Tel: (+43 1) 86 654-0,* www.akg.com, e-mail: sales@akg.com, Hotline: (+43 676) 83200 888, hotline@akg.com
AKG Acoustics, U.S.
8400 Balboa Boulevard. Northridge, CA 91329, U.S.A., Tel: (+1 818) 920-3212, e-mail: akgusa@harman.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.akg.com
www.amx.com
AMX
3000 Research Drive , Richardson, TX 75082, USA, Tel: (469) 624-8000, Fax (469) 624-7153
International Tel: +1 (469) 624-7400, International Fax +1 (469) 624-7155
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.amx.com
www.bssaudio.com
BSS Audio
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.bssaudio.com
www.crownaudio.com
Crown Audio
1718 W. Mishawaka Road, Elkhart, IN 46517, USA, Tel: (574) 294-8000
For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.crownaudio.com
www.dbxpro.com
dbx Professional Products
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 830-7662
International Fax: (801) 568-7583, web: www.dbxpro.com, www.driverack.com, email: customer@dbxpro.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.dbxpro.com
www.jblpro.com
JBL Professional
8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA
Tel: (818) 894-8850, Domestic Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801, International Sales Fax: (818) 830-7801,
Customer Service Fax: (818) 830-7881, web: www.jblpro.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.jblpro.com
JBL Commercial
8500 Balboa Blvd, Northridge, CA 91329, USA Tel: (818) 894-8850 or (574) 294-8000, www.jblcommercialproducts.com
For other products and distributors worldwide, see our website: www.jblcommercialproducts.com
www.lexiconpro.com
Lexicon
10653 South River Front Parkway, Suite 300 South Jordan, UT 84095, USA, Tel: (801) 566-8800, Fax: (801) 568-7662, web: www.lexicon.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.lexiconpro.com
www.martin.com
Martin
Olof Palmes All 18, DK-8200, rhus N, Denmark Tel. +45 87 40 00 00 Fax. +45 87 40 00 10 web: www.martin.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.martin.com
www.soundcraft.com
Soundcraft
Cranborne House, Cranborne Road, Potters Bar, Herts EN6 3JN UK
Tel: +44 (0) 1707 665000, Fax: +44 (0) 1707 660742, e-mail: info@soundcraft.com
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.soundcraft.com
www.studer.ch
Studer Professional Audio GmbH
Riedthofstrasse 214, CH-8105 Regensdorf-Zurich Switzerland, Tel: +41 44 870 75 11, Fax: +41 870 71 34, e-mail: info@studer.ch
For other products and distributors worldwide see our website: www.studer.ch
Page 421
pn#: 18-1598